|
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED EDITION, 2024
SOLAS
Consolidated text of
the International Convention for
the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,
and its Protocol of 1988:
articles, annexes and certificates
Incorporating all amendments
in effect on 1 July 2024
Contents
Foreword
Part
1
Articles
of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
Articles
of the Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention or the Safety
of Life at Sea, 1974
Consolidated
text of the annex to the 1974 SOLAS Convention and the 1988 Protocol relating
thereto
Chapter
I General
provisions
Chapter
II- Construction Structure, subdivision and stability,
machinery and electrical installations
Chapter
II-2 Construction Fire protection, tire detection and fire
extinction
Chapter
III Life-saving
appliances and arrangements
Chapter
IV Radiocommunications
Chapter
V Safety of
navigation
Chapter
VI Carriage
of cargoes and oil fuels
Chapter
VII Carriage
of dangerous goods
Chapter
VIII Nuclear
ships
Chapter
IX Management
for the safe operation of ships
Chapter
X Safety
measures for high-speed craft
Chapter
XI-1 Special
measures to enhance maritime safety
Chapter
XI-2 Special
measures to enhance maritime security
Chapter
XII Additional
safety measures for bulk carriers
Chapter
XIII Verification
of compliance
Chapter
XIV Safety
measures for ships operating in polar waters
Chapter
XV Safety
measures for ships carrying industrial personnel
Appendix
Certificates
Part 2
Annex
1 Certificates and documents required to be carried on board ships
Annex
2 List of resolutions adopted by the SOLAS Conferences
1 The International Convention for
the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, currently in force, was adopted on 1
November 1974 by the International Conference on Safety of Life at Sea, under
the auspices of the International Maritime Organization (IMO), and entered into
force on 25 May 1980. It has since been amended twice by means of the following
protocols:
.1 the Protocol of 1978 relating to
the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (1978 SOLAS
Protocol), adopted on 17 February 1978 by the International Conference on
Tanker Safety and Pollution Prevention, which entered into force on 1 May 1981;
and
.2 the Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
(1988 SOLAS Protocol),
adopted on 11 November 1988 by the International Conference
on the Harmonized System of
Survey and Certification, which entered into force on 3 February
2000 and replaced and
abrogated the 1978 SOLAS Protocol, as between Parties to the 1988 SOLAS
Protocol.
2 In addition, the 1974 SOLAS Convention has been amended by means of
resolutions adopted either by
IMO's Maritime Safety
Committee (MSC) in its expanded form specified in SOLAS article
VIII or by Conferences of
SOLAS Contracting Governments, also specified in article VIII, as follows:
.1 by the 1981 amendments, which were adopted by resolution
MSC.I(XLV) and entered into
force on 1 September 1984;
.2 by the 1983 amendments, which were adopted by resolution
MSC.6(48) and entered into force on 1 July 1986;
.3
by the April 1988 amendments, which were adopted by resolution
MSC.11(55) and entered into force on 22 October 1989;
.4
by the October 1988 amendments, which were adopted by resolution
MSC.12(56) and entered into force on 29 April 1990;
.5
by the November 1988
amendments, which were adopted by resolutions 1 and 2 of the Conference of
Contracting Governments to SOLAS 1974 on the Global Maritime Distress and
Safety System and entered into force on 1 February 1992;
.6. by the 1989 Amendments: Adopted
by resolution MSC.13(57) and entered into force on February 1992.
.7. by the 1990 Amendments: Adopted
by resolution MSC.19(58) and entered into force on 1 February 1992.
.8. by the 1991 Amendments: Adopted
by resolution MSC.22(59) and entered into force on 1 January 1994.
.9. by the April 1992 Amendments:
Adopted by resolutions MSC.24(60) and MSC.26(60) and entered into force on 1
October 1994.
.10. by the December 1992 Amendments:
Adopted by resolution MSC.27(61) and entered into force on 1 October 1994.
.11. by the May 1994 Amendments:
Adopted by resolution MSC.31(63) and entered into force on 1 January 1996
(annex 1) and 1 July 1998 (annex 2).
.12
by the May 1994 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting Governments
to SOLAS 1974 and entered into force on 1 January 1996 (annex 1) and
on 1 July 1998
(annex 2);
.13 by the December 1994 amendments,
which into force on 1 July 1996;
.14 by the May 1995 amendments, which
were
force on 1 January 1997;
.15
by the November 1995
amendments, which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting
Governments to SOLAS 1974 and entered into force on 1 July 1997;
.16
by the June 1996 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.47(66) and entered into force on 1 July
1998;
.17
by the December 1996
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.57(67) and entered into force
on 1 July 1998;
.18
by the June 1997 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.65(68) and
entered into force on
1 July 1999;
.19
by the November 1997
amendments, which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting
Governments to SOLAS 1974 and entered into force on 1 July 1999;
.20
by the May 1998 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.69(69) and entered into force on 1 July
2002;
.21
by the May 1999 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.87(71) and entered into force on 1 January
2001;
.22
by the May 2000 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.9K72) and entered into force on 1 January
2002;
.23
by the November 2000
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.99(73) and entered into force
on 1 July 2002;
.24
by the June 2001 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.117(74) and entered into force on 1
January 2003;
.25
by the May 2002 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.123(75) and entered into force on 1
January 2004;
.26
by the December 2002
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.134(76) and entered into force
on 1 July 2004;
.27
by the December 2002
amendments, which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting
Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
and entered into force on 1 July 2004;
.28
by the June 2003 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.142(77) and entered into force on 1 July
2006;
.29
by the May 2004 amendments,
which were adopted by resolutions MSC.151(78) , MSC.152(78) and MSC.153(78), and
entered into force on 1 January 2006, 1 July 2006 and 1 July 2006,
respectively;
.30
by the December 2004
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.170(79) and entered into force
on 1 July 2006;
.31
by the May 2005 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.194(80) and entered into force on 1
January 2007 (annex 1) and 1 January 2009 (annex 2);.32 by the May 2006 amendments, which were adopted by
resolutions MSC.201(81) and MSC.202(81) and entered into force on 1 July 2010
and 1 January 2008, respectively;
.33
by the December 2006
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.216(82) and entered into force
on 1 July 2008 (annex 1), 1 January 2009 (annex 2), and 1 July 2010 (annex 3);
.34
by the October 2007
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.239(83) and entered into force
on 1 July 2009;
.35
by the May 2008 amendments,
which were adopted by resolutions MSC.256(84) and MSC.257(84) and entered into
force on 1 January 2010;
.36
by the December 2008
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.269(85) and entered into force
on 1 July 2010 (annex 1) and 1 January 2011 (annex 2);
.37
by the June 2009 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.282(86) and entered into
force on 1 January 2011;
.38
by the May 2010 amendments,
which were . and entered into force on 1 January 2012;
.39
by the December 2010
amendments, which into force on 1 July 2012;
.40
by the May 2011 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.317(89) and entered into force on 1
January 2013;
.41
by the May 2012 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.325(90) and entered into force on 1
January 2014;
.42
by the November 2012
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.338(91) and entered into force
on 1 July 2014;
.43
by the June 2013 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.350(92) and entered into force on 1
January 2015;
.44
by the May 2014 amendments,
which were adopted by resolutions MSC.365(93) and MSC.366(93) and entered into
force on 1 January 2016;
.45
by the November 2014
amendments, which were adopted by resolutions MSC.380(94) and MSC.386(94) and
entered into force on 1 July 2016 and on 1 January 2017, respectively;
.46
by the June 2015 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.392(95) and entered into force on 1
January 2017;
.47
by the Secretariat
corrections to resolution MSC.290(87) (see sub-paragraph .38 above) under the
cover of Note Verbale NV.009;
.48
by the May 2016 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.404(96) and entered into force on 1
January 2020;
.49
by the November 2016
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.409(97) and entered into force
on 1 January 2020;
.50
by the June 2017 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.421(98) and entered into force on 1
January 2020;
.51
by the May 2018 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.436(99) and entered into force on 1
January 2020;
.52
by the June 2019 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.456(101) and entered into force on 1
January 2024;
.53
by the November 2020
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.474(102) and entered into
force on 1 January 2024;
.54
by the May 2021 amendments,
which were adopted by resolution MSC.482(103) and entered into force on 1
January 2024;
.55
by the April 2022
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.496(105) and entered into
force on 1 January 2024; and
.56
by the November 2022
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.521(106) and entered into
force on 1 July 2024.
3 In addition to the
above-mentioned amendments, the 1978 SOLAS Protocol has been amended, as
follows:
1.
by the 1981
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.2(XLV) and entered into force
on 1 September 1984;
2.
by the 1988
amendments, which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting
Governments to SOLAS 1974 on the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System and
entered into force on 1 February 1992;
3.
by the 2012
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.343(91) and entered into force
on 1 July 2014;
and
4.
by the 2015 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.394(95)
and entered into force on 1 January 2017.
4 The 1988 SOLAS Protocol has also been amended, as follows:
1.
by the May 2000 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.92(72)
and entered into force on 1 January 2002;
2.
by the December 2000 amendments, which were adopted by resolution
MSC.100(73) and entered into force on 1 July 2002;
3.
by the May 2002 amendments, which were adopted by resolution
MSC.124(75) and entered into
force on 1 January 2004;
4.
by the May 2004 amendments, which were adopted by resolution
MSC.154(78) and entered into
force on 1 July 2006;
5.
by the December 2004 amendments, which were adopted by resolution
MSC.171 (79) and entered into force on 1 July 2006;
6.
by the May 2006
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.204(81) and shall be deemed to
have been accepted on the date on which they are accepted by two thirds of the
Parties to the Protocol and shall enter into force six months after that date;
7.
by the December
2006 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.227(82) and entered
8.
into force on 1
July 2008;
9.
by the October
2007 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.240(83) and entered into
force on 1 July 2009;
10.
by the May 2008
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.258(84) and entered into force
on 1 January 2010;
11.
by the June 2009
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.283(86) and entered into force
on 1 January 2011;
12.
by the December
2010 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.309(88) and entered into
force on 1 July 2012;
13.
by the November
2012 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.344(91) and entered into
force on 1 July 2014;
14.
.by the June 2015
amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.395(95) and entered into force
on 1 January 2017; and
15.
.by the April
2022 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.497(105) and entered into
force on 1 January 2024.
Content of the
consolidated text
5 This
publication, compiled by the Secretariat to provide an easy reference to SOLAS
requirements, contains a consolidated text of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, the
1988 SOLAS Protocol, and all subsequent amendments thereto in force as on 1
July 2024.
6 In
addition to the above, this publication contains the unified interpretations of
SOLAS regulations, as approved by IMO's Maritime Safety Committee (MSC) in
order to facilitate global and consistent implementation of the requirements of
the Convention. The Secretariat has compiled all unified interpretations
approved by MSC since 2011 (i.e. MSC 89). The unified interpretations are
arranged by chapter and placed at the end of each chapter. They are also
numbered by chapter and cross-referenced to the regulation they clarify.
7 This
publication has been
arranged in two parts:
.1 part 1 contains the 1974 SOLAS Convention and the 1988 SOLAS
Protocol articles, requirements and certificates; and
.2 part 2 contains a list of certificates and documents’ to be
carried on board ships and a list of resolutions adopted by the aforementioned SOLAS Conferences.
8 The
operational requirements
contained in this consolidated text are, in general, applicable to
all ships, while the requirements
for ship construction and equipment apply to ships constructed on or
after the dates specified in the various regulations. To identify construction and equipment
requirements applicable to
ships constructed before
1 July 2024, previous texts of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, the 1988 SOLAS
Protocol and the amendments
to the Convention should be consulted.
9 Those
requirements of chapter I
and of the appendix to the annex to the 1974 SOLAS Convention
which were modified by
the 1988 SOLAS Protocol are indicated by the symbol ®. No
similar symbol is shown for requirements of the 1974 SOLAS Convention which were modified by the 1978
SOLAS Protocol because, while, in respect of chapter I of the Convention, the requirements thereof
have been replaced and abrogated by
the 1988 SOLAS Protocol, as
between Parties to the Protocol, for requirements in other chapters
of the Convention, they
have been superseded by SOLAS amendments subsequently adopted.
10 In general, this publication reproduces the text of the
1974 SOLAS Convention and the 1988 SOLAS Protocol, and includes the
modifications and amendments thereto given in their authentic texts. In
addition, it includes some minor editorial changes, which, while not altering
the substance, aim at achieving a degree of consistency between the texts of
the 1974 SOLAS Convention and the 1988 SOLAS Protocol and the various
amendments. In particular:
while the decimal numbering system
is used for paragraphs and sub-paragraphs of regulations in chapters 11-1,
II-2, III, IV, V, VI and VII, which were completely rewritten in the respective
amendments, the original numbering system is retained in chapters I and VIII;
the references to regulations,
paragraphs and chapters in the texts adopted in the 1981 and subsequent
amendments use an abbreviated form (e.g. "regulation II-2/23.6" for
paragraph 6 (Control and monitoring of safety systems) of regulation 23 (Safety
centre on passenger ships) in SOLAS chapter ll-2), whereas the original
reference system is retained in unamended regulations (e.g. "regulation 5
of this chapter", "paragraph (a) of this regulation", etc.);
’ The list only includes the
certificates and documents that are required under IMO instruments and it does
not include certificates or documents required by other international
organizations or governmental authorities. It should not be used in the context
of port State control inspections for which convention requirements should be
referred to. the
term tons gross tonnage
has been replaced by the term gross
tonnage in view of the
Assembly's decision (resolution A.493(XII)) that the term tons
gross tonnage used in IMO
instruments should be considered as having the same meaning as gross
tonnage as determined
under the 1969 Tonnage Convention; and metric values of the SI system have been
used in accordance with resolution A.351 (IX).
Most of the footnotes contained in
this publication are not part of the authentic text of the Convention. They
were inserted or updated at the time of publication by the Secretariat, taking
into account the provisions of the Uniform
wording for referencing IMO instruments
(resolution A.911(22)). The footnotes inserted or updated in this publication
refer to codes, guidelines, recommendations, explanatory notes or decisions of
the MSC relating to a particular text, or they refer to the instruments
published by other international organizations, such as the International
Electrotechnical Commission and the International Organization for
Standardization. The reader must make use of the latest versions of the
referenced texts, bearing in mind that such texts may have been revised or
superseded by updated material since the publication of this consolidated
edition of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as amended. However, this does not apply
to the footnotes containing references to specific editions of industry standards, such as their number or effective date,
which should only be amended after
agreement of
the relevant IMO body to reference the relevant revised edition of the industry
standard.
How to keep
the publication up to date
11.
The Secretariat issues supplements with corrections and amendments that have
entered into force since the
latest edition of
SOLAS. The readers are invited to download the latest supplements from IMO's
public website: https://www.imo.org/en/publications/Pages/English.aspx
SOLAS,
regulating safety at sea for 50 years
12.
Since its adoption in 1974, the SOLAS Convention has stood as the beacon
of safety standards for
international shipping,
ensuring the protection of lives, property, and the marine environment. Over the
past five decades, the Convention
has continuously evolved and expanded to address emerging challenges and
keep up with technological
advancements. Its comprehensive framework has fostered a culture of
safety consciousness among
maritime nations and industry stakeholders worldwide.
As the maritime community commemorates the 50th anniversary of the 1974 SOLAS Convention
in 2024, this landmark occasion
is reflected in the cover design of this publication to highlight the Convention's
enduring legacy and
to reaffirm the community's continuous and solid commitment to maritime safety
for generations to come.
Part 1
Articles of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
Articles of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
The Contracting governments
BEING DESIROUS of promoting safety of life at sea by establishing in a common agreement uniform principles and rules directed thereto,
CONSIDERING that this end may best be achieved by the conclusion of a Convention to replace the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, taking account of developments since that Convention was concluded,
Have agreed as follows:
General obligations under the Convention
(a) The Contracting Governments undertake to give effect to the provisions of the present Convention and the annex thereto, which shall constitute an integral part of the present Convention. Every reference to the present Convention constitutes at the same time a reference to the annex.
(b) The Contracting Governments undertake to promulgate all laws, decrees, orders and regulations and to take all other steps which may be necessary to give the present Convention full and complete effect, so as to ensure that, from the point of view of safety of life, a ship is fit for the service for which it is intended.
The present Convention shall apply to ships entitled to fly the flag of States the Governments of which are Contracting Governments.
The Contracting Governments undertake to communicate to and deposit with the Secretary-General of the Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organization* (hereinafter referred to as "the Organization"):
(a) a list of non-governmental agencies which are authorized to act in their behalf in the administration of measures for safety of life at sea for circulation to the Contracting Governments for the information of their officers;
(b) the text of laws, decrees, orders and regulations which shall have been promulgated on the various matters within the scope of the present Convention;
(c) a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates issued under the provisions of the present Convention for circulation to the Contracting Governments for the information of their officers.
(a) A ship, which is not subject to the provisions of the present Convention at the time of its departure on any voyage, shall not become subject to the provisions of the present Convention on account of any deviation from its intended voyage due to stress of weather or any other case of force majeure.
(b) Persons who are on board a ship by reason of force majeure or in consequence of the obligation laid upon the master to carry shipwrecked or other persons shall not be taken into account for the purpose of ascertaining the application to a ship of any provisions of the present Convention.
Carriage of persons in emergencies
(a) For the purpose of evacuating persons in order to avoid a threat to the security of their lives a Contracting Government may permit the carriage of a larger number of persons in its ships than is otherwise permissible under the present Convention.
(b) Such permission shall not deprive other Contracting Governments of any right of control under the present Convention over such ships which come within their ports.
(c) Notice of any such permission, together with a statement of the circumstances, shall be sent to the Secretary-General of the Organization by the Contracting Government granting such permission.
Prior treaties and conventions
(a) As between the Contracting Governments, the present Convention replaces and abrogates the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea which was signed in London on 17 June 1960.
(b) All other treaties, conventions and arrangements relating to safety of life at sea, or matters appertaining thereto, at present in force between Governments parties to the present Convention shall continue to have full and complete effect during the terms thereof as regards:
(i) ships to which the present Convention does not apply;
(ii) ships to which the present Convention applies, in respect of matters for which it has not expressly provided.
(c) To the extent, however, that such treaties, conventions or arrangements conflict with the provisions of the present Convention, the provisions of the present Convention shall prevail.
(d) All matters which are not expressly provided for in the present Convention remain subject to the legislation of the Contracting Governments.
|
Special rules drawn up by agreement When in accordance with the present Convention special rules are drawn up by agreement between all or some of the Contracting Governments, such rules shall be communicated to the Secretary-General of the Organization for circulation to all Contracting Governments. |
|
(a) The present Convention may be amended by either of the procedures specified in the following paragraphs. |
|
(b) Amendments after consideration within the Organization: |
i. Any amendment proposed by a Contracting Government shall be submitted to the SecretaryGeneral of the Organization, who shall then circulate it to all Members of the Organization and all Contracting Governments at least six months prior to its consideration.
ii. Any amendment proposed and circulated as above shall be referred to the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization for consideration.
iii. Contracting Governments of States, whether or not Members of the Organization, shall be entitled to participate in the proceedings of the Maritime Safety Committee for the consideration and adoption of amendments.
iv. Amendments shall be adopted by a two-thirds majority of the Contracting Governments present and voting in the Maritime Safety Committee expanded as provided for in sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph (hereinafter referred to as "the expanded Maritime Safety Committee") on condition that at least one third of the Contracting Governments shall be present at the time of voting.
v. Amendments adopted in accordance with sub-paragraph (i v) of this paragraph shall be communicated by the Secretary-General of the Organization to all Contracting Governments for acceptance.
vi. An amendment to an article of the Convention or to chapter I of the annex shall be deemed to have been accepted on the date on which it is accepted by two thirds of the Contracting Governments.
An amendment to the annex other than chapter I shall be deemed to have been accepted
(aa) at the end of two years from the date on which it is communicated to Contracting Governments for acceptance; or
(bb) at the end of a different period, which shall not be less than one year, if so determined at the time of its adoption by a two-thirds majority of the Contracting Governments present and voting in the expanded Maritime Safety Committee.
However, if within the specified period either more than one third of Contracting Governments, or Contracting Governments the combined merchant fleets of which constitute not less than 50% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant fleet, notify the Secretary-General of the Organization that they object to the amendment, it shall be deemed not to have been accepted.
vii. (1) An amendment to an article of the Convention or to chapter I of the annex shall enter into force with respect to those Contracting Governments which have accepted it, six months after the date on which it is deemed to have been accepted, and with respect to each Contracting Government which accepts it after that date, six months after the date of that Contracting Government's acceptance.
’
Refer to Guidance on entry into force of amendments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention
and related mandatory instruments (MSC.1/Circ.1481) and Guidance on drafting
of amendments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention and related mandatory instruments (MSC.1/Circ.1500/Rev.3).
(2) An amendment to the annex other than chapter I shall enter into force with respect to all Contracting Governments, except those which have objected to the amendment under sub-paragraph (vi)(2) of this paragraph and which have not withdrawn such objections, six months after the date on which it is deemed to have been accepted. However, before the date set for entry into force, any Contracting Government may give notice to the SecretaryGeneral of the Organization that it exempts itself from giving effect to that amendment for a period not longer than one year from the date of its entry into force, or for such longer period as may be determined by a two-thirds majority of the Contracting Governments present and voting in the expanded Maritime Safety Committee at the time of the adoption of the amendment.
Amendment by a Conference:
(ii) A Contracting Government which has accepted an amendment to the annex which has entered into force shall extend the benefit of the present Convention in respect of the certificates issued to a ship entitled to fly the flag of a State the Government of which, pursuant to the provisions of sub-paragraph (b)(vii)(2) of this article, has notified the Secretary-General of the Organization that it exempts itself from giving effect to the amendment.
(e) Unless expressly provided otherwise, any amendment to the present Convention made under this article, which relates to the structure of a ship, shall apply only to ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction, on or after the date on which the amendment enters into force.
(f) Any declaration of acceptance of, or objection to, an amendment or any notice given under sub-paragraph (b)(vii)(2) of this article shall be submitted in writing to the Secretary-General of the Organization, who shall inform all Contracting Governments of any such submission and the date of its receipt.
(g) The Secretary-General of the Organization shall inform all Contracting Governments of any amendments which enter into force under this article, together with the date on which each such amendment enters into force.
Signature, ratification, acceptance, approval and accession
(a) The present Convention shall remain open for signature at the Headquarters of the Organization from 1 November 1974 until 1 July 1975 and shall thereafter remain open for accession. States may become Parties to the present Convention by:
(i) signature without reservation as to ratification, acceptance or approval; or
(ii) signature subject to ratification, acceptance or approval, followed by ratification, acceptance or approval; or
(iii) accession.
(b) Ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument to that effect with the Secretary-General of the Organization.
(c) The Secretary-General of the Organization shall inform the Governments of all States which have signed the present Convention or acceded to it of any signature or of the deposit of any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession and the date of its deposit.
(a) The present Convention shall enter into force 12 months after the date on which not less than 25 States, the combined merchant fleets of which constitute not less than 50% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping, have become parties to it in accordance with article IX.
(b) Any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited after the date on which the present Convention enters into force shall take effect three months after the date of deposit.
(c) After the date on which an amendment to the present Convention is deemed to have been accepted under article VIII, any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited shall apply to the Convention as amended.
(a) The present Convention may be denounced by any Contracting Government at any time after the expiry of five years from the date on which the Convention enters into force for that Government.
(b) Denunciation shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument of denunciation with the SecretaryGeneral of the Organization who shall notify all the other Contracting Governments of any instrument of denunciation received and of the date of its receipt as well as the date on which such denunciation takes effect.
(c) A denunciation shall take effect one year, or such longer period as may be specified in the instrument of denunciation, after its receipt by the Secretary-General of the Organization.
(a) The present Convention shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the Organization who shall transmit certified true copies thereof to the Governments of all States which have signed the present Convention or acceded to it.
(b) As soon as the present Convention enters into force, the text shall be transmitted by the SecretaryGeneral of the Organization to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for registration and publication, in accordance with Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations.
The present Convention is established in a single copy in the Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish languages, each text being equally authentic. Official translations in the Arabic, German and Italian languages shall be prepared and deposited with the signed original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned/ being duly authorized by their respective Governments for that purpose, have signed the present Convention.
DONE AT LONDON this first day of November one thousand nine hundred and seventy-four.
Articles of the
Protocol of 1988 relating to the
International
Convention for the Safety of Life at
Sea, 1974
The
Parties to the present Protocol,
BEING PARTIES to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, done at London on 1 November 1974,
RECOGNIZING the need for the introduction into the above-mentioned Convention of provisions for survey and certification harmonized with corresponding provisions in other international instruments,
CONSIDERING that this need may best be met by the conclusion of a Protocol relating to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,
Have agreed as follows:
General obligations
1 The Parties to the present Protocol undertake to give effect to the provisions of the present Protocol and the annex hereto, which shall constitute an integral part of the present Protocol. Every reference to the present Protocol constitutes at the same time a reference to the annex hereto.
2 As between the Parties to the present Protocol, the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended, (hereinafter referred to as "the Convention") shall apply subject to the modifications and additions set out in the present Protocol.
3 With respect to ships entitled to fly the flag of a State which is not a Party to the Convention and the present Protocol, the Parties to the present Protocol shall apply the requirements of the Convention and the present Protocol as may be necessary to ensure that no more favourable treatment is given to such ships.
1 As between the Parties to the present Protocol, the present Protocol replaces and abrogates the Protocol of 1978 relating to the Convention.
2 Notwithstanding any other provisions of the present Protocol, any certificate issued under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Convention and any supplement to such certificate issued under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Protocol of 1978 relating to the Convention which is current when the present Protocol enters into force in respect of the Party by which the certificate or supplement was issued, shall remain valid until it expires under the terms of the Convention or the Protocol of 1978 relating to the Convention, as the case may be.
3
A Party
to the present Protocol shall not issue certificates under, and in accordance
with, the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at
Sea, 1974, as adopted on 1 November 1974.
Communication of information[†]
The Parties to the present Protocol undertake to communicate to, and deposit with, the Secretary-General of the International Maritime Organization (hereinafter referred to as "the Organization"):
Signature, ratification, acceptance, approval and accession
1 The present Protocol shall be open for signature at the Headquarters of the Organization from 1 March 1989 to 28 February 1990 and shall thereafter remain open for accession. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3, States may express their consent to be bound by the present Protocol by:
signature without reservation as to ratification, acceptance or approval; or
signature subject to ratification, acceptance or approval, followed by ratification, acceptance or approval; or
accession.
2 Ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument to that effect with the Secretary-General of the Organization.
3 The present Protocol may be signed without reservation, ratified, accepted, approved or acceded to only by States which have signed without reservation, ratified, accepted, approved or acceded to the Convention.
1 The present Protocol shall enter into force twelve months after the date on which both the following conditions have been met:
(a) not less than fifteen States, the combined merchant fleets of which constitute not less than 50% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping, have expressed their consent to be bound by it in accordance with article IV, and
(b) the conditions for the entry into force of the Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, have been met,
provided that the present Protocol shall not enter into force before 1 February 1992.
2 For States which have deposited an instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession in respect of the present Protocol after the conditions for entry into force thereof have been met but prior to the date of entry into force, the ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall take effect on the date of entry into force of the present Protocol or three months after the date of deposit of the instrument, whichever is the later date. Any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited after the date on which the present Protocol enters into force shall take effect three months after the date of deposit.
3 After the date on which an amendment to the present Protocol is deemed to have been accepted under article VI, any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited shall apply to the present Protocol as amended.
The procedures set out in article VIII of the Convention shall apply to amendments to the present Protocol, provided that:
(a) references in that article to the Convention and to Contracting Governments shall be taken to mean references to the present Protocol and to the Parties to the present Protocol respectively;
(b) amendments to the articles of the present Protocol and to the annex thereto shall be adopted and brought into force in accordance with the procedure applicable to amendments to the articles of the Convention or to chapter I of the annex thereto; and
(c) amendments to the appendix to the annex to the present Protocol may be adopted and brought into force in accordance with the procedure applicable to amendments to the annex to the Convention other than chapter I.
1 The present Protocol may be denounced by any Party at any time after the expiry of five years from the date on which the present Protocol enters into force for that Party.
2 Denunciation shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument of denunciation with the SecretaryGeneral of the Organization.
3 A denunciation shall take effect one year, or such longer period as may be specified in the instrument of denunciation, after its receipt by the Secretary-General of the Organization.
4 A denunciation of the Convention by a Party shall be deemed to be a denunciation of the present Protocol by that Party. Such denunciation shall take effect on the same date as denunciation of the Convention takes effect according to paragraph (c) of article XI of the Convention.
1 The present Protocol shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the Organization (hereinafter referred to as "the depositary").
2 The depositary shall:
(a) inform the Governments of all States which have signed the present Protocol or acceded thereto of:
(i) each new signature or deposit of an instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession, together with the date thereof;
’ Refer to Guidance on entry into
force of amendments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention and related mandatory
instruments (MSC.1/Circ.1481)
and Guidance
on drafting of amendments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention and related mandatory
instruments (MSC.1/Circ.1500/Rev. 3).
(ii) the date of entry into force of the present Protocol;
(iii) the deposit of any instrument of denunciation of the present Protocol together with the date on which it was received and the date on which the denunciation takes effect;
(b) transmit certified true copies of the present Protocol to the Governments of all States which have signed the present Protocol or acceded thereto.
3 As soon as the present Protocol enters into force, a certified true copy thereof shall be transmitted by the depositary to the Secretariat of the United Nations for registration and publication in accordance with Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations.
The present Protocol is established in a single original in the Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish languages, each text being equally authentic. An official translation into the Italian language shall be prepared and deposited with the signed original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned,[‡] being duly authorized by their respective Governments for that purpose, have signed the present Protocol.
DONE AT London this eleventh day of
November one thousand nine hundred and eighty-eight.
Consolidated text of the annex to the 1974
SOLAS Convention and the 1988 Protocol relating thereto
Chapter I
General provisions
Part A Application, definitions, etc.
Regulation 1 Application
Regulation 2 Definitions
Regulation 3 Exceptions
Regulation 4 Exemptions
Regulation 5 Equivalents
Part
B
Regulation 6 Inspection and survey
Regulation 7 Surveys of passenger ships
Regulation 8 Surveys of life-saving appliances and other equipment of cargo ships
Regulation 9 Surveys of radio installations of cargo ships
Regulation 10 Surveys of structure, machinery and equipment of cargo ships
Regulation 11 Maintenance of conditions after survey
Regulation 12 Issue or endorsement of certificates
Regulation 13 Issue or endorsement of certificates by another Government
Regulation 14 Duration and validity of certificates
Regulation 15 Forms of certificates and records of equipment
Regulation 16 Availability of certificates
Regulation 17 Acceptance of certificates
Regulation 18 Qualification of certificates
Regulation 19 Control
Regulation 20 Privileges
Surveys and certificates
Part C Casualties
Regulation 21 Casualties
Application, definitions, etc.
(a) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the present regulations apply only to ships engaged on international voyages.
(b) The classes of ships to which each chapter applies are more precisely defined, and the extent of the application is shown, in each chapter.
For the purpose of the present regulations, unless expressly provided otherwise:
(a) Regulations means the regulations contained in the annex to the present Convention.
(b) Administration means the Government of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly.
(c) Approved means approved by the Administration.
(d) International voyage means a voyage from a country to which the present Convention applies to a port outside such country, or conversely.
(e) A passenger is every person other than:
(i) the master and the members of the crew or other persons employed or engaged in any capacity on board a ship on the business of that ship; and
(ii) a child under one year of age.
(f) A passenger ship is a ship which carries more than twelve passengers.
(g) A cargo ship is any ship which is not a passenger ship.
(h) A tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted for the carriage in bulk of liquid cargoes of an inflammablet nature.
(i) A fishing vessel is a vessel used for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus or other living resources of the sea.
(j) A nuclear ship is a ship provided with a nuclear power plant.
S(k) New ship means a ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after 25 May 1980.
(l) Existing ship means a ship which is not a new ship.
(m) A mile is 1,852 metres or 6,080 feet.
Ebb](n) Anniversary date means the day and the month of each year which will correspond to the date of expiry of the relevant certificate.
Chapter I: General provisions
Regulation 3
(a) The present regulations, unless expressly provided otherwise, do not apply to:
(i) Ships of war and troopships.
(ii) Cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage.
(iii) Ships not propelled by mechanical means.
(iv) Wooden ships of primitive build.
(v) Pleasure yachts not engaged in trade.
(vi) Fishing vessels.
(b) Except as expressly provided in chapter V, nothing herein shall apply to ships solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America and the River St Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north side of Anticosti Island, the 63rd meridian.
(a) A ship which is not normally engaged on international voyages but which, in exceptional circumstances, is required to undertake a single international voyage may be exempted by the Administration from any of the requirements of the present regulations provided that it complies with safety requirements which are adequate in the opinion of the Administration for the voyage which is to be undertaken by the ship.
(b) The Administration may exempt any ship which embodies features of a novel kind from any of the provisions of chapters 11-1, II-2, III and IV of these regulations the application of which might seriously impede research into the development of such features and their incorporation in ships engaged on international voyages. Any such ship shall, however, comply with safety requirements which, in the opinion of that Administration, are adequate for the service for which it is intended and are such as to ensure the overall safety of the ship and which are acceptable to the Governments of the States to be visited by the ship. The Administration which allows any such exemption shall communicate to the Organization particulars of the same and the reasons therefore which the Organization shall circulate to the Contracting Governments for their information.
(a) Where the present regulations require that a particular fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a ship, or that any particular provision shall be made, the Administration may allow any other fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, to be fitted or carried, or any other provision to be made in that ship, if it is satisfied by trial thereof or otherwise that such fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or provision, is at least as effective as that required by the present regulations.
(b) Any Administration which so allows, in substitution, a fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or provision, shall communicate to the Organization particulars thereof together with a report on any trials made and the Organization shall circulate such particulars to other Contracting Governments for the information of their officers.
(a) The inspection and survey of ships, so far as regards the enforcement of the provisions of the present regulations and the granting of exemptions therefrom, shall be carried out by officers of the Administration. The Administration may, however, entrust the inspections and surveys either to surveyors nominated for the purpose or to organizations recognized by it.
(b) An Administration nominating surveyors or recognizing organizations to conduct inspections and surveys as set forth in paragraph (a) shall as a minimum empower any nominated surveyor or recognized organization to:
(i) require repairs to a ship;
(ii) carry out inspections and surveys if requested by the appropriate authorities of a port State.
The Administration shall notify the Organization of the specific responsibilities and conditions of the authority delegated to nominated surveyors or recognized organizations^
(c) When a nominated surveyor or recognized organization determines that the condition of the ship or its equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of the certificate or is such that the ship is not fit to proceed to sea without danger to the ship, or persons on board, such surveyor or organization shall immediately ensure that corrective action is taken and shall in due course notify the Administration. If such corrective action is not taken the relevant certificate should be withdrawn and the Administration shall be notified immediately; and, if the ship is in the port of another Party, the appropriate authorities of the port State shall also be notified immediately. When an officer of the Administration, a nominated surveyor or a recognized organization has notified the appropriate authorities of the port State, the Government of the port State concerned shall give such officer, surveyor or organization any necessary assistance to carry out their obligations under this regulation. When applicable, the Government of the port State concerned shall ensure that the ship shall not sail until it can proceed to sea, or leave port for the purpose of proceeding to the appropriate repair yard, without danger to the ship or persons on board.
(d) In every case, the Administration shall fully guarantee the completeness and efficiency of the inspection and survey, and shall undertake to ensure the necessary arrangements to satisfy this obligation.
" Refer to Global and uniform
implementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification (HSSC) (resolution A.883(21)), Survey Guidelines
under the Harmonized System of Survey and Certification (HSSC), 2023 (resolution A.1186(33),
as may be amended), Guidelines for pre-planning of surveys in dry dock of
ships which are not subject to the enhanced programme of inspections (MSC.1/Circ.1223), Unified interpretation
of the term "first survey" referred to in SOLAS regulations (MSC.1/Circ.1290) and Guidelines for
Administrations to ensure the adequacy of transfer of class-related matters
between recognized organizations (ROs) (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.2).
T Refer to
the Code for Recognized Organizations (RO Code)
(resolutions MSC.349(92) and
MEPC.237(65)); Communication
of information on the authorization of recognized organizations (ROs)
(MSC/Circ.1010-MEPC/Circ.382); Notification and circulation
through the Global Integrated Shipping Information System (CISIS)
(resolution A.1074(28)) and Guidance on communication of
information by Member States (resolution A.1139(31)).
Chapter I: General provisions
Regulation 7
Surveys of passenger ships[††]
(a) A passenger ship shall be subject to the surveys specified below:
(i) an initial survey before the ship is put in service;
(ii) a renewal survey once every 12 months, except where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;
(iii) additional surveys, as occasion arises.
(b) The surveys referred to above shall be carried out as follows: the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the ship's structure, machinery and equipment, including the outside of the ship's bottom and the inside and outside of the boilers. This survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, materials and scantlings of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installation, radio installations including those used in life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire safety systems and appliances, life-saving appliances and arrangements, shipborne navigational equipment, nautical publications, means of embarkation for pilots and other equipment fully comply with the requirements of the present regulations, and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration for ships of the service for which it is intended. The survey shall also be such as to ensure that the workmanship of all parts of the ship and its equipment is in all respects satisfactory, and that the ship is provided with the lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals as required by the provisions of the present regulations and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;
the renewal survey shall include an inspection of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels, machinery and equipment, including the outside of the ship's bottom. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the ship, as regards the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installation, radio installations including those used in life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire safety systems and appliances, life-saving appliances and arrangements, shipborne navigational equipment, nautical publications, means of embarkation for pilots and other equipment is in satisfactory condition and is fit for the service for which it is intended, and that it complies with the requirements of the present regulations and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration. The lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals carried by the ship shall also be subject to the above-mentioned survey for the purpose of ensuring that they comply with the requirements of the present regulations and of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;
an additional survey either general or partial, according to the circumstances, shall be made after a repair resulting from investigations prescribed in regulation 11, or whenever any important repairs or renewals are made. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals have been effectively made, that the material and workmanship of such repairs or renewals are in all respects satisfactory, and that the ship complies in all respects with the provisions of the present regulations and of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force, and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration.
(c) (i) the laws, decrees, orders and regulations referred to in paragraph (b) of this regulation shall be in all
respects such as to ensure that, from the point of view of safety of life, the ship is fit for the service for which it is intended;
(11) they shall among other things prescribe the requirements to be observed as to the initial and subsequent hydraulic or other acceptable alternative tests to which the main and auxiliary boilers,
connections, steam pipes, high pressure receivers and fuel tanks for internal combustion engines are to be submitted including the test procedures to be followed and the intervals between two consecutive tests.
Surveys of life-saving appliances and other equipment of cargo ships[‡‡]
(a) The life-saving appliances and other equipment of cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards as referred to in paragraph (b)(i) shall be subject to the surveys specified below:
an initial survey before the ship is put in service;
a renewal survey at intervals specified by the Administration but not exceeding 5 years, except where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;
a periodical survey within three months before or after the second anniversary date or within three
months before or after the third anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate which shall take the place of one of the annual surveys specified in paragraph (a)(iv);
(iv) an annual survey within 3 months before or after each anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate;
(v) an additional survey as prescribed for passenger ships in regulation 7(b)(iii).
(b) The surveys referred to in paragraph (a) shall be carried out as follows:
(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the fire safety systems and appliances, life-saving appliances and arrangements except radio installations, the shipborne navigational equipment, means of embarkation for pilots and other equipment to which chapters 11-1, II-2, III and V apply to ensure that they comply with the requirements of the present regulations, are in satisfactory condition and are fit for the service for which the ship is intended. The fire control plans, nautical publications, lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals shall also be subject to the above-mentioned survey for the purpose of ensuring that they comply with the requirements of the present regulations and, where applicable, the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;
(ii) the renewal and periodical surveys shall include an inspection of the equipment referred to in paragraph (b)(i) to ensure that it complies with the relevant requirements of the present regulations and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force, is in satisfactory condition and is fit for the service for which the ship is intended;
(iii) the annual survey shall include a general inspection of the equipment referred to in paragraph (b)(i) to ensure that it has been maintained in accordance with regulation 11(a) and that it remains satisfactory for the service for which the ship is intended.
(c)
The
periodical and annual surveys referred to in paragraphs (a)(iii) and (a)(iv)
shall be endorsed on the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate.
Chapter I: General provisions
Regulation 9
Surveys of radio installations of cargo ships[§§]
(a) The radio installations, including those used in life-saving appliances, of cargo ships to which chapters III and IV apply shall be subject to the surveys specified below:
(i) an initial survey before the ship is put in service;
(ii) a renewal survey at intervals specified by the Administration but not exceeding five years, except where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;
(iii) a periodical survey within three months before or after each anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate;
(iv) an additional survey as prescribed for passenger ships in regulation 7(b)(iii).
(b) The surveys referred to in paragraph (a) shall be carried out as follows:
(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the radio installations of cargo ships, including those used in life-saving appliances, to ensure that they comply with the requirements of the present regulations;
(ii) the renewal and periodical surveys shall include an inspection of the radio installations of cargo ships, including those used in life-saving appliances, to ensure that they comply with the requirements of the present regulations.
(c) The periodical surveys referred to in paragraph (a)(iii) shall be endorsed on the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate.
S Regulation 10
Surveys of structure, machinery and equipment of cargo ships*
(a) The structure, machinery and equipment (other than items in respect of which a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate and a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate are issued) of a cargo ship as referred to in paragraph (b)(i) shall be subject to the surveys and inspections specified below:
an initial survey including an inspection of the outside of the ship's bottom before the ship is put in service;
a renewal survey at intervals specified by the Administration but not exceeding 5 years, except
where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;
(iii) an intermediate survey within three months before or after the second anniversary date or within three months before or after the third anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, which shall take the place of one of the annual surveys specified in paragraph (a)(iv);
(iv) an annual survey within 3 months before or after each anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate;
(v) a minimum of two inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom during any five-year period, except where regulation 14(e) or (f) is applicable. Where regulation 14(e) or (f) is applicable, this five-year period may be extended to coincide with the extended period of validity of the certificate. In all cases the interval between any two such inspections shall not exceed 36 months;
(vi) an additional survey as prescribed for passenger ships in regulation 7(b)(iii).
(b) The surveys and inspections referred to in paragraph (a) shall be carried out as follows:
(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the structure, machinery and equipment. This survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, materials, scantlings and workmanship of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels, their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery including steering gear and associated control systems, electrical installation and other equipment comply with the requirements of the present regulations, are in satisfactory condition and are fit for the service for which the ship is intended and that the required stability information is provided. In the case of tankers such a survey shall also include an inspection of the pump-rooms, cargo, bunker and ventilation piping systems and associated safety devices;
(ii) the renewal survey shall include an inspection of the structure, machinery and equipment as referred to in paragraph (b)(i) to ensure that they comply with the requirements of the present regulations, are in satisfactory condition and are fit for the service for which the ship is intended;
(iii) the intermediate survey shall include an inspection of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels, machinery and equipment, the steering gear and the associated control systems and electrical installations to ensure that they remain satisfactory for the service for which the ship is intended. In the case of tankers, the survey shall also include an inspection of the pump-rooms, cargo, bunker and ventilation piping systems and associated safety devices and the testing of insulation resistance of electrical installations in dangerous zones;
(iv) the annual survey shall include a general inspection of the structure, machinery and equipment referred to in paragraph (b)(i), to ensure that they have been maintained in accordance with regulation 11(a) and that they remain satisfactory for the service for which the ship is intended;
(v) the inspection of the outside of the ship's bottom and the survey of related items inspected at the same time shall be such as to ensure that they remain satisfactory for the service for which the ship is intended.
(c) The intermediate and annual surveys and the inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom referred to in paragraphs (a)(iii), (a)(iv) and (a)(v) shall be endorsed on the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate.
Maintenance of conditions after survey[***]
(a) The condition ot the ship and its equipment shall be maintained to conform with the provisions of the present regulations to ensure that the ship in all respects will remain fit to proceed to sea without danger to the ship or persons on board.
(b) After any survey of the ship under regulations 7, 8, 9 or 10 has been completed, no change shall be made in the structural arrangements, machinery, equipment and other items covered by the survey, without the sanction of the Administration.
(c)
Whenever
an accident occurs to a ship or a defect is discovered, either of which affects
the safety of the ship or the efficiency or completeness of its life-saving
appliances or other equipment, the master or owner of the ship shall report at
the earliest opportunity to the Administration, the nominated surveyor or
recognized organization responsible for issuing the relevant certificate, who
shall cause investigations to be initiated to determine whether a survey, as
required by regulations 7, 8, 9 or 10, is necessary. If the ship is in a port
of another Contracting Government, the master or owner shall also report
immediately to the appropriate authorities of the port State and the nominated
surveyor or recognized organization shall ascertain that such a report has been
made.
Chapter I: General provisions Regulation 12
Issue or endorsement of certificates[†††]
(viii) the certificates referred to in this regulation shall be issued or endorsed either by the Administration or by any person or organization authorized by it. In every case, that Administration assumes full responsibility for the certificates.
(b) A Contracting Government shall not issue certificates under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, 1948 or 1929, after the date on which acceptance of the present Convention by the Government takes effect.
Issue or endorsement of certificates by another Government
A Contracting Government may, at the request of the Administration, cause a ship to be surveyed and, if satisfied that the requirements of the present regulations are complied with, shall issue or authorize the issue of certificates to the ship and, where appropriate, endorse or authorize the endorsement of certificates on the ship in accordance with the present regulations. Any certificate so issued shall contain a statement to the effect that it has been issued at the request of the Government of the State the flag of which the ship is entitled to fly, and it shall have the same force and receive the same recognition as a certificate issued under regulation 12.
Duration and validity of certificates*
(a) A Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding 12 months. A Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate and Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate shall be issued for a period specified by the Administration which shall not exceed five years. An Exemption Certificate shall not be valid for longer than the period of the certificate to which it refers.
notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a), when the renewal survey is completed within three months before the expiry date of the existing certificate, the new certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal survey to:
(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of expiry of the existing certificate;
(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate;
when the renewal survey is completed after the expiry date of the existing certificate, the new certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal survey to:
(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of expiry of the existing certificate;
(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate;
(111) when the renewal survey is completed more than three months before the expiry date of the existing certificate, the new certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal survey to:
(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of completion of the renewal survey;
(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date of completion of the renewal survey.
(c) If a certificate other than a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate is issued for a period of less than five years, the Administration may extend the validity of the certificate beyond the expiry date to the maximum period specified in paragraph (a), provided that the surveys referred to in regulations 8, 9 and 10 applicable when a certificate is issued for a period of 5 years are carried out as appropriate.
(d) If a renewal survey has been completed and a new certificate cannot be issued or placed on board the ship before the expiry date of the existing certificate, the person or organization authorized by the Administration may endorse the existing certificate and such a certificate shall be accepted as valid for a further period which shall not exceed 5 months from the expiry date.
(e) If a ship at the time when a certificate expires is not in a port in which it is to be surveyed, the Administration may extend the period of validity of the certificate but this extension shall be granted only for the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its voyage to the port in which it is to be surveyed, and then only in cases where it appears proper and reasonable to do so. No certificate shall be extended for a period longer than three months, and a ship to which an extension is granted shall not, on its arrival in the port in which it is to be surveyed, be entitled by virtue of such extension to leave that port without having a new certificate. When the renewal survey is completed, the new certificate shall be valid to:
(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of expiry of the existing certificate before the extension was granted;
(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate before the extension was granted.
’ Refer to Recommended conditions
for extending the period of validity of a certificate (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.1); Guidance on the timing
of replacement of existing certificates by the certificates issued after the
entry into force of amendments to certificates in IMO instruments (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.6); Guidelines for the use
of Electronic Certificates (FAL.5/Circ.39/Rev.2 and Corr.1); Unified interpretation
on the expiration date of statutory certificates (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.13) and
Unified
interpretation of the date of completion of the survey and verification on
which the certificates are based (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.3).
Chapter I: General provisions Regulation 15
(f) A certificate issued to a ship engaged on short voyages which has not been extended under the foregoing provisions of this regulation may be extended by the Administration for a period of grace of up to one month from the date of expiry stated on it. When the renewal survey is completed, the new certificate shall be valid to:
(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of expiry of the existing certificate before the extension was granted;
(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate before the extension was granted.
(g) In special circumstances, as determined by the Administration, a new certificate need not be dated from the date of expiry of the existing certificate as required by paragraphs (b)(ii), (e) or (f). In these special circumstances, the new certificate shall be valid to:
(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of completion of the renewal survey;
(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date of completion of the renewal survey.
(h) If an annual, intermediate or periodical survey is completed before the period specified in the relevant regulations then:
(i) the anniversary date shown on the relevant certificate shall be amended by endorsement to a date which shall not be more than three months later than the date on which the survey was completed;
(j) ) the subsequent annual, intermediate or periodical survey required by the relevant regulations shall be completed at the intervals prescribed by these regulations using the new anniversary date;
(k) i) the expiry date may remain unchanged provided one or more annual, intermediate or periodical surveys, as appropriate, are carried out so that the maximum intervals between the surveys prescribed by the relevant regulations are not exceeded.
(1) A certificate issued under regulation 12 or 13 shall cease to be valid in any of the following cases:
(i) if the relevant surveys and inspections are not completed within the periods specified under regulations 7(a), 8(a), 9(a) and 10(a);
(ii) if the certificate is not endorsed in accordance with the present regulations;
(iii) upon transfer of the ship to the flag of another State. A new certificate shall only be issued when the Government issuing the new certificate is fully satisfied that the ship is in compliance with the requirements of regulation 11(a) and (b). In the case of a transfer between Contracting Governments, if requested within three months after the transfer has taken place, the Government of the State whose flag the ship was formerly entitled to fly shall, as soon as possible, transmit to the Administration copies of the certificates carried by the ship before a transfer and, if available, copies of the relevant survey reports.
Forms of certificates and records of equipment[‡‡‡]
The certificates and records of equipment shall be drawn up in the form corresponding to the models given in the appendix to the annex to the present Convention. If the language used is neither English nor French, the text shall include a translation into one of these languages."
The certificates issued under regulations 12 and 13 shall be readily available on board for examination at all times.
Certificates issued under the authority of a Contracting Government shall be accepted by the other Contracting Governments for all purposes covered by the present Convention. They shall be regarded by the other Contracting Governments as having the same force as certificates issued by them.
(a) If in the course of a particular voyage a ship has on board a number of persons less than the total number stated in the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate and is in consequence, in accordance with the provisions of the present regulations, free to carry a smaller number of lifeboats and other life-saving appliances than that stated in the certificate, an annex may be issued by the Government, person or organization referred to in regulation 12 or 13 of this chapter.
(b) This annex shall state that in the circumstances there is no infringement of the provisions of the present regulations. It shall be annexed to the certificate and shall be substituted for it in so far as the life-saving appliances are concerned. It shall be valid only for the particular voyage for which it is issued.
(a) Every ship when in a port of another Contracting Government is subject to control by officers duly authorized by such Government in so far as this control is directed towards verifying that the certificates issued under regulation 12 or regulation 13 are valid.
(b) Such certificates, if valid, shall be accepted unless there are clear grounds for believing that the condition of the ship or of its equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of any of the certificates or that the ship and its equipment are not in compliance with the provisions of regulation 11(a) and (b).
(c) In the circumstances given in paragraph (b) or where a certificate has expired or ceased to be valid, the officer carrying out the control shall take steps to ensure that the ship shall not sail until it can proceed to sea or leave the port for the purpose of proceeding to the appropriate repair yard without danger to the ship or persons on board.
(d) In the event of this control giving rise to an intervention of any kind, the officer carrying out the control shall forthwith inform, in writing, the Consul or, in his absence, the nearest diplomatic representative of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly of all the circumstances in which intervention was deemed necessary. In addition, nominated surveyors or recognized organizations responsible for the issue of the certificates shall also be notified. The facts concerning the intervention shall be reported to the Organization.
" Refer to Retention of original
recorcls/documents on board ships (MSC-MEPC.4/Circ.1) and Guidance on the timing
of replacement of existing certificates by the certificates issued after the
entry into force of amendments to certificates in IMO instruments (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.6).
T Refer to Procedures for port
State control, 2023 (resolution A.1185(33)); IMO Instruments
Implementation Code (III Code) (resolution A.1070(28)); Guidance to port State
control officers on the non-security related elements of the 2002 SOLAS
amendments (MSC/Circ.1113); Measures to improve port State control
procedures (MSC/Circ.1011-MEPC/Circ.383); Code of good practice
for port State control officers (MSC-MEPC.4/Circ.2); National contact
points for safety and pollution prevention and response (MSC-MEPC.6/Circ.22, as
may be amended); and the information collected via the Global Integrated
Shipping Information System (GISIS).
Chapter I: General provisions Regulation 20
(e) The port State authority concerned shall notify all relevant information about the ship to the authorities of the next port of call, in addition to parties mentioned in paragraph (d), if it is unable to take action as specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) or if the ship has been allowed to proceed to the next port of call.
(f) When exercising control under this regulation all possible efforts shall be made to avoid a ship being unduly detained or delayed. If a ship is thereby unduly detained or delayed it shall be entitled to compensation for any loss or damage suffered.
The privileges of the present Convention may not be claimed in favour of any ship unless it holds appropriate valid certificates.
(a) Each Administration undertakes to conduct an investigation of any casualty occurring to any of its ships subject to the provisions of the present Convention when it judges that such an investigation may assist in determining what changes in the present regulations might be desirable.
(b) Each Contracting Government undertakes to supply the Organization with pertinent information concerning the findings of such investigations. No reports or recommendations of the Organization based upon such information shall disclose the identity or nationality of the ships concerned or in any manner fix or imply responsibility upon any ship or person.
Chapter II-1
Construction - Structure,
subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical installations
Construction - Structure, subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical installations
General
Regulation 1 Application
Regulation 2 Definitions
Regulation 3 Definitions relating to parts C, D and E
Part A-1 Structure of ships
|
|
Regulation 3-1 Structural, mechanical and electrical requirements for ships
Regulation 3-2 Protective coatings of dedicated seawater
ballast tanks in all types of ships and double-side skin spaces of
bulk carriers
Regulation 3-3 Safe access to tanker bows
Regulation 3-4 Emergency towing arrangements and procedures
Regulation 3-5 New installation of materials containing asbestos
Regulation 3-6 Access to and within spaces in, and forward of, the cargo area of oil tankers and bulk carriers
Regulation 3-7 Construction drawings maintained on board and ashore
Regulation 3-8 Towing and mooring equipment
Regulation 3-9 Means of embarkation on and disembarkation from ships
Regulation 3-10 Goal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers. .
Regulation 3-11 Corrosion protection of cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers
Regulation 3-12 Protection against noise
Part B Subdivision and stability
Regulation 4 General
Part B-1 Stability
Regulation 5 Intact stability
Regulation 5-1 Stability information to be supplied to the master
Regulation 6 Required subdivision index R
Regulation 7 Attained subdivision index A
Regulation 7-1 Calculation of the factor p,
Regulation 7-2 Calculation of the factor s,
Regulation 7-3 Permeability
Regulation 8 Special requirements concerning passenger ship stability
Regulation 8-1 System capabilities and operational information after a flooding casualty on passenger ships
|
II-1 |
Part B-2 Subdivision, watertight and weathertight integrity
Regulation 9 Double bottoms in passenger ships and cargo ships other than tankers
Regulation 10 Construction of watertight bulkheads
Regulation 11 Initial testing of watertight bulkheads, etc
Regulation 12 Peak and machinery space bulkheads, shaft tunnels, etc
Regulation 13 Openings in watertight boundaries below the bulkhead deck in passenger ships
Regulation 13-1 Openings in watertight bulkheads and internal decks in cargo ships
Regulation 14 Passenger ships carrying goods vehicles and accompanying personnel
Regulation 15 Openings in the shell plating below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships
Regulation 15-1 External openings in cargo ships
Regulation 16 Construction and initial tests of watertight closures
Regulation 16-1 Construction and initial tests of watertight decks, trunks, etc
Regulation 17 Internal watertight integrity of passenger ships above the bulkhead deck
Regulation 17-1 Integrity of the hull and superstructure, damage prevention and control on ro-ro passenger ships
|
|
Part B-3 Subdivision load line assignment for passenger ships
Regulation 18 Assigning, marking and recording of subdivision load lines for passenger ships
Part B-4 Stability management
Regulation 19 Damage control information
Regulation 19-1 Damage control drills for passenger ships
Regulation 20 Loading of ships
Regulation 21 Periodical operation and inspection of watertight doors, etc., in passenger ships
Regulation 22 Prevention and control of water ingress, etc
|
Regulation 22-1 Flooding detection systems for passenger ships carrying 36 or more persons ... |
Regulation 23 Special requirements for ro-ro passenger ships
Regulation 24 Additional requirements for prevention and control of water ingress, etc., in cargo ships
Regulation 25 Water level detectors on single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers
Regulation 25-1 Water level detectors on multiple hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers and tankers
PartC Machinery installations
Regulation 26 General
Regulation 27 Machinery
Regulation 28 Means of going astern
Regulation 29 Steering gear
Regulation 30 Additional requirements for electric and electrohydraulic steering gear
Regulation 31 Machinery controls
Regulation 32 Steam boilers and boiler feed systems
Regulation 33 Steam pipe systems
Regulation 34 Air pressure systems
Regulation 35 Ventilating systems in machinery spaces
Regulation 35-1 Bilge pumping arrangements
Regulation 36 [Blank]
Regulation 37 Communication between navigation bridge and machinery space
Regulation 38 Engineers' alarm
Regulation 39 Location of emergency installations in passenger ships
Part D Electrical installations
Regulation 40 General
Regulation 41 Main source of electrical power and lighting systems
Regulation 42 Emergency source of electrical power in passenger ships
Regulation 42-1 Supplementary emergency lighting for ro-ro passenger ships
Regulation 43 Emergency source of electrical power in cargo ships
Regulation 44 Starting arrangements for emergency generating sets
Regulation 45 Precautions against shock, fire and other hazards of electrical origin . . . .
|
|
Part E Additional requirements for periodically unattended machinery spaces
Regulation 46 General
Regulation 47 Fire precautions
Regulation 48 Protection against flooding
Regulation 49 Control of propulsion machinery from the navigation bridge
Regulation 50 Communication
Regulation 51 Alarm system
Regulation 52 Safety systems
Regulation 53 Special requirements for machinery, boiler and electrical installations
Regulation 54 Special consideration in respect of passenger ships
|
|
Part F Alternative design and arrangements
Regulation 55 Alternative design and arrangements
Part G Ships using low-flashpoint fuels
Regulation 56 Application
Regulation 57 Requirements for ships using low-flashpoint fuels
Unified interpretations for chapter
11-1
Appendices to unified interpretations of chapter 11-1
1.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction on or after 1 January 2009.
1.1.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, parts B, B-1, B-2 and B-4 of this chapter shall only apply to ships:
.4 a cargo ship, whenever built, which is converted to a passenger ship shall be treated as a passenger ship constructed on the date on which such a conversion commences.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 1
2 Unless expressly provided otherwise, for ships constructed before 1 January 2009, the Administration shall:
ensure that the requirements which are applicable under chapter 11-1 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended by resolutions MSC.I(XLV), MSC.6(48), MSC.11(55), MSC.12(56), MSC.13(57), MSC.19(58), MSC.26(60), MSC.27(61), resolution 1 of the 1995 SOLAS Conference, MSC.47(66), MSC.57(67), MSC.65(68), MSC.69(69), MSC.99(73), MSC.134(76), MSC.151 (78) and MSC.170(79) are complied with; and
ensure that the requirements of regulations 8-1.3 and 19-1 are complied with.
3 All ships which undergo repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to these ships. Such ships, if constructed before the date on which any relevant amendments enter into force, shall, as a rule, comply with the requirements for ships constructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as they did before undergoing such repairs, alterations, modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto shall meet the requirements for ships constructed on or after the date on which any relevant amendments enter into force, insofar as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.[****]
SEE
INTERPRETATION 2
4 The Administration of a State may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships entitled to fly the flag of that State which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.
5 In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration of the State whose flag such ships are entitled to fly, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this chapter, may exempt such ships from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:
.1 the rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971; and
.2 the rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.
For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
1 Subdivision length (Ls) of the ship is the greatest projected moulded length of that part of the ship at or below deck or decks limiting the vertical extent of flooding with the ship at the deepest subdivision draught.
Amidships is at the middle of the length (L).
Aft terminal is the aft limit of the subdivision length.
Forward terminal is the forward limit of the subdivision length.
Length (L) is the length as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in force.
Freeboard deck is the deck as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in force.
Forward perpendicular is the forward perpendicular as defined in the International Convention on Load
Lines in force.
Breadth (B) is the greatest moulded breadth of the ship at or below the deepest subdivision draught.
Draught (d) is the vertical distance from the keel line at:
.1 amidships, for ships subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1; and
.2 the mid-point of the subdivision length for ships not subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1 but constructed on or after 1 January 2009, to the waterline in question.
Deepest subdivision draught (ds) is the summer load line draught of the ship.
Light service draught (d\) is the service draught corresponding to the lightest anticipated loading and associated tankage, including, however, such ballast as may be necessary for stability and/or immersion. Passenger ships should include the full complement of passengers and crew on board.
12 Partial subdivision draught (d?) is the light service draught plus 60% of the difference between the light service draught and the deepest subdivision draught.
13 Trim is the difference between the draught forward and the draught aft, where the draughts are measured at the forward and aft:
perpendiculars respectively, as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in force, for ships subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1; and
terminals respectively, for ships not subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1 but constructed on or after 1 January 2009,
disregarding any rake of keel.
14 Permeability fpj of a space is the proportion of the immersed volume of that space which can be occupied by water.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 3
15 Machinery spaces are spaces between the watertight boundaries of a space containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery, including boilers, generators and electric motors primarily intended for propulsion. In the case of unusual arrangements, the Administration may define the limits of the machinery spaces.
16 Weathertight means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the ship.
17 Watertight means having scantlings and arrangements capable of preventing the passage of water in any direction under the head of water likely to occur in intact and damaged conditions. In the damaged condition, the head of water is to be considered in the worst situation at equilibrium, including intermediate stages of flooding.
18 Design pressure means the hydrostatic pressure for which each structure or appliance assumed watertight in the intact and damage stability calculations is designed to withstand.
19 Bulkhead deck in a passenger ship means the uppermost deck:
to which the main bulkheads and the ship's shell are carried watertight, for ships subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1; and
at any point in the subdivision length (Ls) to which the main bulkheads and the ship's shell are carried watertight and the lowermost deck from which passenger and crew evacuation will not be impeded by water in any stage of flooding for damage cases defined in regulation 8 and in part B-2 of this chapter, for ships not subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1 but constructed on or after 1 January 2009.
The bulkhead deck may be a stepped deck. In a cargo ship not subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1 but constructed on or after 1 January 2009, the freeboard deck may be taken as the bulkhead deck.
20 Deadweight is the difference in tonnes between the displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity of 1.025 at the draught corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight of the ship.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 4
21 Lightweight is the displacement of a ship in tonnes without cargo, fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, and passengers and crew and their effects.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 5
22 Oil tanker is the oil tanker defined in regulation 1 of Annex I of the Protocol of 1978 relating to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973.
23 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro spaces or special category spaces as defined in regulation II-2/3.42.
Bulk carrier means a bulk carrier as defined in regulation XII/1.1.
Keel line is a line parallel to the slope of the keel passing amidships through:
the top of the keel at centreline or line of intersection of the inside of shell plating with the keel if a bar keel extends below that line, on a ship with a metal shell; or
in wood and composite ships, the distance is measured from the lower edge of the keel rabbet. When the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom
continued inward intersects the centreline amidships.
26 2008 IS Code means the International Code on Intact Stability, 2008, consisting of an introduction, part A (the provisions of which shall be treated as mandatory) and part B (the provisions of which shall be treated as recommendatory), as adopted by resolution MSC.267(85), provided that:
amendments to the introduction and part A of the Code are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I thereof; and
amendments to part B of the Code are adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee in accordance with its Rules of Procedure.
27 Coal-based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers means the International Goalbased Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.287(87), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I thereof.
28 IGF Code means the International Code of Safety for Ships using Gases or other Low-Flashpoint Fuels as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.391 (95), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.
29 Low-flashpoint fuel means gaseous or liquid fuel having a flashpoint lower than otherwise permitted under regulation 11-2/4.2.1.1.
Definitions relating to parts C, D and E
For the purpose of parts C, D and E, unless expressly provided otherwise: 1 Steering gear control system is the equipment by which orders are transmitted from the navigating bridge to the steering gear power units.
Steering gear control systems comprise transmitters, receivers, hydraulic control pumps and their associated motors, motor controllers, piping and cables.
Main steering gear is the machinery, rudder actuators, steering gear, power units, if any, and ancillary equipment and the means of applying torque to the rudder stock (e.g. tiller or quadrant) necessary for effecting movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the ship under normal service conditions.
2 Steering gear power unit is:
in the case of electric steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment;
in the caseof electrohydraulic steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment and connected pump; or
in the case of other hydraulic steering gear, a driving engine and connected pump.
3 Auxiliary steering gear is the equipment other than any part of the main steering gear necessary to steer the ship in the event of failure of the main steering gear but not including the tiller, quadrant or components serving the same purpose.
4 Normal operational and habitable condition is a condition under which the ship as a whole, the machinery, services, means and aids ensuring propulsion, ability to steer, safe navigation, fire and flooding safety, internal and external communications and signals, means of escape, and emergency boat winches, as well as the designed comfortable conditions of habitability, are in working order and functioning normally.
5 Emergency condition is a condition under which any services needed for normal operational and habitable conditions are not in working order due to failure of the main source of electrical power.
6 Main source of electrical power is a source intended to supply electrical power to the main switchboard for distribution to all services necessary for maintaining the ship in normal operational and habitable conditions.
7 Dead ship condition is the condition under which the main propulsion plant, boilers and auxiliaries are not in operation due to the absence of power.
Main generating station is the space in which the main source of electrical power is situated.
Main switchboard is a switchboard which is directly supplied by the main source of electrical power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the ship's services.
11 Emergency switchboard is a switchboard which in the event of failure of the main electrical power supply system is directly supplied by the emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source of emergency power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the emergency services.
12 Emergency source of electrical power is a source of electrical power, intended to supply the emergency switchboard in the event of a failure of the supply from the main source of electrical power.
13 Power actuating system is the hydraulic equipment provided for supplying power to turn the rudder stock, comprising a steering gear power unit or units, together with the associated pipes and fittings, and a rudder actuator. The power actuating systems may share common mechanical components (i.e. tiller, quadrant and rudder stock) or components serving the same purpose.
Maximum ahead service speed is the greatest speed which the ship is designed to maintain in service at at the deepest seagoing draught.
Maximum astern speed is the speed which it is estimated the ship can attain at the designed maximum astern power at the deepest seagoing draught.
16 Machinery spaces are all machinery spaces of category A and all other spaces containing propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such spaces.
17 Machinery spaces of category A are those spaces and trunks to such spaces which contain:
.1 internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion;
18 Control stations are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized.
19 Chemical tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in either:
chapter 17 of the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.4(48), hereinafter referred to as "the International Bulk Chemical Code", as may be amended by the Organization; or
chapter VI of the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk adopted by the Assembly of the Organization by resolution A.212(VI1), hereinafter referred to as "the Bulk Chemical Code", as has been or may be amended by the Organization,
whichever is applicable.
20 Cas carrier is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquefied gas or other products listed in either:
chapter 19 of the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.5(48), hereinafter referred to as "the International Gas Carrier Code", as may be amended by the Organization; or
chapter XIX of the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk adopted by the Organization by resolution A.3288X), hereinafter referred to as "the Gas Carrier Code", as has been or may be amended by the Organization,
whichever is applicable.
Structural, mechanical and electrical requirements for ships
In addition to the requirements contained elsewhere in the present regulations, ships shall be designed, constructed and maintained in compliance with the structural, mechanical and electrical requirements of a classification society which is recognized by the Administration in accordance with the provisions of regulation XI-1/1, or with applicable national standards of the Administration which provide an equivalent level of safety.
Protective coatings of dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types of ships and double-side skin spaces of bulk carriers*
SEE INTERPRETATION 6
1 Paragraphs 2 and 4 of this regulation shall apply to ships of not less than 500 gross tonnage:
2 AH dedicated seawater ballast tanks arranged in shipsand double-side skin spaces arranged in bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards shall be coated during construction in accordance with the Performance standard for protective coatings for dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types of ships and double-side skin spaces of bulk carriers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.215(82), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 7
3 All dedicated seawater ballast tanks arranged in oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed on or after 1 July 1998, for which paragraph 2 is not applicable, shall comply with the requirements of regulation 11-1/3-2 adopted by resolution MSC.47(66).
4 Maintenance of the protective coating system shall be included in the overall ship's maintenance scheme. The effectiveness of the protective coating system shall be verified during the life of a ship by the
1.1
Refer to Guidelines for the selection, application
and maintenance of corrosion prevention systems of dedicated seawater ballast
tanks (resolution A.798(19)).
' Refer to Unified interpretation
of "unforeseen delay in delivery of ships" (MSC.1/Circ.1247).
1.2 Ships shall be provided with a ship-specific emergency towing procedure. Such a procedure shall be carried aboard the ship for use in emergency situations and shall be based on existing arrangements and equipment available on board the ship.
1.3 The procedure[††††] shall include:
New installation of materials containing asbestos^
SEE
INTERPRETATION 8
1 This regulation shall apply to materials used for the structure, machinery, electrical installations and equipment covered by the present Convention.
2 From 1 January 2011, for all ships, new installation of materials which contain asbestos shall be prohibited.
Access to and within spaces in, and forward of, the cargo area of oil tankers and bulk carriers
SEE INTERPRETATION 9
SEE INTERPRETATION 10
1.1 Except as provided for in paragraph 1.2, this regulation applies to oil tankers of 500 gross tonnage and over and bulk carriers, as defined in regulation IX/1, of 20,000 gross tonnage and over, constructed on or after 1 January 2006.
1.2 Oil tankers of 500 gross tonnage and over constructed on or after 1 October 1994 but before 1 January 2005 shall comply with the provisions of regulation 11-1/12-2 adopted by resolution MSC.27(61).
Means of access to cargo and other spaces
Each space shall be provided with means of access to enable, throughout the life of a ship, overall and close-up inspections and thickness measurements of the ship's structures to be carried out by the Administration, the Company, as defined in regulation IX/1, and the ship's personnel and others as necessary. Such means of access shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 and with the Technical provisions for means of access for inspections, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.133(76)1, as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 11
1.3
Where
a permanent means of access may be susceptible to damage during normal cargo
loading and unloading operations or where it is impracticable to fit permanent
means of access, the Administration may
allow, in lieu thereof, the provision of movable or portable means of access, as specified in the Technical provisions, provided that the means of attaching, rigging, suspending or supporting the portable means of access forms a permanent part of the ship's structure. All portable equipment shall be capable of being readily erected or deployed by the ship's personnel.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 12
1.4 The construction and materials of all means of access and their attachment to the ship's structure shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. The means of access shall be subject to survey prior to, or in conjunction with, its use in carrying out surveys in accordance with regulation 1/10.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 13
Safe access to cargo holds, cargo tanks, ballast tanks and other spaces
Safe access* to cargo holds, cofferdams, ballast tanks, cargo tanks and other spaces in the cargo area shall be direct from the open deck and such as to ensure their complete inspection. Safe access to doublebottom spaces or to forward ballast tanks may be from a pump-room, deep cofferdam, pipe tunnel, cargo hold, double-hull space or similar compartment not intended for the carriage of oil or hazardous cargoes.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 14
3.2 Tanks, and subdivisions of tanks, having a length of 35 m or more, shall be fitted with at least two access hatchways and ladders, as far apart as practicable. Tanks less than 35 m in length shall be served by at least one access hatchway and ladder. When a tank is subdivided by one or more swash bulkheads or similar obstructions which do not allow ready means of access to the other parts of the tank, at least two hatchways and ladders shall be fitted.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 15
3.3 Each cargo hold shall be provided with at least two means of access as far apart as practicable. In general, these accesses should be arranged diagonally, for example one access near the forward bulkhead on the port side, the other one near the aft bulkhead on the starboard side.
4 Ship Structure Access Manual
4.1 A ship's means of access to carry out overall and close-up inspections and thickness measurements shall be described in a Ship Structure Access Manual approved by the Administration, an updated copy of which shall be kept on board. The Ship Structure Access Manual shall include the following for each space:
instructions for the rigging and use of any portable means of access in a safe manner; an inventory of all portable means of access; and
records of periodical inspections and maintenance of the ship's means of access.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 16
4.2 For the purpose of this regulation "critical structural areas" are locations which have been identified from calculations to require monitoring or from the service history of similar or sister ships to be sensitive to cracking, buckling, deformation or corrosion which would impair the structural integrity of the ship.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 17
General technical specifications
For access through horizontal openings, hatches or manholes, the dimensions shall be sufficient to allow a person wearing a self-contained air-breathing apparatus and protective equipment to ascend or descend any ladder without obstruction and also provide a clear opening to facilitate the hoisting of an injured person from the bottom of the space. The minimum clear opening shall not be less than 600 mm x 600 mm. When access to a cargo hold is arranged through the cargo hatch, the top of the ladder shall be placed as close as possible to the hatch coaming. Access hatch coamings having a height greater than 900 mm shall also have steps on the outside in conjunction with the ladder.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 18
1 .2 For access through vertical openings, or manholes, in swash bulkheads, floors, girders and web frames providing passage through the length and breadth of the space, the minimum opening shall be not less than 600 mm x 800 mm at a height of not more than 600 mm from the bottom shell plating unless gratings or other footholds are provided.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 19
2 .3 For oil tankers of less than 5,000 tonnes deadweight, the Administration may approve, in special circumstances, smaller dimensions for the openings referred to in paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2, if the ability to traverse such openings or to remove an injured person can be proved to the satisfaction of the Administration.
Construction drawings maintained on board and ashore
1 A set of as-built construction drawings[‡‡‡‡] and other plans showing any subsequent structural alterations shall be kept on board a ship constructed on or after 1 January 2007.
2 An additional set of such drawings shall be kept ashore by the Company, as defined in regulation 1X/1.2.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 20
Paragraphs 4 to 6 of this regulation apply to ships constructed on or after 1 January 2007.
Paragraphs 7 and 8 of this regulation only apply to ships:
.1 for which the building contract is placed on or after 1 January
2024; or
This regulation does not apply to towing arrangements provided in accordance with regulation 3-4.
Ships shall be provided with arrangements, equipment and fittings of sufficient safe working load to enable the safe conduct of all towing and mooring operations associated with the normal operation of the ship.
5 Arrangements, equipment and fittings provided in accordance with paragraph 4 above shall meet the appropriate requirements of the Administration or an organization recognized by the Administration under regulation I/6.[§§§§]
6 Each fitting or item of equipment provided under this regulation shall be clearly marked with any limitations associated with its safe operation, taking into account the strength of the supporting ship's structure and its attachment to it.
7 For ships of 3,000 gross tonnage and above, the mooring arrangement shall be designed, and the mooring equipment including lines shall be selected, in order to ensure occupational safety and safe mooring of the ship, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization? Ship-specific information shall be provided and kept on board.*
8 Ships of less than 3,000 gross tonnage should comply with the requirement in paragraph 7 above as far as reasonably practicable, or with applicable national standards of the Administration.
9 For all ships, mooring equipment, including lines, shall be inspected and maintained in a suitable condition for their intended purposes?
Means of embarkation on and disembarkation from ships
1 Ships constructed on or after 1 January 2010 shall be provided with means of embarkation on and disembarkation from ships for use in port and in port-related operations, such as gangways and accommodation ladders, in accordance with paragraph 2, unless the Administration deems that compliance with a particular provision is unreasonable or impractical.1
2 The means of embarkation and disembarkation required in paragraph 1 shall be constructed and installed
based on the guidelines developed by the Organization.’*
3
For
all ships the means of embarkation and disembarkation shall be inspected and
maintained1! jn suitable condition for their intended
purpose, taking into account any restrictions related to safe loading. All
wires used to support the means of embarkation and disembarkation shall be
maintained as specified in regulation III/20.4.
Coal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers
SEE
INTERPRETATION 21
1 This regulation shall apply to oil tankers of 150 m in length and above and to bulk carriers of 150 m in length and above, constructed with single deck, top-side tanks and hopper side tanks in cargo spaces, excluding ore carriers and combination carriers:
for which the building contract is placed on or after 1 July 2016; or in the absence of a building contract, the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction on or after 1 July 2017; or the delivery of which is on or after 1 July 2020.
2 Ships shall be designed and constructed for a specified design life to be safe and environmentally friendly, when properly operated and maintained under the specified operating and environmental conditions, in intact and specified damage conditions, throughout their life.
2.1 Safe and environmentally friendly means the ship shall have adequate strength, integrity and stability to minimize the risk of loss of the ship or pollution to the marine environment due to structural failure, including collapse, resulting in flooding or loss of watertight integrity.
2.2 Environmentally friendly also includes the ship being constructed of materials for environmentally acceptable recycling.
2.3 Safety also includes the ship's structure, fittings and arrangements providing for safe access, escape, inspection and proper maintenance and facilitating safe operation.
2.4 Specified operating and environmental conditions are defined by the intended operating area for the ship throughout its life and cover the conditions, including intermediate conditions, arising from cargo and ballast operations in port, waterways and at sea.
2.5 Specified design life is the nominal period that the ship is assumed to be exposed to operating and/or environmental conditions and/or the corrosive environment and is used for selecting appropriate ship design parameters. However, the ship's actual service life may be longer or shorter depending on the actual operating conditions and maintenance of the ship throughout its life cycle.
3 The requirements of paragraphs 2 to 2.5 shall be achieved through satisfying applicable structural requirements of an organization which is recognized by the Administration in accordance with the provisions of regulation XI-1/1, or national standards of the Administration, conforming to the functional requirements of the Goal-based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers.[*****]
2.6
A Ship Construction File with specific information on how the
functional requirements of the Goalbased Ship Construction Standards for Bulk
Carriers and Oil Tankers have been applied in the ship design and construction
shall be provided upon delivery of a new ship, and kept on board the ship
and/or ashore and updated as appropriate throughout the ship's service. The
contents of the Ship Construction File shall, at least, conform to the
guidelines developed by the Organization?
Regulation
3-11
Corrosion protection of cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers
1 Paragraph 3 shall apply to crude oil tankers,* as defined in regulation 1 of Annex I to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, of 5,000 tonnes deadweight and above:
2 Paragraph 3 shall not apply to combination carriers or chemical tankers as defined in regulations 1 of Annexes I and II, respectively, to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto. For the purpose of this regulation, chemical tankers also include chemical tankers certified to carry oil.
3 All cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers shall be:
coated during the construction of the ship in accordance with the Performance standard for protective coatings for cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.288(87), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I; or
protected by alternative means of corrosion protection or utilization of corrosion resistance material to maintain required structural integrity for 25 years in accordance with the Performance standard for alternative means of corrosion protection for cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.289(87), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.
4 The Administration may exempt a crude oil tanker from the requirements of paragraph 3 to allow the use of novel prototype alternatives to the coating system specified in paragraph 3.1, for testing, provided they are subject to suitable controls, regular assessment and acknowledgement of the need for immediate remedial action if the system fails or is shown to be failing. Such exemption shall be recorded on an exemption certificate.
The Administration may exempt a crude oil tanker from the requirements of paragraph 3 if the ship is built to be engaged solely in the carriage of cargoes and cargo handling operations not causing corrosion^ Such exemption and conditions for which it is granted shall be recorded on an exemption certificate.
'
Refer to Revised guidelines on procedures for in-service maintenance
and repair of coating systems for cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers (MSC.1/Circ.1399/Rev.1)
and Guidelines on exemptions for crude oil tankers solely
engaged in the carriage of cargoes and cargo-handling operations not causing
corrosion
(MSC.1/Circ.1421).
Regulation 3-12
1.
This regulation
shall apply to ships of 1,600 gross tonnage and above:
1.
for which the
building contract is placed on or after 1 July 2014; or
2.
in the absence of
a building contract, the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar
stage of construction on or after 1 January 2015; or
3.
the delivery of
which is on or after 1 July 2018,
II-1
unless the Administration deems
that compliance with a particular provision is unreasonable or impractical.
2.
On ships
delivered before 1 July 2018 and:
1.
contracted for
construction before 1 July 2014 and the keels of which are laid or which are at
a similar stage of construction on or after 1 January 2009; or
2.
in the absence of
a building contract, the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar
stage of construction on or after 1 January 2009 but before 1 January 2015,
measures* shall be taken to reduce
machinery noise in machinery spaces to acceptable levels as determined
by the Administration'. If this
noise cannot be sufficiently reduced the source of excessive noise shall be
suitably insulated or isolated or a refuge from noise shall be provided if the
space is required to be manned. Ear protectors shall be provided for personnel
required to enter such spaces, if necessary.
3 Ships
shall be constructed to reduce onboard noise and to protect personnel from the
noise in accordance with the Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships, adopted by the Maritime
Safety Committee by resolution
MSC.337(91), as
may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted,
brought into force and
take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present
Convention concerning the
amendment procedures
applicable to the annex other than chapter I. For the purpose of
this regulation, although the
Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships is treated as a mandatory instrument, recommendatory
parts as specified in chapter
I of the Code shall be treated as non-mandatory, provided that amendments
to such recommendatory parts
are adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee in accordance with
its Rules of Procedure.
4 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 1, this regulation
does not apply to types of ships listed
in paragraph 1.3.4
of the Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships.
8
Refer to the Code
on Noise Levels on Board Ships
(resolution A.468(XII)).
T
Refer to Revised
guidelines for the reduction of underwater radiated noise from shipping to
address adverse impacts on marine life (MEPC.1/Circ.906).
SEE INTERPRETATION 22
Unless expressly provided otherwise, the requirements in parts B-1 to B-4 shall apply to passenger ships.
For cargo ships, the requirements in parts B-1 to B-4 shall apply as follows;
.1 In part B-1:
unless expressly provided otherwise, regulation 5 shall apply to cargo ships and regulation 5-1 shall appiy to cargo ships other than tankers, as defined in regulation l/2(h);
regulation 6 to regulation 7-3 shall apply to cargo ships having a length (£) of 80 m and upwards, but may exclude those ships subject to the following instruments and shown to comply with the subdivision and damage stability requirements of that instrument:
.1 Annex I to MARPOL, except that combination carriers (as defined in SOLAS regulation 11-2/3.14) with type B freeboards shall be in compliance with regulation 6 to regulation 7-3;[†††††] or
.2 the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (IBC Code);* or
.3 the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (IGC Code);’ or
.4 the damage stability requirements of regulation 27 of the 1966 Load Lines Convention as applied in compliance with resolutions A.320(IX) and A.514(13), provided that in the case of cargo ships to which regulation 27(9) applies, main transverse watertight bulkheads, to be considered effective, are spaced according to paragraph (12)(f) of resolution A.32O(IX), except that ships intended for the carriage of deck cargo shall be in compliance with regulation 6 to regulation 7-3; or
.5 the damage stability requirements of regulation 27 of the 1988 Load Lines Protocol, except that ships intended for the carriage of deck cargo shall be in compliance with regulation 6 to regulation 7-3; or
.6 the subdivision and damage stability standards in other instruments^ developed by the Organization.
.2 Unless expressly provided otherwise, the requirements in parts B-2 and B-4 shall apply to cargo ships.
The Administration may, for a
particular ship or group of ships, accept alternative methodologies if it is
satisfied that at least the same degree of safety as represented by these
regulations is achieved.
Any Administration which allows such alternative methodologies shall communicate to the Organization particulars thereof.
4 Ships shall be as efficiently subdivided as is possible having regard to the nature of the service for which they are intended. The degree of subdivision shall vary with the subdivision length (£s) of the ship and with the service, in such manner that the highest degree of subdivision corresponds with the ships of greatest subdivision length (Z.s), primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers.
5 Where it is proposed to fit decks, inner skins or longitudinal bulkheads of sufficient tightness to seriously restrict the flow of water, the Administration shall be satisfied that proper consideration is given to beneficial or adverse effects of such structures in the calculations.
1 Every passenger ship, regardless of size, and every cargo ship having a length (L) of 24 m and upwards, shall be inclined upon its completion. The lightship displacement and the longitudinal, transverse and vertical position of its centre of gravity shall be determined. In addition to any other applicable requirements of the present regulations, ships having a length of 24 m and upwards shall as a minimum comply with the requirements of part A of the 2008 IS Code.
2 The Administration may allow the inclining test of an individual cargo ship to be dispensed with, provided basic stability data are available from the inclining test of a sister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that reliable stability information for the exempted ship can be obtained from such basic data, as required by regulation 5-1. A lightweight survey shall be carried out upon completion and the ship shall be inclined whenever, in comparison with the data derived from the sister ship, a deviation from the lightship displacement exceeding 1% for ships of 160 m or more in length and 2% for ships of 50 m or less in length and as determined by linear interpolation for intermediate lengths or a deviation from the lightship longitudinal centre of gravity exceeding 0.5% of L is found.
3 The Administration may also allow the inclining test of an individual ship or class of ships especially designed for the carriage of liquids or ore in bulk to be dispensed with when reference to existing data for similar ships clearly indicates that, due to the ship's proportions and arrangements, more than sufficient metacentric height will be available in all probable loading conditions.
4 Where any alterations are made to a ship so as to materially affect the stability information supplied to the master, amended stability information shall be provided. If necessary, the ship shall be re-inclined. The ship shall be re-inclined if anticipated deviations exceed one of the values specified in paragraph 5?
SEE
INTERPRETATION 23
5 At periodical intervals not exceeding 5 years, a lightweight survey shall be carried out on all passenger ships to verify any changes in lightship displacement and longitudinal centre of gravity. The ship shall be re-inclined whenever, in comparison with the approved stability information, a deviation from the lightship displacement exceeding 2% or a deviation of the longitudinal centre of gravity exceeding 1% of L is found or anticipated.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 23
6 Every ship shall have scales of draughts marked clearly at the bow and stern. In the case where the draught marks are not located where they are easily readable, or operational constraints for a particular trade make it difficult to read the draught marks, then the ship shall also be fitted with a reliable draught indicating system by which the bow and stern draughts can be determined.
* Refer to Revised explanatory notes to the SOLAS chapter 11-1 subdivision and
damage stability regulations (resolution MSC.429(98)/Rev.2).
Stability information to be supplied to the master*
SEE INTERPRETATION 24
1 The master shall be supplied with such information to the satisfaction of the Administration as is necessary to enable him by rapid and simple processes to obtain accurate guidance as to the stability of the ship under varying conditions of service. A copy of the stability information shall be furnished to the Administration.
2 The information should include:
3 The intact and damage stability information required by regulation 5-1.2 shall be presented as consolidated data and encompass the full operating range of draught and trim? Applied trim values shall coincide in all stability information intended for use on board. Information not required for determination of stability and trim limits should be excluded from this information.
4 If the damage stability is calculated in accordance with regulation 6 to regulation 7-3 and, if applicable, with regulations 8 and 9.8, a stability limit curve is to be determined using linear interpolation between the minimum required GM assumed for each of the three draughts d^, d^ and dy When additional subdivision indices are calculated for different trims, a single envelope curve based on the minimum values from these calculations shall be presented. When it is intended to develop curves of maximum permissible KG it shall be ensured that the resulting maximum KG curves correspond with a linear variation of GM.
5 As an alternative to a single envelope curve, the calculations for additional trims may be carried out with one common GM for all of the trims assumed at each subdivision draught. The lowest values of each partial index As, Ap and A| across these trims shall then be used in the summation of the attained subdivision index A according to regulation 7.1. This will result in one GM limit curve based on the GM used at each draught. A trim limit diagram showing the assumed trim range shall be developed.
6 When curves or tables of minimum operational metacentric height (GM) or maximum allowable KG versus draught are not provided, the master shall ensure that the operating condition does not deviate from approved loading conditions, or verify by calculation that the stability requirements are satisfied for this loading condition.
1 The subdivision of a ship is considered sufficient if the attained subdivision index A, determined in accordance with regulation 7, is not less than the required subdivision index R calculated in accordance with
8 Refer also to the Guidelines for the preparation of intact stability information (MSC/Circ.456) and the Revised guidance to the master for avoiding dangerous situations in adverse weather and sea conditions (MSC.1/Circ.1228).
' Refer to Guidelines for verification of damage stability requirements for tankers (MSC.1/Circ.1461).
* The Maritime Safety Committee, in adopting the regulations contained in parts B to B-4, invited Administrations to note that the regulations should be applied in conjunction with the explanatory notes developed by the Organization in order to ensure their uniform application.
this regulation and if, in addition, the partial indices As, Ap and A] are not less than 0.9/? for passenger ships and 0.5/? for cargo ships.
2 For ships to which the damage stability requirements of this part apply, the degree of subdivision to be provided shall be determined by the required subdivision index R, as follows:
.1 In the case of cargo ships greater than 100 m in length (Ls):
R_ i 128
Ls + 152
.2 In the case of cargo ships not less than 80 m in length (Ls) and not greater than 100 m in length (£s): %00 1 - /?0
where Ro is the value R as calculated in accordance with the formula in sub-paragraph .1.
.3 In the case of passenger ships:
R
R = 0.722
R
= =-^ + 0.66923
/,. joU
R = 0.0369 x In (N 4- 89.048) + 0.579
„ _ , 852.5 4- 0.03875 x N
_______ N 4- 5,000
where:
N = total number of persons on board.
1 An attained subdivision index A is obtained by the summation of the partial indices A^, Ap and A\, weighted as shown and calculated for the draughts d^, d^ and d^ defined in regulation 2 in accordance with the following formula:
A = 0.4As + 0.4Ap 4- 0.2A|
Each partial index is a summation of contributions from all damage cases taken in consideration, using the following formula:
A — S pj Sj
Where:
i represents each compartment or group of compartments under consideration,
Pi accounts for the probability that only the compartment or group of compartments under consideration may be flooded, disregarding any horizontal subdivision, as defined in regulation 7-1,
Sj accounts for the probability of survival after flooding the compartment or group of compartments under consideration, and includes the effect of any horizontal subdivision, as defined in regulation 7-2.
2 As a minimum,
the calculation of A shall be carried out at the level trim for the deepest subdivision
draught ds and the partial subdivision draught dp.
The estimated service trim may be used for the light service draught d[. If, in any
anticipated service condition within the draught range from ds
to d}, the trim variation in comparison with the calculated trims is
greater than 0.5% of L, one or more additional calculations of A are to be performed for
the same draughts but including sufficient trims to ensure that, for all
intended service
conditions, the difference in trim in comparison with the reference trim used for one calculation will be not more than 0.5% of L. Each additional calculation of A shall comply with regulation 6.1.
3 When determining the positive righting lever (GZ) of the residual stability curve in the intermediate and final equilibrium stages of flooding, the displacement used should be that of the intact loading condition. All calculations should be done with the ship freely trimming.
4 The summation indicated by the above formula shall be taken over the ship's subdivision length (£s) for all cases of flooding in which a single compartment or two or more adjacent compartments are involved. In the case of unsymmetrical arrangements, the calculated A value should be the mean value obtained from calculations involving both sides. Alternatively, it should be taken as that corresponding to the side which evidently gives the least favourable result.
5 Wherever wing compartments are fitted, contribution to the summation indicated by the formula shall be taken for all cases of flooding in which wing compartments are involved. Additionally, cases of simultaneous flooding of a wing compartment or group of compartments and the adjacent inboard compartment or group of compartments, but excluding damage of transverse extent greater than one half of the ship breadth B, may be added. For the purpose of this regulation, transverse extent is measured inboard from ship's side, at right angle to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision draught.
6 In the flooding calculations carried out according to the regulations, only one breach of the hull and only one free surface need to be assumed. The assumed vertical extent of damage is to extend from the baseline upwards to any watertight horizontal subdivision above the waterline or higher. However, if a lesser extent of damage will give a more severe result, such extent is to be assumed.
7 If pipes, ducts or tunnels are situated within the assumed extent of damage, arrangements are to be made to ensure that progressive flooding cannot thereby extend to compartments other than those assumed flooded. However, the Administration may permit minor progressive flooding if it is demonstrated that its effects can be easily controlled and the safety of the ship is not impaired.
1 The factor p, for a compartment or group of compartments shall be calculated in accordance with paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2 using the following notations:
the aftmost damage zone number involved in the damage starting with No. 1 at the stern;
the number of adjacent damage zones involved in the damage;
the number of a particular longitudinal bulkhead as barrier for transverse penetration in a damage zone counted from shell towards the centreline. The shell has k = 0;
the distance from the aft terminal of Ls to the aft end of the zone in question;
the distance from the aft terminal of Ls to the forward end of the zone in question;
the
mean transverse distance in metres measured at right angles to the centreline
at the deepest subdivision draught between the shell and an assumed vertical
plane extended between the longitudinal limits used in calculating the factor p, and which is
a tangent to, or common with, all or part of the outermost portion of the
longitudinal bulkhead under consideration. This vertical plane shall be so
orientated that the mean transverse distance to the shell is a maximum, but not
more than twice the least distance between the plane and the shell. If the
upper part of a longitudinal bulkhead is below the deepest subdivision draught
the vertical plane used for determination of b is assumed to
extend upwards to the deepest subdivision waterline. In any case, b is not to be
taken as greater than B/1.
If the damage involves a single zone only:
Pi = plxlj, x2j) • [r(x1y, x2jr bk) - r(x\jr x2jr bk_})]
If the damage involves two adjacent zones:
Pi = plxlj, x2j+b • [r(x1y, x2j+1, bk) - r(x^, x2y+1, bk_J] - pixlj, x2) • [r(x1y, x2jr bk) - bx^, x2jr bk_J] -p(x1/+1, x2y+1) • [r(x1y+1, x2y+1, bk) - r(x1y+1, x2/+1, b^)]
If the damage involves three or more adjacent zones:
p, = p(x1y, x2y+n_1) ■ [r(x1y, x2j+n_v bk) - r(x1A x2j+n_v b^)] - p(x1y, x2/+n_2) ■ [r(x1y, x2j+n_2r bk) - bxlj, x2j+n_2r bk_^] - pWj+u x2i+n_b ■ [r(x1y+1, x2y+n_1, bk) - r(x1j+v x2/+n_v bk_b] + p(x1/+v x2j+n_2) • [r(x1y+1, x2y+n_2, b<.) - r(x1y+1, x2j+n_2, b^)]
and where r(x1, x2, b0) = 0.
1.1 The factor p(x1, x2) is to be calculated according to the following formulae:
Overall normalized max damage length:
Knuckle point in the distribution:
Cumulative probability at Jkn:
Maximum absolute damage length:
Length where normalized distribution ends:
Probability density at / = 0:
Pk 1 -Pk 1 4n /max ~ 4n
When Ls <
1_Jl +(1 .2pk)b0)m + ^b^
+------------ K----------
^0
When Ls
> / :
The non-dimensional damage length:
= (x2 — x1) A
The normalized length of a compartment or group of compartments:
Jn is to be taken as the lesser of J and Jm
1.1.1 Where neither limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides with the aft or forward terminals:
J<k-
p(x1, x2) = P! = |/2(bn/ + 3b12)
J > lb
p(x1, x2) = p2 = - ^bnJk[19] + ^(buJ - b]2)J2 + - |b21(/n3 - J3) + |(b21/ - b22)(Jn2 - J2)
+ b22J(Jn - J J
1.1.2 Where the aft limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides with the aft terminal or the forward limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides with the forward terminal:
J < A:
p(x1, x2) = |(pi + /) />A:
p(x1, x2) = |(p2 + /)
1.1.3 Where the compartment or groups of compartments considered extends over the entire subdivision length (Ls):
p(x1, x2) = 1
1.2 The factor r(x1, x2, b) shall be determined by the following formulae: r(x1, x2, b) = 1 - (1 - C) • 11 —
| p(xLx2)/
where:
C = 12 • /b • (-45 • /b + 4), where
J = b
Jb 15 • B
1.2.1 Where the compartment or groups of compartments considered extends over the entire subdivision length (LJ:
1.2.2 Where neither limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides with the aft or forward terminals:
G - G2 = + 1(6^ J-b^) /02 + b12//0, where
/0 = min(/, /b)
1.2.3 Where the aft limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides with the aft terminal or the forward limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides with the forward terminal:
G = 1 (G2 + Q • /)
SEE
INTERPRETATION 25
1.2.4 The factor s, shall be determined for each case of assumed flooding, involving a compartment or group of compartments, in accordance with the following notations and the provisions in this regulation.
0e is the equilibrium heel angle in any stage of flooding, in degrees;
0V is the angle, in any stage of flooding, where the righting lever becomes negative, or the angle at which an opening incapable of being closed weathertight becomes submerged;
GZmax is the maximum positive righting lever, in metres, up to the angle 0V;
Range is the range of positive righting levers, in degrees, measured from the angle 0e. The positive range is to be taken up to the angle 0V;
Flooding stage is any discrete step during the flooding process, including the stage before equalization (if any), until final equilibrium has been reached.
1.1 The factor s„ for any damage case at any initial loading condition, dir shall be obtained from the formula:
S/ =
minimum
lAinlermediate,/ Sfjna], ' S/nom/
where:
^intermediate,/ is the probability to survive all intermediate flooding stages until the final equilibrium stage, and is calculated in accordance with paragraph 2;
sfinaU is the probability to survive in the final equilibrium stage of flooding. It is calculated in accordance with paragraph 3;
smomi|S the probability to survive heeling moments, and is calculated in accordance with paragraph 4.
2 For passenger ships, and cargo ships fitted with cross-flooding devices, the factor 5jntermediate,/ '[20] taken as the least of the s-factors obtained from all flooding stages including the stage before equalization, if any, and is to be calculated as follows:
where GZmax is not to be taken as more than 0.05 m and Range as not more than 7°. sinlermediale, = 0, if the intermediate heel angle exceeds 15° for passenger ships and 30° for cargo ships.
For cargo ships not fitted with cross-flooding devices the factor ^intermediate,/ is taken as unity, except if the Administration considers that the stability in intermediate stages of flooding may be insufficient, it should require further investigation thereof.
For passenger and cargo ships, where cross-flooding devices are
fitted, the time for equalization shall not exceed 10 min.
4 The factor 5mom,/ is applicable only to passenger ships (for cargo ships 5morn, shall be taken as unity) and shall be calculated at the final equilibrium from the formula:
(CZmax - 0.04) • Displacement
^mom,/ M
Z neel
where:
Displacement is the intact displacement at the respective draught (d* dp or d\)',
/Wheel's the maximum assumed heeling moment as calculated in accordance with paragraph 4.1; and
mom,/ —
4.1 The heeling moment is to be calculated as follows:
'Wheel — maximum |Mpassenger or Mwin^ or Msurvjva|craf( j
4.1.1 Mpassetlger is the maximum assumed heeling moment resulting from movement of passengers, and is to be obtained as follows:
^passenger = (0.075 • Np) • (0.45 • B) where:
Np is the maximum number of passengers permitted to be on board in the service condition corresponding to the deepest subdivision draught under consideration; and
B is the breadth of the ship as defined in regulation 2.8.
Alternatively, the heeling moment may be calculated assuming the passengers are distributed with 4 persons per square metre on available deck areas towards one side of the ship on the decks where muster stations are located and in such a way that they produce the most adverse heeling moment. In doing so, a weight of 75 kg per passenger is to be assumed.
4.1.2 Mwinc| is the maximum assumed wind moment acting in a damage situation:
(P • A • Z) wind g806
= 120 N/m2;
= projected lateral area above waterline;
= distance from centre of lateral projected area above waterline to T/2; and
= respective draught (c/s, dp or d\).
4.1.3 Msurviva|craft is the maximum assumed heeling moment due to the launching of all fully loaded davit- launched survival craft on one side of the ship. It shall be calculated using the following assumptions:
4.1.4 all lifeboats and rescue boats fitted on the
side to which the ship has heeled after having sustained damage shall be
assumed to be swung out fully loaded and ready for lowering;
5 Unsymmetrical flooding is to be kept to a minimum consistent with the efficient arrangements. Where it is necessary to correct large angles of heel, the means adopted shall, where practicable, be self-acting, but in any case where controls to equalization devices are provided they shall be operable from above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships. These fittings together with their controls shall be acceptable to the Administration? Suitable information concerning the use of equalization devices shall be supplied to the master of the ship.
5.1 Tanks and compartments taking part in such equalization shall be fitted with air pipes or equivalent means of sufficient cross-section to ensure that the flow of water into the equalization compartments is not delayed.
5.2 The factor s, is to be taken as zero in those cases where the final waterline, taking into account sinkage, heel and trim, immerses:
5.3 The factor s, is to be taken as zero if, taking into account sinkage, heel and trim, any of the following occur in any intermediate stage or in the final stage of flooding:
immersion of any vertical escape hatch in the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships intended for compliance with chapter 1I-2;
any controls intended for the operation of watertight doors, equalization devices, valves on piping or on ventilation ducts intended to maintain the integrity of watertight bulkheads from above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships become inaccessible or inoperable;
immersion of any part of piping or ventilation ducts located within the assumed extent of damage and carried through a watertight boundary if this can lead to the progressive flooding of compartments not assumed as flooded; and
for passenger ships constructed on or after 1 January 2024, immersion of the lower edge of openings through which progressive flooding may take place and such flooding is not accounted for in the calculation of factor s,. Such openings shall include air pipes, ventilators and openings which are closed by means of weathertight doors or hatch covers.
* Reference is made to the Revised
recommendation on a standard method for evaluating cross-flooding arrangements (resolution
MSC.362(92), as may be amended).
5.4 However, where compartments assumed flooded due to progressive flooding are taken into account in the damage stability calculations, multiple values of Sintermediate,/ may be calculated, assuming equalization in additional flooding phases.
5.5 Except as provided in paragraph 5.3.1, openings closed by means of watertight manhole covers and flush scuttles, remotely operated sliding watertight doors, side scuttles of the non-opening type as well as watertight access doors and watertight hatch covers required to be kept closed during navigation in accordance with regulations 22 to 24 need not be considered.
6 Where horizontal watertight boundaries are fitted above the waterline under consideration, the s-value calculated for the lower compartment or group of compartments shall be obtained by multiplying the value as determined in paragraph 1.1 by the reduction factor vm according to paragraph 6.1, which represents the probability that the spaces above the horizontal subdivision will not be flooded.
6.1 The factor vm shall be obtained from the formula: vd~lj n m, d) — v(/Ty ^m_-|, d)
where:
Hi,n,mis the least height above the baseline, in metres, within the longitudinal range of xI(/) ... x2(y+n_1) of the m,h horizontal boundary which is assumed to limit the vertical extent of flooding for the damaged compartments under consideration;
is the least height above the baseline, in metres, within the longitudinal range of x1(y) ... x2(y+n_1) of the (m-1),h horizontal boundary which is assumed to limit the vertical extent of flooding for the damaged compartments under consideration;
j signifies the aft terminal of the damaged compartments under consideration;
m represents each horizontal boundary counted upwards from the waterline under consideration;
d is the draught in question as defined in regulation 2; and
x, and x2 represent the terminals of the compartment or group of compartments considered in regulation 7-1.
6.1.1 The factors v(Hlrnm, d) and d) shall be obtained from the formulae:
v(H, d) = 0.8 if (Hm-d) is less than, or equal to, 7.8 m;
v(H, d) = 0.8 + 0.2 where
d) is to be taken as 1, if Hm coincides with the uppermost watertight boundary of the ship within the range (x1(/) ... x2(y+n_1)), and
v(Hjin 0, d) is to be taken as 0.
In no case is vm to be taken as less than zero or more than 1.
6.2 In general, each contribution dA to the index A in the case of horizontal subdivisions is obtained from the formula:
dA — pj • hq • smin1 + (v2 - vd • smin2 + ... + (1 - vm_q) • sminm] where:
the v-value calculated in accordance with paragraph 6.1;
the least s-factor for all combinations of damages obtained when the assumed damage extends from the assumed damage height Hm downwards.
1 For the purpose of the subdivision and damage stability calculations of the regulations, the permeability of each general compartment or part of a compartment shall be as follows:
Spaces
Appropriated to stores
Occupied by accommodation
Occupied by machinery
Void spaces
Intended for liquids
a Whichever results in the more severe requirement.
2 For the purpose of the subdivision and damage stability calculations of the regulations, the permeability of each cargo compartment or part of a compartment shall be as follows:
3 Other figures tor permeability may be used if substantiated by calculations.
Special requirements concerning passenger ship stability
1 A passenger ship intended to carry 400 or more persons shall have watertight subdivision abaft the collision bulkhead so that s, = 1 for a damage involving all the compartments within 0.08L measured from the forward perpendicular for the three loading conditions used to calculate the attained subdivision index A. If the attained subdivision index A is calculated for different trims, this requirement shall also be satisfied for those loading conditions.
2 A passenger ship intended to carry 36 or more persons is to be capable of withstanding damage along the side shell to an extent specified in paragraph 3. Compliance with this regulation is to be achieved by demonstrating that s,, as defined in regulation 7-2, is not less than 0.9 for the three loading conditions used to calculate the attained subdivision index A. If the attained subdivision index A is calculated for different trims, this requirement shall also be satisfied for those loading conditions.
3 The damage extent[******] to be assumed when demonstrating compliance with paragraph 2 is to be dependent on the total number of persons carried, and L, such that:
.1 the vertical
extent of damage is to extend from the ship's moulded baseline to a position up
to 12.5 m above the position of the deepest subdivision draught as defined in
regulation 2, unless a lesser vertical extent of damage were to give a lower
value of s„ in which case this reduced extent is to be used;
System capabilities and operational information after a flooding casualty on passenger ships
Passenger ships having length, as defined in regulation 11-1/2.5, of 120 m or more or having three or more main vertical zones shall comply with the provisions of this regulation.
2 Availability of essential systems in case of flooding damage
A passenger ship shall be designed so that the systems specified in regulation 11-2/21.4 remain operational when the ship is subject to flooding of any single watertight compartment.
3 Operational information after a flooding casualty
3.1 For the purpose of providing operational information to the master for safe return to port after a flooding casualty, passenger ships, as specified in paragraph 1, shall have:
an onboard stability computer; or shore-based support, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization?
3.2 Passenger ships constructed before 1 January 2014 shall comply with the provisions in paragraph 3.1 not later than the first renewal survey after 1 January 2025.
3.3 Refer to the Interim Explanatory Notes for the assessment of passenger ship systems' capabilities after a fire or flooding casualty (MSC.1/Circ.1369 and MSC.1/Circ.1369/Add.1).
' Refer to the Guidelines on operational information for masters of passenger ships for safe return to port by own power or under tow (MSC.1/Circ.14OO) for ships constructed on or after 1 January 2014 but before 13 May 2016, or the Revised guidelines on operational information for masters of passenger ships for safe return to port (MSC.1/Circ.1532/Rev.1) for ships constructed on or after 13 May 2016, or the Guidelines on operational information for masters in case of flooding for passenger ships constructed before I /anuary 2014 (MSC.1/Circ.1589).
Subdivision, watertight and weathertight integrity
Double bottoms in passenger ships and cargo ships other than tankers
1 A double bottom shall be fitted extending from the collision bulkhead to the afterpeak bulkhead, as far as this is practicable and compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.
2 Where a double bottom is required to be fitted, the inner bottom shall be continued out to the ship's sides in such a manner as to protect the bottom to the turn of the bilge. Such protection will be deemed satisfactory if the inner bottom is not lower at any part than a plane parallel with the keel line and which is located not less than a vertical distance h measured from the keel line, as calculated by the formula:
h = B/20
However, in no case is the value of h to be less than 760 mm, and need not be taken as more than 2,000 mm.
3.1 Small wells constructed in the double bottom in connection with drainage arrangements shall not extend downward more than necessary. The vertical distance from the bottom of such a well to a plane coinciding with the keel line shall not be less than h/2 or 500 mm, whichever is greater, or compliance with paragraph 8 of this regulation shall be shown for that part of the ship.
3.2 Other wells (e.g. for lubricating oil under main engines) may be permitted by the Administration if satisfied that the arrangements give protection equivalent to that afforded by a double bottom complying with this regulation.
3.2.1 For a cargo ship of 80 m in length and upwards or for a passenger ship, proof of equivalent protection is to be shown by demonstrating that the ship is capable of withstanding bottom damages as specified in paragraph 8. Alternatively, wells for lubricating oil below main engines may protrude into the double bottom below the boundary line defined by the distance h provided that the vertical distance between the well bottom and a plane coinciding with the keel line is not less than h/2 or 500 mm, whichever is greater.
3.2.2 For cargo ships of less than 80 m in length the arrangements shall provide a level of safety to the satisfaction of the Administration.
4 A double bottom need not be fitted in way of watertight tanks, including dry tanks of moderate size, provided the safety of the ship is not impaired in the event of bottom or side damage.
5 In the case of passenger ships to which the provisions of regulation 1.5 apply and which are engaged on regular service within the limits of a short international voyage as defined in regulation III/3.22, the Administration may permit a double bottom to be dispensed with if satisfied that the fitting of a double bottom in that part would not be compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.
6
Any
part of a cargo ship of 80 m in length and upwards or of a passenger ship that
is not fitted with a double bottom in accordance with paragraphs 1, 4 or 5, as
specified in paragraph 2, shall be capable of withstanding bottom damages, as
specified in paragraph 8, in that part of the ship. For cargo ships of less
than 80 m in length the alternative arrangements shall provide a level of
safety to the satisfaction of the Administration.
7 In the case of unusual bottom arrangements in a cargo ship of 80 m in length and upwards or a passenger ship, it shall be demonstrated that the ship is capable of withstanding bottom damages as specified in paragraph 8. For cargo ships of less than 80 m in length the alternative arrangements shall provide a level of safety to the satisfaction of the Administration.
8 Compliance with paragraphs 3.1, 3.2.1, 6 or 7 is to be achieved by demonstrating that s„ when calculated in accordance with regulation 7-2, is not less than 1 for all service conditions when subject to bottom damage with an extent specified in sub-paragraph .2 below for any position in the affected part of the ship:
Flooding of such spaces shall not render emergency power and lighting, internal communication, signals or other emergency devices inoperable in other parts of the ship.
Assumed extent of damage shall be as follows:
.3 If any damage of a lesser extent than the maximum damage specified in .2 would result in a more severe condition, such damage should be considered.
9 In case of large lower holds in passenger ships, the Administration may require an increased doublebottom height of not more than 6/10 or 3 m, whichever is less, measured from the keel line. Alternatively, bottom damages may be calculated for these areas, in accordance with paragraph 8, but assuming an increased vertical extent.
Construction of watertight bulkheads
1 Each watertight subdivision bulkhead, whether transverse or longitudinal, shall be constructed having scantlings as specified in regulation 2.17. In all cases, watertight subdivision bulkheads shall be capable of supporting at least the pressure due to a head of water up to the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships.
2 Steps and recesses in watertight bulkheads shall be as strong as the bulkhead at the place where each occurs.
Initial testing of watertight bulkheads, etc.
1 Testing watertight spaces not intended to hold liquids and cargo holds intended to hold ballast by filling them with water is not compulsory. When testing by filling with water is not carried out, a hose test shall be carried out where practicable. This test shall be carried out in the most advanced stage of the fitting out of the ship. Where a hose test is not practicable because of possible damage to machinery, electrical equipment insulation or outfitting items, it may be replaced by a careful visual examination of welded connections, supported where deemed necessary by means such as a dye penetrant test or an ultrasonic leak test or an equivalent test. In any case a thorough inspection of the watertight bulkheads shall be carried out.
2 The forepeak, double bottom (including duct keels) and inner skins shall be tested with water to a head corresponding to the requirements of regulation 10.1.
3
Tanks
which are intended to hold liquids, and which form part of the watertight
subdivision of the ship, shall be tested for tightness and structural strength
with water to a head corresponding to its design pressure.
The water head is in no case to be less than the top of the air pipes or to a level of 2.4 m above the top of the tank, whichever is the greater.
4 The tests referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3 are for the purpose of ensuring that the subdivision structural arrangements are watertight and are not to be regarded as a test of the fitness of any compartment for the storage of oil fuel or for other special purposes for which a test of a superior character may be required, depending on the height to which the liquid has access in the tank or its connections.
Peak and machinery space bulkheads, shaft tunnels, etc.
1 A collision bulkhead shall be fitted which shall be watertight up to the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships. This bulkhead shall be located at a distance from the forward perpendicular of not less than 0.05/. or 10 m, whichever is less, and, except as may be permitted by the Administration, not more than 0.08/. or 0.05/. + 3 m, whichever is the greater.
2 The ship shall be so designed that s, calculated in accordance with regulation 7-2 will not be less than 1 at the deepest subdivision draught loading condition, level trim or any forward trim loading conditions, if any part of the ship forward of the collision bulkhead is flooded without vertical limits.
3 Where any part of the ship below the waterline extends forward of the forward perpendicular, e.g. a bulbous bow, the distances stipulated in paragraph 1 shall be measured from a point either: whichever gives the smallest measurement.
4 The bulkhead may have steps or recesses provided they are within the limits prescribed in paragraph 1 or 3.
5 No doors, manholes, access openings, ventilation ducts or any other openings shall be fitted in the collision bulkhead below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships.
6.1 For ships subject to the provisions of regulation 1.1.1.1 and constructed before 1 January 2024, except as provided in paragraph 6.3, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships by not more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the forepeak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with a screw-down valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships, the valve being located inside the forepeak at the collision bulkhead. The Administration may, however, authorize the fitting of this valve on the after side of the collision bulkhead provided that the valve is readily accessible under all service conditions and the space in which it is located is not a cargo space. Alternatively, for cargo ships, the pipe may be fitted with a butterfly valve suitably supported by a seat or flanges and capable of being operated from above the freeboard deck. All valves shall be of steel, bronze or other approved ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable.
6.2
For
ships constructed on or after 1 January 2024, except as provided in paragraph
6.3, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the bulkhead deck of passenger
ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships by not more than one pipe for
dealing with fluid in the forepeak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with
a remotely controlled valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead
deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships. The valve shall
be normally closed. If the remote control system should fail during operation
of the valve, the valve shall close automatically or be capable of being closed
manually from a position above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the
freeboard deck of cargo ships. The valve shall be located at the collision
bulkhead on either the forward or aft side, provided the space on the aft side
is not
a cargo space. The valve shall be of steel, bronze or other approved ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable.
6.3 If the forepeak is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids, the Administration may allow the collision bulkhead to be pierced below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships by two pipes, each of which is fitted as required by paragraph 6.1 or 6.2, provided the Administration is satisfied that there is no practical alternative to the fitting of such a second pipe and that, having regard to the additional subdivision provided in the forepeak, the safety of the ship is maintained.
7 Where a long forward superstructure is fitted, the collision bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships. The extension need not be fitted directly above the bulkhead below provided that all parts of the extension, including any part of the ramp attached to it, are located within the limits prescribed in paragraph 1 or 3, with the exception permitted by paragraph 8, and that the part of the deck which forms the step is made effectively weathertight. The extension shall be so arranged as to preclude the possibility of the bow door or ramp, where fitted, causing damage to it in the case of damage to, or detachment of, a bow door or any part of the ramp.
8 Where bow doors are fitted and a sloping loading ramp forms part of the extension of the collision bulkhead above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships, the ramp shall be weathertight over its complete length. In cargo ships, the part of the ramp which is more than 2.3 m above the freeboard deck may extend forward of the limit specified in paragraph 1 or 3. Ramps not meeting the above requirements shall be disregarded as an extension of the collision bulkhead.
9 The number of openings in the extension of the collision bulkhead above the freeboard deck shall be restricted to the minimum compatible with the design and normal operation of the ship. All such openings shall be capable of being closed weathertight.
10 Bulkheads shall be fitted separating the machinery space from cargo and accommodation spaces forward and aft and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships. An afterpeak bulkhead shall also be fitted and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck or the freeboard deck. The afterpeak bulkhead may, however, be stepped below the bulkhead deck or the freeboard deck, provided the degree of safety of the ship as regards subdivision is not thereby diminished.
11 In all cases stern tubes shall be enclosed in watertight spaces of moderate volume. In passenger ships the stern gland shall be situated in a watertight shaft tunnel or other watertight space separate from the stern tube compartment and of such volume that, if flooded by leakage through the stern gland, the bulkhead deck will not be immersed. In cargo ships other measures to minimize the danger of water penetrating into the ship in case of damage to stern tube arrangements may be taken at the discretion of the Administration.
Openings in watertight boundaries below the bulkhead deck in passenger ships
SEE
INTERPRETATION 26
1 The number of openings in watertight boundaries shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship; satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings.
2.1 Where pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc., are carried through watertight boundaries, arrangements shall be made to ensure the watertight integrity of the boundaries.
2.2 Valves not forming part of a piping system shall not be permitted in watertight boundaries.
2.3 Lead or other heat-sensitive materials shall not be used in systems which penetrate watertight boundaries, where deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the watertight integrity of the boundaries.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 27
3 No doors, manholes or access openings are permitted in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from an adjoining cargo space, except as provided in paragraph 8.1 and in regulation 14.
4 Subject to paragraph 9, not more than one door, apart from the doors to shaft tunnels, may be fitted in each watertight bulkhead within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery, including boilers serving the needs of propulsion. Where two or more shafts are fitted, the tunnels shall be connected by an intercommunicating passage. There shall be only one door between the machinery space and the tunnel spaces where two shafts are fitted and only two doors where there are more than two shafts. All these doors shall be of the sliding type and shall be so located as to have their sills as high as practicable. The hand gear for operating these doors from above the bulkhead deck shall be situated outside the spaces containing the machinery.
5.1 Watertight doors, except as provided in paragraph 8.1 or regulation 14, shall be power-operated sliding doors complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.
5.2 The means of operation, whether by power or by hand, of any power-operated sliding watertight door shall be capable of closing the door with the ship listed to 15° either way. Consideration shall also be given to the forces which may act on either side of the door as may be experienced when water is flowing through the opening, applying a static head equivalent to a water height of at least 1 m above the sill on the centreline of the door.
5.3 Watertight door controls, including hydraulic piping and electric cables, shall be kept as close as practicable to the bulkhead in which the doors are fitted, in order to minimize the likelihood of them being involved in any damage which the ship may sustain. The positioning of watertight doors and their controls shall be such that if the ship sustains damage within one fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in regulation 2, such distance being measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision draught, the operation of the watertight doors clear of the damaged portion of the ship is not impaired.
6.1 Each power-operated sliding watertight door: shall have a vertical or horizontal motion;
shall, subject to paragraph 9, be normally limited to a maximum clear opening width of 1.2 m. The Administration may permit larger doors only to the extent considered necessary for the effective operation of the ship provided that other safety measures, including the following, are taken into consideration: special consideration shall be given to the strength of the door and its closing appliances in order to prevent leakages; and
the door shall be located inboard the damage zone 8/5;
shall be fitted with the necessary equipment to open and close the door using electric power, hydraulic power or any other form of power that is acceptable to the Administration;
shall be provided with an individual hand-operated mechanism. It shall be possible to open and close the door by hand at the door itself from either side, and in addition, close the door from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck with an all-round crank motion or some other movement providing the same degree of safety acceptable to the Administration. Direction of rotation or other movement is to be clearly indicated at all operating positions. The time necessary for the complete closure of the door, when operating by hand gear, shall not exceed 90 s with the ship in the upright position. Visual indicators to show whether the door is open or closed shall be provided at the accessible position above the bulkhead deck;
shall be provided with controls for opening and closing the door by power from both sides of the door and also for closing the door by power from the central operating console(s) required by paragraph 7.1;
shall be provided with an audible alarm,
distinct from any other alarm in the area, which will sound whenever the door
is closed remotely by power and which shall sound for at least 5 s but no more
than 10 s before the door begins to move and shall continue sounding until the
door is completely
closed. In the case of remote hand operation it is sufficient for the audible
alarm to sound only when the door is moving. Additionally, in passenger areas
and areas of high ambient noise the Administration may require the audible
alarm to be supplemented by an intermittent visual signal at the door; and
.7 shall have an approximately uniform rate of closure under power. The closure time, from the time the door begins to move to the time it reaches the completely closed position, shall in no case be less than 20 s or more than 40 s with the ship in the upright position.
6.2 The electrical power required for power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be supplied from the emergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead deck. The associated control, indication and alarm circuits shall be supplied from the emergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead deck and be capable of being automatically supplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power required by regulation 42.3.1.3 in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power.
6.3 Power-operated sliding watertight doors shall have either: a centralized hydraulic system with two independent power sources each consisting of a motor and pump capable of simultaneously closing all doors. In addition, there shall be for the whole installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacity to operate all the doors at least three times, i.e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15°. This operating cycle shall be capable of being carried out when the accumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be chosen considering the temperatures liable to be encountered by the installation during its service. The power-operating system shall be designed to minimize the possibility of having a single failure in the hydraulic piping adversely affect the operation of more than one door. The hydraulic system shall be provided with a low-level alarm for hydraulic fluid reservoirs serving the power-operated system and a low gas pressure alarm or other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in hydraulic accumulators. These alarms are to be audible and visual and shall be situated on the central operating console(s) required by paragraph 7.1; or
an independent hydraulic system for each door with each power source consisting of a motor and pump capable of opening and closing the door. In addition, there shall be a hydraulic accumulator of sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times, i.e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15°. This operating cycle shall be capable of being carried out when the accumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be chosen considering the temperatures liable to be encountered by the installation during its service. A low gas pressure group alarm or other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in hydraulic accumulators shall be provided at the central operating console(s) required by paragraph 7.1. Loss of stored energy indication at each local operating position shall also be provided; or
an independent electrical system and motor for each door with each power source consisting of a motor capable of opening and closing the door. The power source shall be capable of being automatically supplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power as required by regulation 42.4.2 in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power and with sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times, i.e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15°.
For the systems specified in paragraphs 6.3.1, 6.3.2 and 6.3.3, provision should be made as follows: Power systems for power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be separate from any other power system. A single failure in the electric or hydraulic power-operated systems excluding the hydraulic actuator shall not prevent the hand operation of any door.
6.4
Control
handles shall be provided at each side of the bulkhead at a minimum height of
1.6 m above the floor and shall be so arranged as to enable persons passing
through the doorway to hold both handles in the open position without being
able to set the power closing mechanism in operation accidentally. The
direction of movement of the handles in opening and closing the door shall be
in the direction of door movement and shall be clearly indicated.
6.5 As far as practicable, electrical equipment and components for watertight doors shall be situated above the bulkhead deck and outside hazardous areas and spaces.
6.6 The enclosures of electrical components necessarily situated below the bulkhead deck shall provide suitable protection against the ingress of water.[††††††]
6.7 Electric power, control, indication and alarm circuits shall be protected against fault in such a way that a failure in one door circuit will not cause a failure in any other door circuit. Short circuits or other faults in the alarm or indicator circuits of a door shall not result in a loss of power operation of that door. Arrangements shall be such that leakage of water into the electrical equipment located below the bulkhead deck will not cause the door to open.
6.8 A single electrical failure in the power operating or control system of a power-operated sliding watertight door shall not result in a closed door opening. Availability of the power supply should be continuously monitored at a point in the electrical circuit as near as practicable to each of the motors required by paragraph 6.3. Loss of any such power supply should activate an audible and visual alarm at the central operating console(s) required by paragraph 7.1.
7.1 A central operating console for all power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be located in the safety centre in accordance with regulation II-2/23. If the safety centre is located in a separate space adjacent to the navigation bridge, a central operating console shall also be located on the navigation bridge. The central operating console(s) shall have a "master mode" switch with two modes of control: a "local control" mode, which shall allow any door to be locally opened and locally closed after use without automatic closure, and a "doors closed" mode, which shall automatically close any door that is open in not more than 60 s with the ship in an upright position. The "doors closed" mode shall permit doors to be opened locally and shall automatically re-close the doors upon release of the local control mechanism. The "master mode" switch shall normally be in the "local control" mode. The "doors closed" mode shall only be used in an emergency or for testing purposes.
7.2 For ships subject to the provisions of regulation 1.1.1.1 and constructed before 1 January 2024, the central operating console at the navigation bridge shall be provided with a diagram showing the location of each door, with visual indicators to show whether each door is open or closed. A red light shall indicate a door is fully open and a green light shall indicate a door is fully closed. When the door is closed remotely the red light shall indicate the intermediate position by flashing. The indicating circuit shall be independent of the control circuit for each door.
7.3 For ships constructed on or after 1 January 2024, the central operating console(s) shall be provided with a diagram showing the location of each power-operated sliding watertight door, with visual indicators to show whether each door is open or closed. A red light shall indicate a door is fully open and a green light shall indicate a door is fully closed. When the door is closed remotely the red light shall indicate the intermediate position by flashing. The indicating circuit shall be independent of the control circuit for each door. Indication shall also be provided to the onboard stability computer, if installed in accordance with regulation 11-1/8-1.3.1.
7.4 It shall not be possible to remotely open any door from the central operating console.
8.1
If
the Administration is satisfied that such doors are essential, watertight doors
of satisfactory construction may be fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing
cargo spaces on 'tween-decks. Such doors may be hinged, rolling or sliding
doors but shall not be remotely controlled. They shall be fitted at the highest
level and as far from the shell plating as practicable, but in no case shall
the outboard vertical edges be situated at a distance
from the shell plating which is less than one fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in regulation 2, such distance being measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision draught.
8.2 Should any such doors be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized opening. When it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and arrangements shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.
9 Portable plates on bulkheads shall not be permitted except in machinery spaces. The Administration may permit not more than one power-operated sliding watertight door larger than those specified in paragraph 6.1.2 to be substituted for these portable plates in each watertight bulkhead, provided these doors are intended to remain closed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion of the master. These doors need not meet the requirements of paragraph 6.1.4 regarding complete closure by hand-operated gear in 90 s.
10 .1 Where trunkways or tunnels for access from crew accommodation to the machinery spaces, for piping or for any other purpose, are carried through watertight bulkheads, they shall be watertight and in accordance with the requirements of regulation 16-1. The access to at least one end of each such tunnel or trunkway, if used as a passage at sea, shall be through a trunk extending watertight to a height sufficient to permit access above the bulkhead deck. The access to the other end of the Lrunkway or tunnel may be through a watertight door. Such trunkways or tunnels shall not extend through the first subdivision bulkhead abaft the collision bulkhead.
11 .2 Where it is proposed to fit tunnels piercing watertight bulkheads, these shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.
12 .3 Where trunkways in connection with refrigerated cargo and ventilation or forced draught trunks are carried through more than one watertight bulkhead, the means of closure at such openings shall be operated by power and be capable of being closed from a central position situated above the bulkhead deck.
Openings in watertight bulkheads and internal decks in cargo ships
SEE
INTERPRETATION 26
1 The number of openings in watertight subdivisions is to be kept to a minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship. Where penetrations of watertight bulkheads and internal decks are necessary for access, piping, ventilation, electrical cables, etc., arrangements are to be made to maintain the watertight integrity. The Administration may permit relaxation in the watertightness of openings above the freeboard deck, provided that it is demonstrated that any progressive flooding can be easily controlled and that the safety of the ship is not impaired.
2 Doors provided to ensure the watertight integrity of internal openings which are used while at sea are to be sliding watertight doors capable of being remotely closed from the bridge and are also to be operable locally from each side of the bulkhead. Indicators are to be provided at the control position showing whether the doors are open or closed, and an audible alarm is to be provided at the door closure. The power, control and indicators are to be operable in the event of main power failure. Particular attention is to be paid to minimizing the effect of control system failure. Each power-operated sliding watertight door shall be provided with an individual hand-operated mechanism. It shall be possible to open and close the door by hand at the door itself from both sides.
3 Access doors and access hatch covers normally closed at sea, intended to ensure the watertight integrity of internal openings, shall be provided with means of indication locally and on the bridge showing whether these doors or hatch covers are open or closed. A notice is to be affixed to each such door or hatch cover to the effect that it is not to be left open.
4
Watertight
doors or ramps of satisfactory construction may be fitted to internally
subdivide large cargo spaces, provided that the Administration is satisfied
that such doors or ramps are essential. These doors or
ramps may be hinged, rolling or sliding doors or ramps, but shall not be remotely controlled. Should any of the doors or ramps be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized opening.
5 Other closing appliances which are kept permanently closed at sea to ensure the watertight integrity of internal openings shall be provided with a notice which is to be affixed to each such closing appliance to the effect that it is to be kept closed. Manholes fitted with closely bolted covers need not be so marked.
Passenger ships carrying goods vehicles and accompanying personnel
1 This regulation applies to passenger ships designed or adapted for the carriage of goods vehicles and accompanying personnel.
2 If in such a ship the total number of passengers, which includes personnel accompanying vehicles, does not exceed 12 + Ad/25, where Ad = total deck area (square metres) of spaces available for the stowage of goods vehicles and where the clear height at the stowage position and at the entrance to such spaces is not less than 4 m, the provisions of regulations 13.8.1 and 13.8.2 in respect of watertight doors apply except that the doors may be fitted at any level in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo spaces. Additionally, indicators are required on the navigation bridge to show automatically when each door is closed and all door fastenings are secured.
3 The ship may not be certified for a higher number of passengers than assumed in paragraph 2, if a watertight door has been fitted in accordance with this regulation.
1 The number of openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.
2 The arrangement and efficiency of the means for closing any opening in the shell plating shall be consistent with its intended purpose and the position in which it is fitted and generally to the satisfaction of the Administration.
3 .1 Subject to the requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines in force, no sidescuttle shall be fitted in such a position that its sill is below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 2.5% of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision draught, or 500 mm, whichever is the greater.
4 .2 All sidescuttles the sills of which are below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships, as permitted by paragraph 3.1, shall be of such construction as will effectively prevent any person opening them without the consent of the master of the ship.
1.1 Efficient hinged inside deadlights, so arranged that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight, shall be fitted to all sidescuttles except that, abaft one eighth of the ship's length from the forward perpendicular and above a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point at a height of 3.7 m plus 2.5% of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision draught, the deadlights may be portable in passenger accommodation, unless the deadlights are required by the International Convention on Load Lines in force to be permanently attached in their proper positions. Such portable deadlights shall be stowed adjacent to the sidescuttles they serve.
1.2
No
sidescuttles shall be fitted in any spaces which are appropriated exclusively
to the carriage of cargo.
1.3 Sidescuttles may, however, be fitted in spaces appropriated alternatively to the carriage of cargo or passengers, but they shall be of such construction as will effectively prevent any person opening them or their deadlights without the consent of the master.
6 Automatic ventilating sidescuttles shall not be fitted in the shell plating below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships without the special sanction of the Administration.
7 The number of scuppers, sanitary discharges and other similar openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum either by making each discharge serve for as many as possible of the sanitary and other pipes or in any other satisfactory manner.
8.2.1 All inlets and discharges in the shell plating shall be fitted with efficient and accessible arrangements for preventing the accidental admission of water into the ship.
8.2.2 Subject to the requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines in force, and except as provided in paragraph 8.3, each separate discharge led through the shell plating from spaces below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships shall be provided with either one automatic non-return valve fitted with a positive means ofclosing it from above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships or with two automatic non-return valves without positive means of closing, provided that the inboard valve is situated above the deepest subdivision draught and is always accessible for examination under service conditions. Where a valve with positive means of closing is fitted, the operating position above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships shall always be readily accessible and means shall be provided for indicating whether the valve is open or closed.
8.2.3 The requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines in force shall apply to discharges led through the shell plating from spaces above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships.
8.3 Machinery space, main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in connection with the operation of machinery shall be fitted with readily accessible valves between the pipes and the shell plating or between the pipes and fabricated boxes attached to the shell plating. In manned machinery spaces the valves may be controlled locally and shall be provided with indicators showing whether they are open or closed.
8.4 Moving parts penetrating the shell plating below the deepest subdivision draught shall be fitted with a watertight sealing arrangement acceptable to the Administration. The inboard gland shall be located within a watertight space of such volume that, if flooded, the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships will not be submerged. The Administration may require that if such compartment is flooded, essential or emergency power and lighting, internal communication, signals or other emergency devices must remain available in other parts of the ship.
8.5 All shell fittings and valves required by this regulation shall be of steel, bronze or other approved ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable. All pipes to which this regulation refers shall be of steel or other equivalent material to the satisfaction of the Administration.
9 For ships subject to the provisions of regulation 1.1.1.1 and constructed before 1 January 2024, gangway, cargo and fuelling ports fitted below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships shall be watertight and in no case be so fitted as to have their lowest point below the deepest subdivision draught.
8.6 For ships constructed on or after 1 January 2024, cargo ports and other similar openings (e.g. gangway and fuelling ports) in the side of ships below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships shall be fitted with doors so designed as to ensure the same watertightness and structural integrity as the surrounding shell plating. Unless otherwise granted by the Administration, these openings shall open outwards. The number of such openings shall be the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship. In no case shall these openings be so fitted as to have their lowest point below the deepest subdivision draught.
External openings in cargo ships
SEE
INTERPRETATION 26
1. All external openings leading to compartments assumed intact in the damage analysis, which are below the final damage waterline, are required to be watertight.
2. External openings required to be watertight in accordance with paragraph 1 shall, except for cargo hatch covers, be fitted with indicators on the bridge.
3. Openings in the shell plating below the deck limiting the vertical extent of damage shall be fitted with a device that prevents unauthorized opening if they are accessible during the voyage.
4. Other closing appliances which are kept permanently closed at sea to ensure the watertight integrity of external openings shall be provided with a notice affixed to each appliance to the effect that it is to be kept closed. Manholes fitted with closely bolted covers need not be so marked.
Construction and initial tests of watertight closures
1.1
The design, materials and construction of
all watertight closures such as doors, hatches, sidescuttles, gangway
and cargo ports, valves and pipes referred to in these regulations
shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
1.2
Such valves, doors, hatches and mechanisms
shall be suitably marked to ensure that they may be properly used to
provide maximum safety.
1.3 The frames of vertical watertight doors shall have no groove at the bottom in which dirt might lodge and prevent the door closing properly.
2 Watertight doors and hatches shall be tested by water pressure to the maximum head of water they might sustain in a final or intermediate stage of flooding. For cargo ships not covered by damage stability requirements, watertight doors and hatches shall be tested by water pressure to a head of water measured from the lower edge of the opening to 1 m above the freeboard deck. Where testing of individual doors and hatches is not carried out because of possible damage to insulation or outfitting items, testing of individual doors and hatches may be replaced by a prototype pressure test of each type and size of door or hatch with a test pressure corresponding at least to the head required for the individual location. The prototype test shall be carried out before the door or hatch is fitted. The installation method and procedure for fitting the door or hatch on board shall correspond to that of the prototype test. When fitted on board, each door or hatch shall be checked for proper seating between the bulkhead, the frame and the door or between deck, the coaming and the hatch.
Construction and initial tests of watertight decks, trunks, etc.
1 Watertight decks, trunks, tunnels, duct keels and ventilators shall be of the same strength as watertight bulkheads at corresponding levels. The means used for making them watertight, and the arrangements adopted for closing openings in them, shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Watertight ventilators and trunks shall be carried at least up to the bulkhead deck in passenger ships and up to the freeboard deck in cargo ships.
2
In passenger ships, where a ventilation trunk passing
through a structure penetrates a watertight area of the bulkhead deck, the
trunk shall be capable of withstanding the water pressure that may be present
within the trunk, after having taken into account the maximum heel angle during
flooding, in accordance with regulation 7-2.
3 In ro-ro passenger ships, where all or part of the penetration of the bulkhead deck is on the main ro-ro deck, the trunk shall be capable of withstanding impact pressure due to internal water motions (sloshing) of water trapped on the ro-ro deck.
4 After completion, a hose or flooding test shall be applied to watertight decks and a hose test to watertight trunks, tunnels and ventilators.
Internal watertight integrity of passenger ships above the bulkhead deck
SEE
INTERPRETATION 26
1 For passenger ships subject to the provisions of regulation 1.1.1.1 and constructed before 1 January 2024, the Administration may require that all reasonable and practicable measures shall be taken to limit the entry and spread of water above the bulkhead deck. Such measures may include partial bulkheads or webs. When partial watertight bulkheads and webs are fitted on the bulkhead deck, above or in the immediate vicinity of watertight bulkheads, they shall have watertight shell and bulkhead deck connections so as to restrict the flow of water along the deck when the ship is in a heeled damaged condition. Where the partial watertight bulkhead does not line up with the bulkhead below, the bulkhead deck between shall be made effectively watertight. Where openings, pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc. are carried through the partial watertight bulkheads or decks within the immersed part of the bulkhead deck, arrangements shall be made to ensure the watertight integrity of the structure above the bulkhead deck.* 2 For ships constructed on or after 1 January 2024, the internal watertight subdivision arrangements to limit the entry and spread of water above the bulkhead deck shall be in accordance with the design arrangements necessary for compliance with the stability requirements in part B-1, and part B-2 if applicable. Where pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc. are carried through internal watertight boundaries that are immersed at any intermediate or final stage of flooding in damage cases that contribute to the attained subdivision index A, arrangements shall be made to ensure their watertight integrity.
3 For ships constructed on or after 1 January 2024, doors in internal watertight subdivision arrangements above the bulkhead deck, and also above the worst intermediate or final stage of flooding waterlines, shall be capable of preventing the passage of water when immersed in the required range of positive stability for any damage cases contributing to the attained subdivision index A. These doors may remain open provided they can be remotely closed from the navigation bridge. They shall always be ready to be immediately closed.
4 All openings in the exposed weather deck shall have coamings of ample height and strength and shall be provided with efficient means for expeditiously closing them weathertight. Freeing ports, open rails and scuppers shall be fitted as necessary for rapidly clearing the weather deck of water under all weather conditions.
5 Air pipes terminating within a superstructure which are not fitted with watertight means of closure shall be considered as unprotected openings when applying regulation 7-2.6.1.1.
6 Sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and fuelling ports and other means for closing openings in the shell plating above the bulkhead deck shall be of efficient design and construction and of sufficient strength having regard to the spaces in which they are fitted and their positions relative to the deepest subdivision draught/' 7 Efficient inside deadlights, so arranged that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight, shall be provided for all sidescuttles to spaces below the first deck above the bulkhead deck.
' Refer to Guidance notes on the integrity of flooding boundaries above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships for proper application of regulations 11-1/8 and 20, paragraph 1, of SOLAS 1974, as amended (MSC/Circ.541, as may be amended).
' Refer to Strength and securing and locking arrangements of shell doors on ro-ro passenger ships (resolution A.793(19)).
| Integrity of the hull and superstructure, damage prevention and ~ control on ro-ro passenger ships
SEE
INTERPRETATION 26
1.1 All access from the ro-ro deck that leads to spaces below the bulkhead deck shall have a lowest point which is not less than 2.5 m above the bulkhead deck, unless the access is covered by the provisions of paragraphs 1.2 or 1.3.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 28
1.2 Where vehicle ramps are installed to give access to spaces below the bulkhead deck, their openings shall be able to be closed weathertight to prevent ingress of water below and fitted with alarms and open/ close indicators on the navigation bridge. The means of closure shall be watertight if the deck is intended as a watertight horizontal boundary under regulation 7-2.6.
1.3 Subject to regulations 23.3 and 23.6, the Administration may permit the fitting of particular accesses to spaces below the bulkhead deck provided they are necessary for the essential working of the ship, e.g. the movement of machinery and stores, and subject to such accesses being made watertight, fitted with alarms and open/close indicators on the navigation bridge.
2 Indicators shall be provided on the navigation bridge for all shell doors, loading doors and other closing appliances which, if left open or not properly secured, could, in the opinion of the Administration, lead to flooding of a special category space or ro-ro space. The indicator system shall be designed on the fail-safe principle and shall show by visual alarms if the door is not fully closed or if any of the securing arrangements are not in place and fully locked and by audible alarms if such door or closing appliances become open or the securing arrangements become unsecured. The indicator panel on the navigation bridge shall be equipped with a mode selection function "harbour/sea voyage" so arranged that an audible alarm is given on the navigation bridge if the ship leaves harbour with the bow doors, inner doors, stern ramp or any other side shell doors not closed or any closing device not in the correct position. The power supply for the indicator system shall be independent of the power supply for operating and securing the doors.
3 Television surveillance and a water leakage detection system shall be arranged to provide an indication to the navigation bridge and to the engine control station of any leakage through inner and outer bow doors, stern doors or any other shell doors which could lead to flooding of special category spaces or ro-ro spaces.
Subdivision load line assignment for passenger ships
Assigning, marking and recording of subdivision load lines for passenger ships
1 In order that the required degree of subdivision shall be maintained, a load line corresponding to the approved subdivision draught shall be assigned and marked on the ship's sides. A ship intended for alternating modes of operation may, if the owners desire, have one or more additional load lines assigned and marked to correspond with the subdivision draughts which the Administration may approve for the alternative service configurations. Each service configuration so approved shall comply with part B-1 of this chapter independently of the results obtained for other modes of operation.
2 The subdivision load lines assigned and marked shall be recorded in the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, and shall be distinguished by the notation P1 for the principal passenger service configuration, and P2, P3, etc., for the alternative configurations. The principal passenger configuration shall be taken as the mode of operation in which the required subdivision index R will have the highest value.
3 The freeboard corresponding to each of these load lines shall be measured at the same position and from the same deck line as the freeboards determined in accordance with the International Convention on Load Lines in force.
4 The freeboard corresponding to each approved subdivision load line and the service configuration for which it is approved shall be clearly indicated on the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.
5 In no case shall any subdivision load line mark be placed above the deepest load line in salt water as determined by the strength of the ship or the International Convention on Load Lines in force.
6 Whatever may be the position of the subdivision load line marks, a ship shall in no case be loaded so as to submerge the load line mark appropriate to the season and locality as determined in accordance with the International Convention on Load Lines in force.
7 A ship shall in no case be so loaded that when it is in salt water the subdivision load line mark appropriate to the particular voyage and service configuration is submerged.
Damage control information[‡‡‡‡‡‡]
1 There shall be permanently exhibited, or readily available on the navigation bridge, for the guidance of the officer in charge of the ship, plans showing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries of the watertight compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and position of any controls thereof, and the arrangements for the correction of any list due to flooding. In addition, booklets containing the aforementioned information shall be made available to the officers of the ship.
2 General precautions to be included shall consist of a listing of equipment, conditions and operational procedures considered by the Administration to be necessary to maintain watertight integrity under normal ship operations.
3 Specific precautions to be included shall consist of a listing of elements (i.e. closures, security of cargo, sounding of alarms, etc.) considered by the Administration to be vital to the survival of the ship, passengers and crew.
4 In case of ships to which damage stability requirements of part B-1 apply, damage stability information shall provide the master with a simple and easily understandable way of assessing the ship's survivability in all damage cases involving a compartment or group of compartments.
5 For passenger ships constructed on or after 1 January 2024, and to which regulation 8-1.3 applies, the damage control information shall include a reference to activation of damage stability support from the onboard stability computer, if installed, and to shore-based support when provided.
Damage control drills for passenger ships
This regulation applies to passenger ships constructed before, on or after 1 January 2020.
A damage control drill shall take place at least every three months. The entire crew need not participate
in every drill, but only those crew members with damage control responsibilities.
3 The damage control drill scenarios shall vary each drill so that emergency conditions are simulated for different damage conditions and shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actual emergency.
4 Each damage control drill shall include:
for crew members with damage control responsibilities, reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the muster list required by regulation III/8;
use of the damage control information and the
onboard damage stability computer, if fitted, to conduct stability assessments
for the simulated damage conditions;
5 At least one damage control drill each year shall include activation of the shore-based support, if provided in compliance with regulation 11-1/8-1.3, to conduct stability assessments for the simulated damage conditions.
6 Every crew member with assigned damage control responsibilities shall be familiarized with their duties and about the damage control information before the voyage begins.
7 A record of each damage control drill shall be maintained in the same manner as prescribed for the other drills in regulation 111/19.5.
Loading of ships
1 On completion of loading of the ship and prior to its departure, the master shall determine the ship's trim and stability and also ascertain and record that the ship is upright and in compliance with stability criteria in relevant regulations. The determination of the ship's stability shall always be made by calculation or by ensuring that the ship is loaded according to one of the precalculated loading conditions within the approved stability information. The Administration may accept the use of an electronic loading and stability computer
equivalent means for this purpose.
Water ballast should not in general be carried in tanks intended for oil fuel. In ships in which it is not practicable to avoid putting water in oil fuel tanks, oily-water separating equipment to the satisfaction of the Administration shall be fitted, or other alternative means, such as discharge to shore facilities, acceptable to the Administration shall be provided for disposing of the oily-water ballast.
3 The provisions of this regulation are without prejudice to the provisions of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships in force.
Periodical operation and inspection of watertight doors, etc.,
in passenger ships
1 Operational tests of watertight doors, sidescuttles, valves and closing mechanisms of scuppers shall take place weekly. In ships in which the voyage exceeds one week in duration, a complete set of operational tests shall be held before the voyage commences, and others thereafter at least once a week during the voyage.
2 All watertight doors, both hinged and power-operated, in watertight bulkheads, in use at sea, shall be operated daily.
3 The watertight doors and all mechanisms and indicators connected therewith, all valves the closing of which is necessary to make a compartment watertight, and all valves the operation of which is necessary for damage control cross-connections shall be periodically inspected at sea at least once a week.
4 A record of all operational tests and inspections required by this regulation shall be recorded in the logbook with an explicit record of any defects which may be disclosed.
Prevention and control of water ingress, etc.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 26
1 All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except that they may be opened during navigation as specified in paragraph 3. Watertight doors of a width of more than 1.2 m in machinery spaces as permitted by regulation 13.9 may only be opened in the circumstances detailed in that regulation. Any door which is opened in accordance with this paragraph shall be ready to be immediately closed.
2 Watertight doors located below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships having a maximum clear opening width of more than 1.2 m shall be kept closed during navigation, except for limited periods when absolutely necessary as determined by the Administration.
3 A watertight door may be opened during navigation to permit the passage of passengers or crew, or when work in the immediate vicinity of the door necessitates it being opened. The door must be immediately closed when transit through the door is complete or when the task which necessitated it being open is finished. The Administration shall authorize that such a watertight door may be opened during navigation only after careful consideration of the impact on ship operations and survivability taking into account guidance issued by the Organization/ A watertight door permitted to be opened during navigation shall be clearly indicated in the ship's stability information and shall always be ready to be immediately closed.
4 Portable plates on bulkheads shall always be in place before the voyage commences and shall not be removed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion of the master. The necessary precautions shall be taken in replacing them to ensure that the joints are watertight. Power-operated sliding watertight doors permitted in machinery spaces in accordance with regulation 13.9 shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall remain closed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion of the master.
5 Watertight doors fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo spaces on 'tween-decks in accordance with regulation 13.8.1 shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation. The time at which such doors are opened or closed shall be recorded in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration.
6 For ships subject to the provisions of regulation 1.1.1.1 and constructed before 1 January 2024, gangway, cargo and fuelling ports fitted below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships shall be effectively closed and secured watertight before the voyage commences, and shall be kept closed during navigation.
7 For ships constructed on or after 1 January 2024, gangway, cargo and fuelling ports fitted below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships and all watertight hatches shall be effectively closed and secured watertight before the voyage commences, and shall be kept closed during navigation. However, the master may permit a watertight hatch to be opened during navigation for a limited period of time sufficient to permit passage or for access. It shall then be closed.
8 The following doors, located above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships, shall be closed and locked before the voyage commences and shall remain closed and locked until the ship is at its next berth:
* Refer to the Revised guidance for watertight doors on passenger ships which may be opened during navigation (MSC.1/Circ.1564).
9 Where a door cannot be opened or closed while the ship is at the berth, such a door may be opened or left open while the ship approaches or draws away from the berth, but only so far as may be necessary to enable the door to be immediately operated. In any case, the inner bow door must be kept closed.
10 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs 8.1 and 8.4, the Administration may authorize that particular doors can be opened at the discretion of the master, if necessary for the operation of the ship or the embarking and disembarking of passengers when the ship is at safe anchorage and provided that the safety of the ship is not impaired.
11 The master shall ensure that an effective system of supervision and reporting of the closing and opening of the doors referred to in paragraph 8 is implemented.
12 The master shall ensure, before any voyage commences, that an entry in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration is made of the time the doors specified in paragraph 13 are closed and the time at which particular doors are opened in accordance with paragraph 14.
13 Hinged doors, portable plates, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and bunkering ports and other openings, which are required by these regulations to be kept closed during navigation, shall be closed before the voyage commences. The time at which such doors are opened and closed (if permissible under these regulations) shall be recorded in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration.
14 Where in a between-deck, the sills of any of the sidescuttles referred to in regulation 15.3.2 are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side of passenger ships and the freeboard deck at side of cargo ships, and having its lowest point 1.4 m plus 2.5% of the breadth of the ship above the water when the voyage commences, all the sidescuttles in that between-deck shall be closed watertight and locked before the voyage commences, and they shall not be opened before the ship arrives at the next port. In the application of this paragraph the appropriate allowance for fresh water may be made when applicable.
The time at which such sidescuttles are opened in port and closed and locked before the voyage commences shall be recorded in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration.
For any ship that has one or more sidescuttles so placed that the requirements of paragraph 14 would apply when it was floating at its deepest subdivision draught, the Administration may indicate the limiting mean draught at which these sidescuttles will have their sills above the line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side of passenger ships and the freeboard deck at side of cargo ships, and having its lowest point 1.4 m plus 2.5% of the breadth of the ship above the waterline
corresponding to the limiting mean draught, and at which it will therefore be permissible for the voyage to commence without them being closed and locked and to be opened during navigation on the responsibility of the master. In tropical zones as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, this limiting draught may be increased by 0.3 m.
15 Sidescuttles and their deadlights which will not be accessible during navigation shall be closed and secured before the voyage commences.
16 If cargo is carried in spaces referred to in regulation 15.5.2, the sidescuttles and their deadlights shall be closed watertight and locked before the cargo is shipped and the time at which such scuttles and deadlights are closed and locked shall be recorded in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration.
Flooding detection systems for passenger ships carrying 36 or more persons
SEE
INTERPRETATION 29
A flooding detection system for watertight spaces below the bulkhead deck shall be provided based on the guidelines developed by the Organization.*
Refer to Guidelines for flooding detection systems on passenger ships (MSC.1/Circ.1291).
Special requirements for ro-ro passenger ships
1 Special category spaces and ro-ro spaces shall be continuously patrolled or monitored by effective means, such as television surveillance, so that any movement of vehicles in adverse weather conditions and unauthorized access by passengers thereto can be detected during navigation.
2 Documented operating procedures for closing and securing all shell doors, loading doors and other closing appliances which, if left open or not properly secured, could, in the opinion of the Administration, lead to flooding of a special category space or ro-ro space, shall be kept on board and posted at an appropriate place.
3 All accesses from the ro-ro deck and vehicle ramps that lead to spaces below the bulkhead deck shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall remain closed until the ship is at its next berth.
4 The master shall ensure that an effective system of supervision and reporting of the closing and opening of such accesses referred to in paragraph 3 is implemented.
5 The master shall ensure, before the voyage commences, that an entry in the logbook, as required by regulation 22.13, is made of the time of the last closing of the accesses referred to in paragraph 3.
6 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3, the Administration may permit some accesses to be opened during the voyage, but only for a period sufficient to permit through passage and, if required, for the essential working of the ship.
7 All transverse or longitudinal bulkheads which are taken into account as effective to confine the seawater accumulated on the ro-ro deck shall be in place and secured before the voyage commences and remain in place and secured until the ship is at its next berth.
8 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 7, the Administration may permit some accesses within such bulkheads to be opened during the voyage but only for sufficient time to permit through passage and, if required, for the essential working of the ship.
9 In all ro-ro passenger ships, the master or the designated officer shall ensure that, without the express consent of the master or the designated officer, no passengers are allowed access to an enclosed ro-ro deck during navigation.
Additional requirements for prevention and control of water ingress, etc.,
in cargo ships
1 Openings in the shell plating below the deck limiting the vertical extent of damage shall be kept permanently closed during navigation.
2 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3, the Administration may authorize that particular doors may be opened at the discretion of the master, if necessary for the operation of the ship and provided that the safety of the ship is not impaired.
3 Watertight doors or ramps fitted to internally subdivide large cargo spaces shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation. The time at which such doors are opened or closed shall be recorded in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration.
4 The use of access doors and hatch covers intended to ensure the watertight integrity of internal openings shall be authorized by the officer of the watch.
Water level detectors on single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers
1 Single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers constructed before 1 January 2007 shall comply with the requirements of this regulation not later than 31 December 2009.
2 Ships having a length (L) of less than 80 m, or 100 m if constructed before 1 July 1998, and a single cargo hold below the freeboard deck or cargo holds below the freeboard deck which are not separated by at least one bulkhead made watertight up to that deck shall be fitted in such space or spaces with water level detectors.*
3 The water level detectors required by paragraph 2 shall:
give an audible and visual alarm at the navigation bridge when the water level above the inner bottom in the cargo hold reaches a height of not less than 0.3 m, and another when such level reaches not more than 15% of the mean depth of the cargo hold; and
be fitted at the aft end of the hold, or above its lowest part where the inner bottom is not parallel to the designed waterline. Where webs or partial watertight bulkheads are fitted above the inner
bottom, Administrations may require the fitting of additional detectors.
4 The water level detectors required by paragraph 2 need not be fitted in ships complying with regulation XII/12, or in ships having watertight side compartments each side of the cargo hold length extending vertically at least from inner bottom to freeboard deck.
Water level detectors on multiple hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers and tankers
1 Multiple hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers and tankers constructed on or after 1 January 2024 shall be fitted with water level detectors' in each cargo hold intended for dry cargoes. Water level detectors are not required for cargo holds located entirely above the freeboard deck.
SEE INTERPRETATION 1
2 The water level detectors required by paragraph 1 shall:
give audible and visual alarms at the navigation bridge, one when the water level above the bottom of the cargo hold teaches a height of not less than 0.3 m, and another at a height not less than 15% of the depth of the cargo hold but not more than 2 m; and
be fitted at the aft end of the cargo holds. For cargo holds which are occasionally used for water ballast, an alarm overriding device may be installed. The visual alarms shall clearly discriminate between the two different water levels detected in each hold.
3 As an alternative to the water level detector at a height of not less than 0.3 m as per sub-paragraph 2.1, a bilge level sensor* serving the bilge pumping arrangements required by regulation 35-1 and installed in the cargo hold bilge wells or other suitable location is considered acceptable, subject to:
the fitting of the bilge level sensor at a height of not less than 0.3 m at the aft end of the cargo hold; and
the bilge level sensor giving audible and visual alarm at the navigation bridge which is clearly distinctive from the alarm given by the other water level detector fitted in the cargo hold.
8
Refer to Revised performance
standards for water level detectors on ships subject to SOLAS regulations
11-1/25, 11-1/25-1 and XII/12 (resolution MSC.188(79)/Rev.2).
(Except where expressly provided otherwise part C applies to passenger ships and cargo ships)
1 The machinery, boilers and other pressure vessels, associated piping systems and fittings shall be of a design and construction adequate for the service for which they are intended and shall be so installed and protected as to reduce to a minimum any danger to persons on board, due regard being paid to moving parts, hot surfaces and other hazards. The design shall have regard to materials used in construction, the purpose for which the equipment is intended, the working conditions to which it will be subjected and the environmental conditions on board.'
2 The Administration shall give special consideration to the reliability of single essential propulsion components and may require a separate source of propulsion power sufficient to give the ship a navigable speed, especially in the case of unconventional arrangements.
3 Means shall be provided whereby normal operation of propulsion machinery can be sustained or restored even though one of the essential auxiliaries becomes inoperative. Special consideration shall be given to the malfunctioning of:
SEE INTERPRETATION 30
.10 the hydraulic, pneumatic or electrical means for control in main propulsion machinery including controllable pitch propellers.
However, the Administration, having regard to overall safety considerations, may accept a partial reduction in propulsion capability from normal operation.
* Refer to Guidelines for engine-room layout, design and arrangement (MSC/Circ.834).
t Refer to Guidelines to minimize leakages from flammable liquid systems (MSC/Circ.647) and Guidelines on engine-room oil fuel systems (MSC/Circ.851).
4 Means shall be provided to ensure that the machinery can be brought into operation from the dead ship condition without external aid.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 31
5 All boilers, all parts of machinery, all steam, hydraulic, pneumatic and other systems and their associated fittings which are under internal pressure shall be subjected to appropriate tests including a pressure test before being put into service for the first time.
6 Main propulsion machinery and all auxiliary machinery essential to the propulsion and the safety of the ship shall, as fitted in the ship, be designed to operate when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angle of list up to and including 15° either way under static conditions and 22.5° under dynamic conditions (rolling) either way and simultaneously inclined dynamically (pitching) 7.5° by bow or stern. The Administration may permit deviation from these angles, taking into consideration the type, size and service conditions of the ship.
7 Provision shall be made to facilitate cleaning, inspection and maintenance of main propulsion and auxiliary machinery including boilers and pressure vessels.
8 Special consideration shall be given to the design, construction and installation of propulsion machinery systems so that any mode of their vibrations shall not cause undue stresses in this machinery in the normal operating ranges.
9 Non-metallic expansion joints in piping systems, if located in a system which penetrates the ship's side and both the penetration and the non-metallic expansion joint are located below the deepest load waterline, shall be inspected as part of the surveys prescribed in regulation 1710(a) and replaced as necessary, or at an interval recommended by the manufacturer.
10 Operating and maintenance instructions and engineering drawings for ship machinery and equipment essential to the safe operation of the ship shall be written in a language understandable by those officers and
members who are required to understand such information in the performance of their duties.
Location and arrangement of vent pipes for fuel oil service, settling and lubrication oil tanks shall be such that in the event of a broken vent pipe this shall not directly lead to the risk of ingress of seawater splashes or rainwater. Two fuel oil service tanks for each type of fuel used on board necessary for propulsion and vital systems or equivalent arrangements shall be provided on each new ship, with a capacity of at least 8 h at maximum continuous rating of the propulsion plant and normal operating load at sea of the generator plant.[§§§§§§] This paragraph applies only to ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 32
1 Where risk from overspeeding of machinery exists, means shall be provided to ensure that the safe speed is not exceeded.
2 Where main or auxiliary machinery including pressure vessels or any parts of such machinery are subject to internal pressure and may be subject to dangerous overpressure, means shall be provided where practicable to protect against such excessive pressure.
3
All
gearing and every shaft and coupling used for transmission of power to
machinery essential for the propulsion and safety of the ship or for the safety
of persons on board shall be so designed and constructed that they will
withstand the maximum working stresses to which they may be subjected in all
service conditions, and due consideration shall be given to the type of engines
by which they are driven or of which they form part.
4 Internal combustion engines of a cylinder diameter of 200 mm or a crankcase volume of 0.6 m3 and above shall be provided with crankcase explosion relief valves of a suitable type with sufficient relief area. The relief valves shall be arranged or provided with means to ensure that discharge from them is so directed as to minimize the possibility of injury to personnel.
5 Main turbine propulsion machinery and, where applicable, main internal combustion propulsion machinery and auxiliary machinery shall be provided with automatic shutoff arrangements in the case of failures such as lubricating oil supply failure which could lead rapidly to complete breakdown, serious damage or explosion. The Administration may permit provisions for overriding automatic shutoff devices.
Means of going astern[*******]
1 Sufficient power for going astern shall be provided to secure proper control of the ship in all normal circumstances.
2 The ability of the machinery to reverse the direction of thrust of the propeller in sufficient time, and so to bring the ship to rest within a reasonable distance from maximum ahead service speed, shall be demonstrated and recorded.
3 The stopping times, ship headings and distances recorded on trials, together with the results of trials to determine the ability of ships having multiple propellers to navigate and manoeuvre with one or more propellers inoperative, shall be available on board for the use of the master or designated personnel.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 33
4 Where the ship is provided with supplementary means for manoeuvring or stopping, the effectiveness of such means shall be demonstrated and recorded as referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 34
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, every ship shall be provided with a main steering gear and an auxiliary steering gear to the satisfaction of the Administration. The main steering gear and the auxiliary steering gear shall be so arranged that the failure of one of them will not render the other one inoperative.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 35
2.1 All the steering gear components and the rudder stock shall be of sound and reliable construction to the satisfaction of the Administration. Special consideration shall be given to the suitability of any essential component which is not duplicated. Any such essential component shall, where appropriate, utilize antifriction bearings such as ball-bearings, roller-bearings or sleeve-bearings which shall be permanently lubricated or provided with lubrication fittings.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 36
2.2
The
design pressure for calculations to determine the scantlings of piping and
other steering gear components subjected to internal hydraulic pressure shall
be at least 1.25 times the maximum working
pressure to be expected under the operational conditions specified in paragraph
3.2, taking into account any pressure which may exist in the low-pressure side
of the system. At the discretion of the Administration, fatigue criteria shall
be applied for the design of piping and components, taking into account
pulsating pressures due to dynamic loads.
2.3 Relief valves shall be fitted to any part of the hydraulic system which can be isolated and in which pressure can be generated from the power source or from external forces. The setting of the relief valves shall not exceed the design pressure. The valves shall be of adequate size and so arranged as to avoid an undue rise in pressure above the design pressure.
3 The main steering gear and rudder stock shall be: of adequate strength and capable of steering the ship at maximum ahead service speed which shall be demonstrated;
capable of putting the rudder over from 35° on one side to 35° on the other side with the ship at its deepest seagoing draught and running ahead at maximum ahead service speed and, under the same conditions, from 35° on either side to 30° on the other side in not more than 28 s; where it is impractical to demonstrate compliance with this requirement during sea trials with the ship at its deepest seagoing draught and running ahead at the speed corresponding to the number of maximum continuous revolutions of the main engine and maximum design pitch, ships regardless of date of construction may demonstrate compliance with this requirement by one of the following methods: during sea trials the ship is at even keel and the rudder fully submerged whilst running ahead at the speed corresponding to the number of maximum continuous revolutions of the main engine and maximum design pitch; or
where full rudder immersion during sea trials cannot be achieved, an appropriate ahead speed shall be calculated using the submerged rudder blade area in the proposed sea trial loading condition. The calculated ahead speed shall result in a force and torque applied to the main steering gear which is at least as great as if it was being tested with the ship at its deepest seagoing draught and running ahead at the speed corresponding to the number of maximum continuous revolutions of the main engine and maximum design pitch; or
the rudder force and torque at the sea trial loading condition have been reliably predicted and extrapolated to the full load condition. The speed of the ship shall correspond to the number of maximum continuous revolutions of the main engine and maximum design pitch of the propeller;
operated by power where necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph 3.2 and in any case when the Administration requires a rudder stock of over 120 mm diameter in way of the tiller, excluding strengthening for navigation in ice; and
so designed that they will not be damaged at maximum astern speed; however, this design requirement need not be proved by trials at maximum astern speed and maximum rudder angle.
SEE
INTERPRETATIONS 37 AND 38
4 The auxiliary steering gear shall be: of adequate strength and capable of steering the ship at navigable speed and of being brought speedily into action in an emergency;
capable of putting the rudder over from 15° on one side to 15° on the other side in not more than 60 s with the ship at its deepest seagoing draught and running ahead at one half of the maximum ahead service speed or 7 knots, whichever is the greater; where it is impractical to demonstrate compliance with this requirement during sea trials with the ship at its deepest seagoing draught and running ahead at one half of the speed corresponding to the number of maximum continuous revolutions of the main engine and maximum design pitch or 7 knots, whichever is greater,
ships regardless of date of construction, including those constructed before 1 January 2009, may demonstrate compliance with this requirement by one of the following methods:
.3 operated by power where necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph 4.2 and in any case when the Administration requires a rudder stock of over 230 mm diameter in way of the tiller, excluding strengthening for navigation in ice.
SEE
INTERPRETATIONS 37 AND 39
5 Main and auxiliary steering gear power units shall be:
arranged to restart automatically when power is restored after a power failure; and
capable of being brought into operation from a position on the navigation bridge. In the event of a power failure to any one of the steering gear power units, an audible and visual alarm shall be given on the navigation bridge.
6.1 Where the main steering gear comprises two or more identical power units, an auxiliary steering gear need not be fitted, provided that:
SEE
INTERPRETATION 40
6.2 The Administration may, until 1 September 1986, accept the fitting of a steering gear which has a proven record of reliability but does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 6.1.3 for a hydraulic system.
6.3 Steering gears, other than of the hydraulic type, shall achieve standards equivalent to the requirements of this paragraph to the satisfaction of the Administration.
7 Steering gear control shall be provided:
for the main steering gear, both on the navigation bridge and in the steering gear compartment;
where the main steering gear is arranged in
accordance with paragraph 6, by two independent control systems, both operable
from the navigation bridge. This does not require duplication of the steering
wheel or steering lever. Where the control system consists of a hydraulic
telemotor, a second independent system need not be fitted, except in a tanker,
chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards;
.3 for the auxiliary steering gear, in the steering gear compartment and, if power-operated, it shall also be operable from the navigation bridge and shall be independent of the control system for the main steering gear.
8 Any main and auxiliary steering gear control system operable from the navigation bridge shall comply with the following: if electric, it shall be served by its own separate circuit supplied from a steering gear power circuit from a point within the steering gear compartment, or directly from switchboard busbars supplying that steering gear power circuit at a point on the switchboard adjacent to the supply to the steering gear power circuit;
means shall be provided in the steering gear compartment for disconnecting any control system operable from the navigation bridge from the steering gear it serves;
the system shall be capable of being brought into operation from a position on the navigation bridge;
in the event of a failure of electrical power supply to the control system, an audible and visual alarm shall be given on the navigation bridge; and
short circuit protection only shall be provided for steering gear control supply circuits.
9 The electrical power circuits and the steering gear control systems with their associated components, cables and pipes required by this regulation and by regulation 30 shall be separated as far as is practicable throughout their length.
10 A means of communication shall be provided between the navigation bridge and the steering gear compartment.
The angular position of the rudder shall: if the main steering gear is power-operated, be indicated on the navigation bridge. The rudder angle indication shall be independent of the steering gear control system;
be recognizable in the steering gear compartment.
Hydraulic power-operated steering gear shall be provided with the following: arrangements to maintain the cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid taking into consideration the type and design of the hydraulic system;
a low-level alarm for each hydraulic fluid reservoir to give the earliest practicable indication of hydraulic fluid leakage. Audible and visual alarms shall be given on the navigation bridge and in the machinery space where they can be readily observed; and
a fixed storage tank having sufficient capacity to recharge at least one power actuating system including the reservoir, where the main steering gear is required to be power-operated. The storage tank shall be permanently connected by piping in such a manner that the hydraulic systems can be readily recharged from a position within the steering gear compartment and shall be provided with a contents gauge.
The steering gear compartments shall be:
.1 readily accessible and, as far as practicable, separated from machinery spaces; and
.2 provided with suitable arrangements to ensure working access to steering gear machinery and controls. These arrangements shall include handrails and gratings or other nonslip surfaces to ensure suitable working conditions in the event of hydraulic fluid leakage.
14 Where the rudder stock is required to be over 230 mm diameter in way of the tiller, excluding strengthening for navigation in ice, an alternative power supply, sufficient at least to supply the steering gear power unit which complies with the requirements of paragraph 4.2 and also its associated control system and the rudder angle indicator, shall be provided automatically, within 45 s, either from the emergency source of electrical power or from an independent source of power located in the steering gear compartment. This independent source of power shall be used only for this purpose. In every ship of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, the alternative power supply shall have a capacity for at least 30 min of continuous operation and in any other ship for at least 10 min.
SEE INTERPRETATION 41
15 In every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards and in every other ship of 70,000 gross tonnage and upwards, the main steering gear shall comprise two or more identical power units complying with the provisions of paragraph 6.
16 Every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards shall, subject to paragraph 17, comply with the following:
the main steering gear shall be so arranged that in the event of loss of steering capability due to a single failure in any part of one of the power actuating systems of the main steering gear, excluding the tiller, quadrant or components serving the same purpose, or seizure of the rudder actuators, steering capability shall be regained in not more than 45 s after the loss of one power actuating system;
the main steering gear shall comprise either:
17 For tankers, chemical tankers or gas carriers of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, but of less than 100,000 tonnes deadweight, solutions other than those set out in paragraph 16, which need not apply the single failure criterion to the rudder actuator or actuators, may be permitted provided that an equivalent safety standard is achieved and that:
following loss of steering capability due to a single failure of any part of the piping system or in one of the power units, steering capability shall be regained within 45 s; and
where the steering gear includes only a single rudder actuator, special consideration is given to stress analysis for the design including fatigue analysis and fracture mechanics analysis, as appropriate, to the material used, to the installation of sealing arrangements and to testing and inspection and to the provision of effective maintenance. In consideration of the foregoing, the Administration shall adopt regulations which include the provisions of the Guidelines for acceptance of non-duplicated rudder actuators for tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers of 10,000 gross tonnage and above but less than 100,000 tonnes deadweight, adopted by the Organization.[†††††††]
18 For a
tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, but
less than 70,000 tonnes deadweight, the Administration may, until 1 September
1986, accept a steering gear system with a proven record of reliability which
does not comply with the single failure criterion required for a hydraulic
system in paragraph 16.
19 Every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, constructed before 1 September 1984, shall comply, not later than 1 September 1986, with the following:
the requirements of paragraphs 7.1, 8.2, 8.4, 10, 11, 12.2, 12.3 and 13.2;
two independent steering gear control systems shall be provided each of which can be operated from the navigation bridge. This does not require duplication of the steering wheel or steering lever; if the steering gear control system in operation fails, the second system shall be capable of being brought into immediate operation from the navigation bridge; and
each steering gear control system, if electric, shall be served by its own separate circuit supplied
from the steering gear power circuit or directly from switchboard busbars supplying that steering gear power circuit at a point on the switchboard adjacent to the supply to the steering gear power circuit.
20 In addition to the requirements of paragraph 19, in every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 40,000 gross tonnage and upwards, constructed before 1 September 1984, the steering gear shall, not later than 1 September 1988, be so arranged that, in the event of a single failure of the piping or of one of the power units, steering capability can be maintained or the rudder movement can be limited so that steering capability can be speedily regained. This shall be achieved by:
an independent means of restraining the rudder; or
fast-acting valves which may be manually operated to isolate the actuator or actuators from the external hydraulic piping together with a means of directly refilling the actuators by a fixed independent power-operated pump and piping system; or
an arrangement such that, where hydraulic power systems are interconnected, loss of hydraulic fluid from one system shall be detected and the defective system isolated either automatically or from the navigation bridge so that the other system remains fully operational.
Additional requirements for electric and electrohydraulic steering gear
1 Means for indicating that the motors of electric and electrohydraulic steering gear are running shall be installed on the navigation bridge and at a suitable main machinery control position.
2 Each electric or electrohydraulic steering gear comprising one or more power units shall be served by at least two exclusive circuits fed directly from the main switchboard; however, one of the circuits may be supplied through the emergency switchboard. An auxiliary electric or electrohydraulic steering gear associated with a main electric or electrohydraulic steering gear may be connected to one of the circuits supplying this main steering gear. The circuits supplying an electric or electrohydraulic steering gear shall have adequate rating for supplying all motors which can be simultaneously connected to them and may be required to operate simultaneously.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 42
3 Short circuit protection and an overload alarm shall be provided for such circuits and motors. Protection against excess current, including starting current, if provided, shall be for not less than twice the full load current of the motor or circuit so protected, and shall be arranged to permit the passage of the appropriate starting currents. Where a three-phase supply is used an alarm shall be provided that will indicate failure of any one of the supply phases. The alarms required in this paragraph shall be both audible and visual and shall be situated in a conspicuous position in the main machinery space or control room from which the main machinery is normally controlled and as may be required by regulation 51.
4
When
in a ship of less than 1,600 gross tonnage an auxiliary steering gear which is
required by regulation 29.4.3 to be operated by power is not electrically
powered or is powered by an electric motor primarily intended for other
services, the main steering gear may be fed by one circuit from the main
switchboard. Where such an electric motor primarily intended for other services
is arranged to power such an auxiliary steering gear, the requirement of
paragraph 3 may be waived by the Administration if satisfied with the
protection arrangement together with the requirements of regulation 29.5.1 and
.2 and 29.7.3 applicable to auxiliary steering gear.
1 Main and auxiliary machinery essential for the propulsion and safety of the ship shall be provided with effective means for its operation and control.
2 Where remote control of propulsion machinery from the navigation bridge is provided and the machinery spaces are intended to be manned, the following shall apply:
propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixed pitch propellers;
propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers;
an alarm shall be provided on the navigation bridge and in the machinery space to indicate low starting air pressure which shall be set at a level to permit further main engine starting operations. If the remote control system of the propulsion machinery is designed for automatic starting, the number of automatic consecutive attempts which fail to produce a start shall be limited in order to safeguard sufficient starting air pressure for starting locally.
3 Where the main propulsion and associated machinery, including sources of main electrical supply, are provided with various degrees of automatic or remote control and are under continuous manual supervision from a control room the arrangements and controls shall be so designed, equipped and installed that the machinery operation will be as safe and effective as if it were under direct supervision; for this purpose regulations 46 to 50 shall apply as appropriate. Particular consideration shall be given to protect such spaces against fire and flooding.
4 In general, automatic starting, operational and control systems shall include provisions for manually overriding the automatic controls. Failure of any part of such systems shall not prevent the use of the manual override.
5 Ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998 shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 4, as amended, as follows:
.1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixed pitch propellers; and
.2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers;"
6 Ships constructed on or after 1 July 2004 shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 5, as amended, as follows:
.1 a new sub-paragraph .10 is added to paragraph 2 to read as follows:
".10 automation systems shall be designed in a manner which ensures that threshold warning of impending or imminent slowdown or shutdown of the propulsion system is given to the officer in charge of the navigational watch in time to assess navigational circumstances in an emergency. In particular, the systems shall control, monitor, report, alert and take safety action to slow down or stop propulsion while providing the officer in charge of the navigational watch an opportunity to manually intervene, except for those cases where manual intervention will result in total failure of the engine and/or propulsion equipment within a short time, for example in the case of overspeed."
Steam boilers and boiler feed systems
1 Every steam boiler and every unfired steam generator shall be provided with not less than two safety valves of adequate capacity. However, having regard to the output or any other features of any boiler or unfired steam generator, the Administration may permit only one safety valve to be fitted if it is satisfied that adequate protection against overpressure is thereby provided.
2 Each oil-fired boiler which is intended to operate without manual supervision shall have safety arrangements which shut off the fuel supply and give an alarm in the case of low water level, air supply failure or flame failure.
3 Water tube boilers serving turbine propulsion machinery shall be fitted with a high water level alarm.
4 Every steam generating system which provides services essential for the safety of the ship, or which could be rendered dangerous by the failure of its feedwater supply, shall be provided with not less than two separate feedwater systems from and including the feed pumps, noting that a single penetration of the steam drum is acceptable. Unless overpressure is prevented by the pump characteristics, means shall be provided which will prevent overpressure in any part of the systems.
5 Boilers shall be provided with means to supervise and control the quality of the feedwater. Suitable arrangements shall be provided to preclude, as far as practicable, the entry of oil or other contaminants which may adversely affect the boiler.
6 Every boiler essential for the safety of the ship and designed to contain water at a specified level shall be provided with at least two means for indicating its water level, at least one of which shall be a direct reading gauge glass.
Steam pipe systems
1 Every steam pipe and every fitting connected thereto through which steam may pass shall be so designed, constructed and installed as to withstand the maximum working stresses to which it may be subjected.
2 Means shall be provided for draining every steam pipe in which dangerous water hammer action might otherwise occur.
3 If a steam pipe or fitting may receive steam from any source at a higher pressure than that for which it is designed a suitable reducing valve, relief valve and pressure gauge shall be fitted.
1 In every ship means shall be provided to prevent overpressure in any part of compressed air systems and wherever water jackets or casings of air compressors and coolers might be subjected to dangerous overpressure due to leakage into them from air pressure parts. Suitable pressure relief arrangements shall be provided for all systems.
2 The main starting air arrangements for main propulsion internal combustion engines shall be adequately protected against the effects of backfiring and internal explosion in the starting air pipes.
3 All discharge pipes from starting air compressors shall lead directly to the starting air receivers, and all starting pipes from the air receivers to main or auxiliary engines shall be entirely separate from the compressor discharge pipe system.
4 Provision shall be made to reduce to a minimum the entry of oil into the air pressure systems and to drain these systems.
Ventilating systems in machinery spaces
Machinery spaces of category A shall be
adequately ventilated so as to ensure that when machinery or boilers therein
are operating at full power in all weather conditions including heavy weather,
an adequate supply of air is maintained to the spaces for the safety and
comfort of personnel and the operation of the machinery. Any other machinery
space shall be adequately ventilated appropriate for the purpose of that
machinery space.
1 This regulation applies to ships constructed on or after 1 January 2009.
2 Passenger ships and cargo ships
2.1 An efficient bilge pumping system shall be provided, capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment other than a space permanently appropriated for the carriage of fresh water, water ballast, oil fuel or liquid cargo and for which other efficient means of pumping are provided, under all practical conditions. Efficient means shall be provided for draining water from insulated holds.
2.2 Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.
2.3 All bilge pipes used in or under coal bunkers or fuel storage tanks or in boiler or machinery spaces, including spaces in which oil-settling tanks or oil fuel pumping units are situated, shall be of steel or other suitable material.
2.4 The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be such as to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from one compartment to another. Provision shall be made to prevent any deep tank having bilge and ballast connections being inadvertently flooded from the sea when containing cargo, or being discharged through a bilge pump when containing water ballast.
2.5 All distribution boxes and manually operated valves in connection with the bilge pumping arrangements shall be in positions which are accessible under ordinary circumstances.
2.6 Provision shall be made for the drainage of enclosed cargo spaces situated on the bulkhead deck of a passenger ship and on the freeboard deck of a cargo ship, provided that the Administration may permit the means of drainage to be dispensed with in any particular compartment of any ship or class of ship if it is satisfied that by reason of size or internal subdivision of those spaces the safety of the ship is not thereby impaired. For ships subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1, for the special hazards associated with loss of stability when fitted with fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing systems refer to regulation 11-2/20.6.1.4.
2.6.1 Where the freeboard to the bulkhead deck or the freeboard deck, respectively, is such that the deck edge is immersed when the ship heels more than 5°, the drainage shall be by means of a sufficient number of scuppers of suitable size discharging directly overboard, fitted in accordance with the requirements of regulation 15 in the case of a passenger ship and the requirements for scuppers, inlets and discharges of the International Convention on Load Lines in force in the case of a cargo ship.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 43
2.6.2 Where the freeboard is such that the edge of the bulkhead deck or the edge of the freeboard deck, respectively, is immersed when the ship heels 5° or less, the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces on the bulkhead deck or on the freeboard deck, respectively, shall be led to a suitable space, or spaces, of adequate capacity, having a high water level alarm and provided with suitable arrangements for discharge overboard. In addition it shall be ensured that:
2.6.3 Provisions for the drainage of closed vehicle and ro-ro spaces and special category spaces shall also comply with regulations 11-2/20.6.1.4 and 11-2/20.6.1.5.
3.1 The bilge pumping system required by paragraph 2.1 shall be capable of operation under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions shall generally be fitted except in narrow compartments at the end of the ship where one suction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additional suctions may be required. Arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Where, for particular compartments, the Administration is satisfied that the provision of drainage may be undesirable, it may allow such provision to be dispensed with if calculations made in accordance with the conditions laid down in regulations 7 and 8 show that the survival capability of the ship will not be impaired.
3.2 At least three power pumps shall be fitted connected to the bilge main, one of which may be driven by the propulsion machinery. Where the bilge pump numeral is 30 or more, one additional independent power pump shall be provided.
The bilge pump numeral shall be calculated as follows:
when P} is greater than P: bilge pump numeral = 72 •
bilge pump numeral = 72 • (
the length of the ship (metres), as defined in regulation 2;
the volume of the machinery space (cubic metres), as defined in regulation 2, that is below the bulkhead deck; with the addition thereto of the volume of any permanent oil fuel bunkers which may be situated above the inner bottom and forward of, or abaft, the machinery space; the whole volume of the passenger and crew spaces below the bulkhead deck (cubic metres) which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers and crew, excluding baggage, store and provision rooms;
the whole volume of the ship below the bulkhead deck (cubic metres);
KN,
where:
N = the number of passengers for which the ship is to be certified; and
K = 0.056L
However, where the value of KN is greater than the sum of P and the whole volume of the actual passenger spaces above the bulkhead deck, the figure to be taken as P> is that sum or two-thirds KN, whichever is the greater.
3.3 Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separate watertight compartments and so arranged or situated that these compartments will not be flooded by the same damage. If the main propulsion machinery, auxiliary machinery and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the pumps available for bilge service shall be distributed as far as is possible throughout these compartments.
3.4 On a ship of 91.5 m in length L and upwards or having a bilge pump numeral, calculated in accordance with paragraph 3.2, of 30 or more, the arrangements shall be such that at least one power bilge pump shall be available for use in all flooding conditions which the ship is required to withstand, and, for ships subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1, in all flooding conditions derived from consideration of minor damages as specified in regulation 8 as follows:
one of the required bilge pumps shall be an emergency pump of a reliable submersible type having a source of power situated above the bulkhead deck; or
the bilge pumps and their sources of power shall be so distributed throughout the length of the ship that at least one pump in an undamaged compartment will be available.
3.5 With the exception of additional pumps which may be provided for peak compartments only, each required bilge pump shall be so arranged as to draw water from any space required to be drained by paragraph 2.1.
3.6 Each power bilge pump shall be capable of pumping water through the required main bilge pipe at a speed of not less than 2 m/s. Independent power bilge pumps situated in machinery spaces shall have direct suctions from these spaces, except that not more than two such suctions shall be required in any one space. Where two or more such suctions are provided, there shall be at least one on each side of the ship. The Administration may require independent power bilge pumps situated in other spaces to have separate direct suctions. Direct suctions shall be suitably arranged and those in a machinery space shall be of a diameter not less than that required for the bilge main.
3.7.1 In addition to the direct bilge suction or suctions required by paragraph 3.6, a direct suction from the main circulating pump leading to the drainage level of the machinery space and fitted with a non-return valve shall be provided in the machinery space. The diameter of this direct suction pipe shall be at least two thirds of the diameter of the pump inlet in the case of steamships, and of the same diameter as the pump inlet in the case of motorships.
3.7.2 Where, in the opinion of the Administration, the main circulating pump is not suitable for this purpose, a direct emergency bilge suction shall be led from the largest available independent power-driven pump to the drainage level of the machinery space; the suction shall be of the same diameter as the main inlet of the pump used. The capacity of the pump so connected shall exceed that of a required bilge pump by an amount deemed satisfactory by the Administration.
3.7.3 The spindles of the sea inlet and direct suction valves shall extend well above the engine-room platform.
3.8 All bilge suction piping up to the connection to the pumps shall be independent of other piping.
3.9 The diameter d of the bilge main shall be calculated according to the following formula. However, the actual internal diameter of the bilge main may be rounded off to the nearest standard size acceptable to the Administration:
d= 25 + 1.68>JL(B + D) where:
d is the internal diameter of the bilge main (millimetres);
L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship (metres) as defined in regulation 2; and
D is the moulded depth of the ship to the bulkhead deck (metres) provided that, in a ship having an enclosed cargo space on the bulkhead deck which is internally drained in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 2.6.2 and which extends for the full length of the ship, D shall be measured to the next deck above the bulkhead deck. Where the enclosed cargo spaces cover a lesser length, D shall be taken as the moulded depth to the bulkhead deck plus Ih/L where I and h are the aggregate length and height, respectively, of the enclosed cargo spaces (metres). The diameter of the bilge branch pipes shall meet the requirements of the Administration.
3.10 Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction pipe being flooded in the event of the pipe being severed or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other compartment. For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated nearer the side of the ship than one fifth of the breadth of the ship (as defined in regulation 2 and measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line), or is in a duct keel, a non-return valve shall be fitted to the pipe in the compartment containing the open end. For ships subject to the provisions of regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1, the deepest subdivision load line shall be taken as the deepest subdivision draught.
3.11
Distribution
boxes, cocks and valves in connection with the bilge pumping system shall be so
arranged that, in the event of flooding, one of the bilge pumps may be
operative on any compartment; in addition, damage to a pump or its pipe
connecting to the bilge main outboard of a line drawn at one fifth of the
breadth of the ship shall not put the bilge system out of action. If there is
only one system of pipes common to all the pumps, the necessary valves for
controlling the bilge suctions must be capable of being operated from
above the bulkhead deck. Where, in addition to the main bilge pumping system, an emergency bilge pumping system is provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged that a pump is capable of operating on any compartment under flooding condition as specified in paragraph 3.1; in that case only the valves necessary for the operation of the emergency system need be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck.
3.12 All cocks and valves referred to in paragraph 3.11 which can be operated from above the bulkhead deck shall have their controls at their place of operation clearly marked and shall be provided with means to indicate whether they are open or closed.
At least two power pumps connected to the main bilge system shall be provided, one of which may be driven by the propulsion machinery. If the Administration is satisfied that the safety of the ship is not impaired, bilge pumping arrangements may be dispensed with in particular compartments.
Regulation 37
Communication between navigation bridge and machinery space
1 At least two independent means shall be provided for communicating orders from the navigation bridge to the position in the machinery space or in the control room from which the engines are normally controlled: one of these shall be an engine-room telegraph which provides visual indication of the orders and responses both in the machinery space and on the navigation bridge. Appropriate means of communication shall be provided to any other positions from which the engines may be controlled.
2 For ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994 the following requirements apply in lieu of the provisions of paragraph 1:
At least two independent means shall be provided for communicating orders from the navigation bridge to the position in the machinery space or in the control room from which the speed and direction of thrust of the propellers are normally controlled; one of these shall be an engine-room telegraph which provides visual indication of the orders and responses both in the machinery spaces and on the navigation bridge. Appropriate means of communication shall be provided from the navigation bridge and the engine-room to any other position from which the speed or direction of thrust of the propellers may be controlled.
An engineers' alarm shall be provided to be operated from the engine control room or at the manoeuvring platform as appropriate, and shall be clearly audible in the engineers' accommodation.
Location of emergency installations in passenger ships
Emergency sources of electrical power, fire
pumps, bilge pumps except those specifically serving the spaces forward of the
collision bulkhead, any fixed fire-extinguishing system required by chapter
11-2 and other emergency installations which are essential for the safety of
the ship, except anchor windlasses, shall not be installed forward of the
collision bulkhead.
(Except where expressly provided otherwise part D applies to passenger ships and cargo ships)
SEE INTERPRETATION 44
1 Electrical installations shall be such that:
2 The Administration shall take appropriate steps to ensure uniformity in the implementation and application of the provisions of this part in respect of electrical 1051311311005/
Main source of electrical power and lighting systems
SEE
INTERPRETATION 44
1.1 A main source of electrical power of sufficient capacity to supply all those services mentioned in regulation 40.1.1 shall be provided. This main source of electrical power shall consist of at least two generating sets.
1.2 The capacity of these generating sets shall be such that in the event of any one generating set being stopped it will still be possible to supply those services necessary to provide normal operational conditions of propulsion and safety. Minimum comfortable conditions of habitability shall also be ensured which include at least adequate services for cooking, heating, domestic refrigeration, mechanical ventilation, sanitary and fresh water.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 45
1.3 The arrangements of the ship's main source of electrical power shall be such that the services referred to in regulation 40.1.1 can be maintained regardless of the speed and direction of rotation of the propulsion machinery or shafting.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 46
1.4 In addition, the generating sets shall be such as to ensure that with any one generator or its primary source of power out of operation, the remaining generating sets shall be capable of providing the electrical services necessary to start the main propulsion plant from a dead ship condition. The emergency source of
* Refer
to the recommendations published by the International Electrotechnical
Commission and, in particular, publication IEC 60092, Electrical
installations in ships.
electrical power may be used for the purpose of starting from a dead ship condition if its capability either alone or combined with that of any other source of electrical power is sufficient to provide at the same time those services required to be supplied by regulations 42.2.1 to 42.2.3 or 43.2.1 to 43.2.4.
1.5 Where transformers constitute an essential part of the electrical supply system required by this paragraph, the system shall be so arranged as to ensure the same continuity of the supply as is stated in this paragraph.
1 .1 A main electric lighting system which shall provide illumination throughout those parts of the ship normally accessible to and used by passengers or crew shall be supplied from the main source of electrical power.
2 .2 The arrangement of the main electric lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the main switchboard and the main lighting switchboard, will not render the emergency electric lighting system required by regulations 42.2.1 and 42.2.2 or 43.2.1, 43.2.2 and 43.2.3 inoperative.
3 .3 The arrangement of the emergency electric lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the emergency switchboard and the emergency lighting switchboard will not render the main electric lighting system required by this regulation inoperative.
4 The main switchboard shall be so placed relative to one main generating station that, as far as is practicable, the integrity of the normal electrical supply may be affected only by a fire or other casualty in one space. An environmental enclosure for the main switchboard, such as may be provided by a machinery control room situated within the main boundaries of the space, is not to be considered as separating the switchboards from the generators.
5 Where the total installed electrical power of the main generating sets is in excess of 3 MW, the main busbars shall be subdivided into at least two parts which shall normally be connected by removable links or other approved means; so far as is practicable, the connection of generating sets and any other duplicated equipment shall be equally divided between the parts. Equivalent arrangements may be permitted to the satisfaction of the Administration.
6 Ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998:
.1 in addition to paragraphs 1 to 3, shall comply with the following:
.1 where the main source of electrical power is necessary for propulsion and steering of the ship, the system shall be so arranged that the electrical supply to equipment necessary for propulsion and steering and to ensure safety of the ship will be maintained or immediately restored in the case of loss of any one of the generators in service;
SEE
INTERPRETATION 47
.2 load shedding or other equivalent arrangements shall be provided to protect the generators required by this regulation against sustained overload;
SEE
INTERPRETATION 48
.3 where the main source of electrical power is necessary for propulsion of the ship, the main busbar shall be subdivided into at least two parts which shall normally be connected by circuit breakers or other approved means; so far as is practicable, the connection of generating sets and other duplicated equipment shall be equally divided between the parts; and
SEE
INTERPRETATION 49
.2 need not comply with paragraph 4.
6 In passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2010, supplementary lighting shall be provided in all cabins to clearly indicate the exit so that occupants will be able to find their way to the door. Such lighting, which may be connected to an emergency source of power or have a self-contained source of electrical
power in each cabin, shall automatically illuminate when power to the normal cabin lighting is lost and remain on for a minimum of 30 min.
Emergency source of electrical power in passenger ships
SEE
INTERPRETATION 50
(Paragraphs 2.6.1 and 4.2 of this regulation apply to ships constructed on or after 1 February 1992)
1.1 A self-contained emergency source of electrical power shall be provided.
1.2 The emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, transitional source of emergency power, emergency switchboard and emergency lighting switchboard shall be located above the uppermost continuous deck and shall be readily accessible from the open deck. They shall not be located forward of the collision bulkhead.
1.3 The location of the emergency source of electrical power and associated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency power, the emergency switchboard and the emergency electric lighting switchboards in relation to the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard shall be such as to ensure to the satisfaction of the Administration that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard or in any machinery space of category A will not interfere with the supply, control and distribution of emergency electrical power. As far as practicable, the space containing the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency electrical power and the emergency switchboard shall not be contiguous to the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A or those spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, or the main switchboard.
1.4 Provided that suitable measures are taken for safeguarding independent emergency operation under all circumstances, the emergency generator may be used exceptionally, and for short periods, to supply non-emergency circuits.
1.5 The electrical power available shall be sufficient to supply all those services that are essential for safety in an emergency, due regard being paid to such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. The emergency source of electrical power shall be capable, having regard to starting currents and the transitory nature of certain loads, of supplying simultaneously at least the following services for the periods specified hereinafter, if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation:
2.1 For a period of 36 h, emergency lighting:
2.2 For a period of 36 h:
the navigation lights and other lights required by the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force; and
on ships constructed on or after 1 February 1995, the VHF radio installation required by regulation IV/7.1.1 and IV/7.1.2; and, if applicable:
the MF radio installation required by regulations IV/9.1.1, IV/9.1.2, IV/10.1.2 and IV/10.1.3;
the ship earth station required by regulation IV/10.1.1; and
the MF/HF radio installation required by regulations IV/11.1.1 and IV/11.1.2.
2.3 For a period of 36 h:
all internal communication equipment required in an emergency;
the shipborne navigational equipment as required by regulation V/19; where such provision is unreasonable or impracticable the Administration may waive this requirement for ships of less than 5,000 gross tonnage;
the fire detection and fire alarm system, and the fire door holding and release system; and
for intermittent operation of the daylight signalling lamp, the ship's whistle, the manually operated call points, and all internal signals that are required in an emergency;
unless such services have an independent supply for the period of 36 h from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.
2.4 For a period of 36 h:
one of the fire pumps required by regulations 11-2/10.2.2.2 and 11-2/10.2.2.3;
the automatic sprinkler pump, if any; and
the emergency bilge pump and all the equipment essential for the operation of electrically powered remote controlled bilge valves.
2.5 For the period of time required by regulation 29.14 the steering gear if required to be so supplied by that regulation.
2.6 For a period of half an hour:
.1 any watertight doors required by regulation 15 to be power-operated together with their indicators and warning signals;
.2 the emergency arrangements to bring the lift cars to deck level for the escape of persons. The passenger lift cars may be brought to deck level sequentially in an emergency.
2.7 In a ship engaged regularly on voyages of short duration, the Administration if satisfied that an adequate standard of safety would be attained may accept a lesser period than the 36 h period specified in paragraphs 2.1 to 2.4 but not less than 12 h.
3 The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generator or an accumulator battery, which shall comply with the following:
3.1 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shall be:
driven by a suitable prime mover with an independent supply of fuel having a flashpoint (closed-cup test) of not less than 43°C;
started automatically upon failure of the
electrical supply from the main source of electrical power and shall be
automatically connected to the emergency switchboard; those services referred
to in paragraph 4 shall then be transferred automatically to the emergency
generating set. The automatic starting system and the characteristic of the
prime mover shall be such as to permit the emergency generator to carry its
full rated load as quickly as is safe and practicable, subject to a maximum of
45 s; unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generating
set is provided,
the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automatic starting system; and
.3 provided with a transitional source of emergency electrical power according to paragraph 4.
3.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is an accumulator battery, it shall be capable of:
3.3 The following provisions in paragraph 3.1.2 shall not apply to ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994: Unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generating set is provided, the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automatic starting system.
3.4 For ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998, where electrical power is necessary to restore propulsion, the capacity shall be sufficient to restore propulsion to the ship in conjunction with other machinery, as appropriate, from a dead ship condition within 30 min after blackout.
4 The transitional source of emergency electrical power required by paragraph 3.1.3 shall consist of an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency which shall operate without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within 12% above or below its nominal voltage and be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to supply automatically in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power at least the following services, if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation:
4.1 For half an hour:
.1 the lighting required by paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2;
.2 all services required by paragraphs 2.3.1, 2.3.3 and 2.3.4 unless such services have an independent supply for the period specified from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.
4.2 Power to operate the watertight doors, as required by regulation 13.6.3.3, but not necessarily all of them simultaneously, unless an independent temporary source of stored energy is provided. Power to the control, indication and alarm circuits as required by regulation 13.6.2 for half an hour.
5.1 The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicable to the emergency source of electrical power.
5.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shall be located in the same space unless the operation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.
5.3 No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this regulation shall be installed in the same space as the emergency switchboard. An indicator shall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard or in the machinery control room to indicate when the batteries constituting either the emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source of emergency electrical power referred to in paragraph 3.1.3 or 4 are being discharged.
5.4 The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during normal operation from the main switchboard by an interconnector feeder which is to be adequately protected at the main switchboard against overload and short circuit and which is to be disconnected automatically at the emergency switchboard upon failure of the main source of electrical power. Where the system is arranged for feedback operation, the interconnector feeder is also to be protected at the emergency switchboard at least against short circuit.
5.5
In
order to ensure ready availability of the emergency source of electrical power,
arrangements shall be made where necessary to disconnect automatically
non-emergency circuits from the emergency switchboard to ensure that power
shall be available to the emergency circuits.
6 The emergency generator and its prime mover and any emergency accumulator battery shall be so designed and arranged as to ensure that they will function at full rated power when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angle of list up to 22.5° or when inclined up to 10° either in the fore or aft direction, or is in any combination of angles within those limits.
7 Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the complete emergency system and shall include the testing of automatic starting arrangements.
Supplementary emergency lighting for ro-ro passenger ships
(This regulation applies to all passenger ships with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined in regulation IT2/3, except that for ships constructed before 22 October 1989, this regulation shall apply not later than 22 October 1990)
1 In addition to the emergency lighting required by regulation 42.2, on every passenger ship with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined in regulation 11-2/3:
.1 all passenger public spaces and alleyways shall be provided with supplementary electric lighting that can operate for at least 3 h when all other sources of electrical power have failed and under any condition of heel. The illumination provided shall be such that the approach to the means of escape can be readily seen. The source of power for the supplementary lighting shall consist of accumulator batteries located within the lighting units that are continuously charged, where practicable, from the emergency switchboard. Alternatively, any other means of lighting which is at least as effective may be accepted by the Administration. The supplementary lighting shall be such that any failure of the lamp will be immediately apparent. Any accumulator battery provided shall be replaced at intervals having regard to the specified service life in the ambient conditions that they are subject to in service; and
.2 a portable rechargeable battery operated lamp shall be provided in every crew space alleyway, recreational space and every working space which is normally occupied unless supplementary emergency lighting, as required by sub-paragraph .1, is provided.
Emergency source of electrical power in cargo ships
SEE
INTERPRETATION 50
1.1 A self-contained emergency source of electrical power shall be provided.
1.2 The emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, transitional source of emergency power, emergency switchboard and emergency lighting switchboard shall be located above the uppermost continuous deck and shall be readily accessible from the open deck. They shall not be located forward of the collision bulkhead, except where permitted by the Administration in exceptional circumstances.
1.3
The
location of the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming
equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency power, the emergency
switchboard and the emergency lighting switchboard in relation to the main
source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the
main switchboard shall be such as to ensure to the satisfaction of the
Administration that a fire or other casualty in the space containing the main
source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the
main switchboard, or in any machinery space of category A will not interfere
with the supply, control and distribution of emergency electrical power. As far
as practicable the space containing the emergency source of electrical power,
associated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency
electrical power and the emergency switchboard shall not be contiguous to the
boundaries of machinery spaces of category A or those spaces containing the
main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and
the main switchboard.
1.4 Provided that suitable measures are taken for safeguarding independent emergency operation under all circumstances, the emergency generator may be used, exceptionally, and for short periods, to supply non-emergency circuits.
1.1 The electrical power available shall be sufficient to supply all those services that are essential for safety in an emergency, due regard being paid to such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. The emergency source of electrical power shall be capable, having regard to starting currents and the transitory nature of certain loads, of supplying simultaneously at least the following services for the periods specified hereinafter, if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation:
1.2 For a period of 3 h, emergency lighting at every muster and embarkation station and over the sides as required by regulations 111/11.4 and 111/16.7.
1.3 For a period of 18 h, emergency lighting:
2.6.2 In a ship engaged regularly in voyages of short duration, the Administration if satisfied that an adequate standard of safety would be attained may accept a lesser period than the 18 h period specified in paragraphs 2.2 to 2.5 but not less than 12 h.
3 The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generator or an accumulator battery, which shall comply with the following:
3.1 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shall be: driven by a suitable prime mover with an independent supply of fuel, having a flashpoint (closed-cup test) of not less than 43°C;
started automatically upon failure of the main source of electrical power supply unless a transitional source of emergency electrical power in accordance with paragraph 3.1.3 is provided; where the emergency generator is automatically started, it shall be automatically connected to the emergency switchboard; those services referred to in paragraph 4 shall then be connected automatically to the emergency generator; and unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generator is provided the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automatic starting system; and
provided with a transitional source of emergency electrical power as specified in paragraph 4 unless an emergency generator is provided capable both of supplying the services mentioned in that paragraph and of being automatically started and supplying the required load as quickly as is safe and practicable subject to a maximum of 45 s.
3.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is an accumulator battery it shall be capable of:
3.3 The following provision in paragraph 3.1.2 shall not apply to ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994:
Unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generating set is provided, the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automatic starting system.
3.4 For ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998, where electrical power is necessary to restore propulsion, the capacity shall be sufficient to restore propulsion to the ship in conjunction with other machinery, as appropriate, from a dead ship condition within 30 min after blackout.
4 The transitional source of emergency electrical power where required by paragraph 3.1.3 shall consist of an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency which shall operate without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within 12% above or below its nominal voltage and be of sufficient capacity and shall be so arranged as to supply automatically in the event of failure of either the main or the emergency source of electrical power for half an hour at least the following services if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation:
the lighting required by paragraphs 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.1. For this transitional phase, the required emergency electric lighting, in respect of the machinery space and accommodation and service spaces may be provided by permanently fixed, individual, automatically charged, relay operated accumulator lamps; and
all services required by paragraphs 2.4.1, 2.4.3 and 2.4.4 unless such services have an independent supply for the period specified from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.
5.1
The
emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicable to the
emergency source of electrical power.
5.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shall be located in the same space unless the operation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.
5.3 No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this regulation shall be installed in the same space as the emergency switchboard. An indicator shall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard or in the machinery control room to indicate when the batteries constituting either the emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source of electrical power referred to in paragraph 3.2 or 4 are being discharged.
5.4 The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during normal operation from the main switchboard by an interconnector feeder which is to be adequately protected at the main switchboard against overload and short circuit and which is to be disconnected automatically at the emergency switchboard upon failure of the main source of electrical power. Where the system is arranged for feedback operation, the interconnector feeder is also to be protected at the emergency switchboard at least against short circuit.
5.5 In order to ensure ready availability of the emergency source of electrical power, arrangements shall be made where necessary to disconnect automatically non-emergency circuits from the emergency switchboard to ensure that electrical power shall be available automatically to the emergency circuits.
6 The emergency generator and its prime mover and any emergency accumulator battery shall be so designed and arranged as to ensure that they will function at full rated power when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angle of list up to 22.5° or when inclined up to 10c either in the fore or aft direction, or is in any combination of angles within those limits.
7 Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the complete emergency system and shall include the testing of automatic starting arrangements.
Starting arrangements for emergency generating sets
1 Emergency generating sets shall be capable of being readily started in their cold condition at a temperature of 0°C. If this is impracticable, or if lower temperatures are likely to be encountered, provision acceptable to the Administration shall be made for the maintenance of heating arrangements, to ensure ready starting of the generating sets.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 51
2 Each emergency generating set arranged to be automatically started shall be equipped with starting devices approved by the Administration with a stored energy capability of at least three consecutive starts. A second source of energy shall be provided for an additional three starts within 30 min unless manual starting can be demonstrated to be effective.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 52
3 .1 Ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994, in lieu of the provision of the second sentence of paragraph 2, shall comply with the following requirements:
The source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude critical depletion by the automatic starting system, unless a second independent means of starting is provided. In addition, a second source of energy shall be provided for an additional three starts within 30 min unless manual starting can be demonstrated to be effective.
3 The stored energy shall be maintained at all times, as follows:
.1 electrical and hydraulic starting systems shall be maintained from the emergency switchboard;
.2 compressed
air starting systems may be maintained by the main or auxiliary compressed air
receivers through a suitable non-return valve or by an emergency air compressor
which, if electrically driven, is supplied from the emergency switchboard;
.3 all of these starting, charging and energy storing devices shall be located in the emergency generator space; these devices are not to be used for any purpose other than the operation of the emergency generating set. This does not preclude the supply to the air receiver of the emergency generating set from the main or auxiliary compressed air system through the non-return valve fitted in the emergency generator space.
4.1 Where automatic starting is not required, manual starting is permissible, such as manual cranking, inertia starters, manually charged hydraulic accumulators, or powder charge cartridges, where they can be demonstrated as being effective.
4.2 When manual starting is not practicable, the requirements of paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be complied with except that starting may be manually initiated.
Precautions against shock, fire and other hazards of electrical origin
(Paragraphs 10 and 11 of this regulation apply to ships constructed on or after 1 January 2007)
1.1 Exposed metal parts of electrical machines or equipment which are not intended to be live but which are liable under fault conditions to become live shall be earthed unless the machines or equipment are:
1.2 The Administration may require additional precautions for portable electrical equipment for use in confined or exceptionally damp spaces where particular risks due to conductivity may exist.
1.3 All electrical apparatus shall be so constructed and so installed as not to cause injury when handled or touched in the normal manner.
2 Main and emergency switchboards shall be so arranged as to give easy access as may be needed to apparatus and equipment, without danger to personnel. The sides and the rear and, where necessary, the front of switchboards shall be suitably guarded. Exposed live parts having voltages to earth exceeding a voltage to be specified by the Administration shall not be installed on the front of such switchboards. Where necessary, non-conducting mats or gratings shall be provided at the front and rear of the switchboard.
3.1 The hull return system of distribution shall not be used for any purpose in a tanker, or for power, heating, or lighting in any other ship of 1,600 gross tonnage and upwards.
3.2 The requirement of paragraph 3.1 does not preclude under conditions approved by the Administration the use of:
3.2.1 For ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994, the requirement of paragraph 3.1 does not preclude the use of limited and locally earthed systems, provided that any possible resulting current does not flow directly through any dangerous spaces.
3.3
Where
the hull return system is used, all final subcircuits, i.e. all circuits fitted
after the last protective device, shall be two-wire and special precautions
shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.
4.1 Earthed distribution systems shall not be used in a tanker. The Administration may exceptionally permit in a tanker the earthing of the neutral for alternating current power networks of 3,000 V (line to line) and over, provided that any possible resulting current does not flow directly through any of the dangerous spaces.
4.2 When a distribution system, whether primary or secondary, for power, heating or lighting, with no connection to earth is used, a device capable of continuously monitoring the insulation level to earth and of giving an audible or visual indication of abnormally low insulation values shall be provided.
4.3 Ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994, in lieu of the provisions of paragraph 4.1, shall comply with the following requirements:
Except as permitted by paragraph 4.3.2, earthed distribution systems shall not be used in a tanker.
The requirement of paragraph 4.3.1 does not preclude the use of earthed intrinsically safe circuits and in addition, under conditions approved by the Administration, the use of the following earthed systems:
5.1 Except as permitted by the Administration in exceptional circumstances, all metal sheaths and armour of cables shall be electrically continuous and shall be earthed.
5.2 All electric cables and wiring external to equipment shall be at least of a flame-retardant type and shall be so installed as not to impair their original flame-retarding properties. Where necessary for particular applications the Administration may permit the use of special types of cables such as radio frequency cables, which do not comply with the foregoing.
5.3 Cables and wiring serving essential or emergency power, lighting, internal communications or signals shall so far as practicable be routed clear of galleys, laundries, machinery spaces of category A and their casings and other high fire risk areas. In ro-ro passenger ships, cabling for emergency alarms and public address systems installed on or after 1 July 1998 shall be approved by the Administration having regard to the recommendations developed by the Organization.' Cables connecting fire pumps to the emergency switchboard shall be of a fire-resistant type where they pass through high fire risk areas. Where practicable all such cables should be run in such a manner as to preclude their being rendered unserviceable by heating of the bulkheads that may be caused by a fire in an adjacent space.
5.4 Where cables which are installed in hazardous areas introduce the risk of fire or explosion in the event of an electrical fault in such areas, special precautions against such risks shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.
5.5 Cables and wiring shall be installed and supported in such a manner as to avoid chafing or other damage.
5.6 Terminations and joints in all conductors shall be so made as to retain the original electrical, mechanical, flame-retarding and, where necessary, fire-resisting properties of the cable.
1 .1 Each separate circuit shall be protected against short circuit and against overload, except as permitted in regulations 29 and 30 or where the Administration may exceptionally otherwise permit.
2 .2 The rating or appropriate setting of the overload protective device for each circuit shall be permanently indicated at the location of the protective device.
Refer
to Recommendation on performance standards for public
address systems on passenger ships, including cabling (MSC/Circ.808).
7 Lighting fittings shall be so arranged as to prevent temperature rises which could damage the cables and wiring, and to prevent surrounding material from becoming excessively hot.
8 All lighting and power circuits terminating in a bunker or cargo space shall be provided with a multiplepole switch outside the space for disconnecting such circuits.
9.1 Accumulator batteries shall be suitably housed, and compartments used primarily fortheir accommodation shall be properly constructed and efficiently ventilated.
9.2 Electrical or other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted in these compartments except as permitted in paragraph 10.
9.3 Accumulator batteries shall not be located in sleeping quarters except where hermetically sealed to the satisfaction of the Administration.
10 No electrical equipment shall be installed in any space where flammable mixtures are liable to collect, e.g. in compartments assigned principally to accumulator batteries, in paint lockers, acetylene stores or similar spaces, unless the Administration is satisfied that such equipment is:
11 In tankers, electrical equipment, cables and wiring shall not be installed in hazardous locations unless it conforms with standards not inferior to those acceptable to the Organization. However, for locations not covered by such standards, electrical equipment, cables and wiring which do not conform to the standards may be installed in hazardous locations based on a risk assessment to the satisfaction of the Administration, to ensure that an equivalent level of safety is assured.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 53
12 In a passenger ship, distribution systems shall be so arranged that fire in any main vertical zone as is defined in regulation II-2/3.32 will not interfere with services essential for safety in any other such zone. This requirement will be met if main and emergency feeders passing through any such zone are separated both vertically and horizontally as widely as is practicable.
* Refer to the standards published by the International Electrotechnical Commission, and in particular IEC 60092-502:1999, Electrical installations in ships - Tankers.
Additional
requirements for periodically unattended machinery spaces
(Part E applies to cargo ships except that regulation 54 refers to passenger ships)
1 The arrangements provided shall be such as to ensure that the safety of the ship in all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring, is equivalent to that of a ship having the machinery spaces manned.
2 Measures shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration to ensure that the equipment is functioning in a reliable manner and that satisfactory arrangements are made for regular inspections and routine tests to ensure continuous reliable operation.
3 Every ship shall be provided with documentary evidence, to the satisfaction of the Administration, of its fitness to operate with periodically unattended machinery spaces.
1 Means shall be provided to detect and give alarms at an early stage in case of fires:
.1 in boiler air supply casings and exhausts (uptakes); and
.2 in scavenging air belts of propulsion machinery, unless the Administration considers this to be unnecessary in a particular case.
2 Internal combustion engines of 2,250 kW and above or having cylinders of more than 300 mm bore shall be provided with crankcase oil mist detectors or engine bearing temperature monitors or equivalent devices.
1 Bilge wells in periodically unattended machinery spaces shall be located and monitored in such a way that the accumulation of liquids is detected at normal angles of trim and heel, and shall be large enough to accommodate easily the normal drainage during the unattended period.
2
Where the
bilge pumps are capable of being started automatically, means shall be provided
to indicate when the influx of liquid is greater than the pump capacity or when
the pump is operating more frequently than would normally be expected. In these
cases, smaller bilge wells to cover a reasonable period of time may be
permitted. Where automatically controlled bilge pumps are provided, special
attention shall be given to oil pollution prevention requirements.
3 The location of the controls of any valve serving a sea inlet, a discharge below the waterline or a bilge injection system shall be so sited as to allow adequate time for operation in case of influx of water to the space, having regard to the time likely to be required in order to reach and operate such controls. If the level to which the space could become flooded with the ship in the fully loaded condition so requires, arrangements shall be made to operate the controls from a position above such level.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 54
Control of propulsion machinery from the navigation bridge
1 Under all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring, the speed, direction of thrust and, if applicable, the pitch of the propeller shall be fully controllable from the navigation bridge.
1.1 Such remote control shall be performed by a single control device for each independent propeller, with automatic performance of all associated services, including, where necessary, means of preventing overload of the propulsion machinery.
1.2 The main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergency stopping device on the navigation bridge which shall be independent of the navigation bridge control system.
2 Propulsion machinery orders from the navigation bridge shall be indicated in the main machinery control room or at the propulsion machinery control position as appropriate.
3 Remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible only from one location at a time; at such locations interconnected control positions are permitted. At each location there shall be an indicator showing which location is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer of control between the navigation bridge and machinery spaces shall be possible only in the main machinery space or in the main machinery control room. The system shall include means to prevent the propelling thrust from altering significantly when transferring control from one location to another.
4 It shall be possible for all machinery essential for the safe operation of the ship to be controlled from a local position, even in the case of failure in any part of the automatic or remote control systems.
5 The design of the remote automatic control system shall be such that in case of its failure an alarm will be given. Unless the Administration considers it impracticable, the preset speed and direction of thrust of the propeller shall be maintained until local control is in operation.
6 Indicators shall be fitted on the navigation bridge for:
propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixed pitch propellers; or propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers.
7 The number of consecutive automatic attempts which fail to produce a start shall be limited to safeguard sufficient starting air pressure. An alarm shall be provided to indicate low starting air pressure set at a level which still permits starting operations of the propulsion machinery.
A reliable means of vocal communication shall be provided between the main machinery control room or the propulsion machinery control position as appropriate, the navigation bridge and the engineer officers' accommodation.
Part E: Additional requirements for periodically unattended machinery spaces
Regulation 53
1 An alarm system shall be provided indicating any fault requiring attention and shall:
2.1 The alarm system shall be continuously powered and shall have an automatic change-over to a stand-by power supply in case of loss of normal power supply.
2.2 Failure of the normal power supply of the alarm system shall be indicated by an alarm.
1 .1 The alarm system shall be able to indicate at the same time more than one fault and the acceptance of any alarm shall not inhibit another alarm.
2 .2 Acceptance at the position referred to in paragraph 1 of any alarm condition shall be indicated at the positions where it was shown. Alarms shall be maintained until they are accepted and the visual indications of individual alarms shall remain until the fault has been corrected, when the alarm system shall automatically reset to the normal operating condition.
Safety systems
A safety system shall be provided to ensure that serious malfunction in machinery or boiler operations, which presents an immediate danger, shall initiate the automatic shutdown of that part of the plant and that an alarm shall be given. Shutdown of the propulsion system shall not be automatically activated except in cases which could lead to serious damage, complete breakdown, or explosion. Where arrangements for overriding the shutdown of the main propelling machinery are fitted, these shall be such as to preclude inadvertent operation. Visual means shall be provided to indicate when the override has been activated.
Special requirements for machinery, boiler and electrical installations
1 The special requirements for the machinery, boiler and electrical installations shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and shall include at least the requirements of this regulation.
2 The main source of electrical power shall comply with the following:
2.1
Where
the electrical power can normally be supplied by one generator, suitable
load-shedding arrangements shall be provided to ensure the integrity of
supplies to services required for propulsion and steering as well as the safety
of the ship. In the case of loss of the generator in operation, adequate
provision shall be made for automatic starting and connecting to the main
switchboard of a stand-by generator of sufficient capacity to permit propulsion
and steering and to ensure the safety of the ship with automatic
restarting of the essential auxiliaries including, where necessary, sequential operations. The Administration may dispense with this requirement for a ship of less than 1,600 gross tonnage, if it is considered impracticable.
2.2 If the electrical power is normally supplied by more than one generator simultaneously in parallel operation, provision shall be made, for instance by load shedding, to ensure that, in case of loss of one of these generating sets, the remaining ones are kept in operation without overload to permit propulsion and steering, and to ensure the safety of the ship.
3 Where stand-by machines are required for other auxiliary machinery essential to propulsion, automatic change-over devices shall be provided.
Automatic control and alarm system
The control system shall be such that the services needed for the operation of the main propulsion machinery and its auxiliaries are ensured through the necessary automatic arrangements.
4.2 An alarm shall be given on the automatic change-over.
4.3 An alarm system complying with regulation 51 shall be provided for all important pressures, temperatures and fluid levels and other essential parameters.
4.4 A centralized control position shall be arranged with the necessary alarm panels and instrumentation indicating any alarm.
5 Means shall be provided to keep the starting air pressure at the required level where internal combustion engines are used for main propulsion.
Special consideration in respect of passenger ships
Passenger ships shall be specially considered by the Administration as to whether or not their machinery spaces may be periodically unattended and if so whether additional requirements to those stipulated in these regulations are necessary to achieve equivalent safety to that of normally attended machinery spaces.
Alternative design and arrangements
Alternative design and arrangements
The purpose of this regulation is to provide a methodology for alternative design and arrangements for machinery, electrical installations and low-flashpoint fuel storage and distribution systems.
2.1 Machinery, electrical installation and low-flashpoint fuel storage and distribution systems design and arrangements may deviate from the requirements set out in parts C, D, E or G, provided that the alternative design and arrangements meet the intent of the requirements concerned and provide an equivalent level of safety to this chapter.
2.2 When alternative design or arrangements deviate from the prescriptive requirements of parts C, D, E or G, an engineering analysis, evaluation and approval of the design and arrangements shall be carried out in accordance with this regulation.
The engineering analysis shall be prepared and submitted to the Administration, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization' and shall include, as a minimum, the following elements:
.7 risk assessment based on identification of the potential faults and hazards associated with the proposal.
4 Evaluation of the alternative design and arrangements
4.1 The engineering analysis required in paragraph 3 shall be evaluated and approved by the Administration, taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.[§§§§§§§]
4.2 A copy of the documentation, as approved by the Administration, indicating that the alternative design and arrangements comply with this regulation shall be carried on board the ship.
The Administration shall communicate to the Organization pertinent information concerning alternative design and arrangements approved by them for circulation to all Contracting Governments.
6 Re-evaluation due to change of conditions
If the assumptions and operational
restrictions that were stipulated in the alternative design and arrangements are changed, the engineering analysis shall be carried out
under the changed condition and shall be approved by
the Administration.
Ships using low-flashpoint fuels
1 Except as provided for in paragraphs 4 and 5, this part shall apply to ships using low-flashpoint fuels:
Such ships using low-flashpoint fuels shall comply with the requirements of this part in addition to any other applicable requirements of the present regulations.
2 Except as provided for in paragraphs 4 and 5, a ship, irrespective of the date of construction, including one constructed before 1 January 2009, which converts to using low-flashpoint fuels on or after 1 January 2017 shall be treated as a ship using low-flashpoint fuels on the date on which such conversion commenced.
3 Except as provided for in paragraphs 4 and 5, a ship using low-flashpoint fuels, irrespective of the date of construction, including one constructed before 1 January 2009, which, on or after 1 January 2017, undertakes to use low-flashpoint fuels different from those which it was originally approved to use before 1 January 2017 shall be treated as a ship using low-flashpoint fuels on the date on which such undertaking commenced.
4 This part shall not apply to gas carriers, as defined in regulation VII/11.2:
using their cargoes as fuel and complying with the requirements of the IGC Code, as defined in regulation VII/11.1; or
using other low-flashpoint gaseous fuels provided that the fuel storage and distribution systems design and arrangements for such gaseous fuels comply with the requirements of the IGC Code for gas as a cargo.
5 This part shall not apply to ships owned or operated by a Contracting Government and used, for the time being, only in government non-commercial service. However, ships owned or operated by a Contracting Government and used, for the time being, only in Government non-commercial service are encouraged to act in a manner consistent, so far as reasonable and practicable, with this part.
Requirements for ships using low-flashpoint fuels
Except as provided in regulations 56.4 and 56.5, ships using low-flashpoint fuels shall comply with the requirements of the IGF Code.
Regs. 1.1.1.1, 1.1.1.2,1.1.3, , 25-1.1(Source:
MSC.1/Circ.1673)
1 Application
1.1 The expression “ships constructed before 1 January 2024” with respect to ships subject to the provisions of SOLAS regulation 11-1/1.1.1.1 should mean:
1. ships with a contract for construction date on or after 1 January 2020 but before 1 January 2024 subject to compliance with .3 below; or
2. ships without a contract for construction, having a keel laying date, or similar stage of construction date, on or after 1 July 2020 but before 1 July 2024 subject to compliance with .3 below; and
3. ships with a date of delivery on or after 1 January 2024 but before 1 January 2028, provided the condition in .1 or .2 above, as applicable, is met.
1.2 The expression “Multiple hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers and tankers constructed on or after 1 January 2024” as used in SOLAS regulation 11-1/25-1 (as amended by resolution MSC.482(103)) should be interpreted as follows:
|
“Multiple hold cargo
ships other than bulk carriers and tankers constructed on or
after 1 January 2024" should be
subject to the definition of “ships constructed on or after 1 January
2024” in SOLAS regulation
11-1/1.1.3.2 (as amended by resolution MSC.474{102)).’’ |
2 Application
(Source: MSC-MEPC.2/Circ.1O)
Reg. 1.3
For conversions of single-hull oil tankers to double-hull
oil tankers or bulk carriers, the following should apply:
1.
Conversions of single-hull oil tankers to
double-hull oil tankers or bulk carriers should be regarded
as modifications of a major character for the purposes of SOLAS chapter 11-1.
2. Repairs,
alterations and modifications of a major character include:
1.
Substantial alteration of the dimensions
of a ship, for example lengthening of a ship by adding a
new midbody. The new midbody should comply with SOLAS chapter 11-1.
2.
A change of ship type, for example an oil
tanker converted to a bulk carrier. Any structure,
machinery and systems that are added or modified should comply with SOLAS
chapter 11-1, taking into account the interpretation of SOLAS chapter 11-1 regulations
as contained herein.
3 Definitions
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ.1362/Rev.2)
Reg. 2.14
For ships constructed on or after 21 May 2010: In
determining the permeability of a space, the volume of a
space should be taken as the moulded volume, i.e. the immersed volume of a space should be the
underwater moulded volume of that space multiplied by the permeability.
4 Deadweight to be stated on certificates
(Source: MSC.1/Circ.1573)
Reg. 2.20
Even-keel hydrostatics should be used to determine the regulatory
deadweight to be entered on relevant statutory certificates.
5 Definition of the term “Lightweight”
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ.1539/Rev. 1)
Reg. 2.21
The weight of mediums on board for the fixed fire-fighting systems (e.g.
freshwater, CO2, dry chemical powder, foam concentrate, etc.) should
be included in the lightweight and lightship condition.
6 Protective coatings of dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types of ships and double-side skin spaces of bulk carriers
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ. 1539/Rev. 1)
Reg. 3-2
The following tanks should not be considered to be dedicated seawater ballast tanks and should, therefore, be exempted from the application and requirements of the Performance standard for protective coatings for dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types of ships and double-side skin spaces of bulk carriers (resolution MSC.215(82)), provided the coatings applied in the tanks described in sub-paragraphs .2 and .3 below are confirmed by the coating manufacturer to be resistant to the media stored in these tanks and provided such coatings are applied and maintained according to the coating manufacturer’s procedures.
1.
ballast tanks identified as “Spaces included in Net
Tonnage” in the International Tonnage Certificate (1969);
2.
seawater ballast tanks in passenger ships also
designated for the carriage of grey water or black water; and
3.
seawater ballast tanks in livestock carriers also
designated for the carriage of livestock dung.
7 Protective coatings of dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types
of ships and double-side skin spaces of bulk carriers
(Source: MSC-MEPC.2/Circ.1O)
Regs. 3-2.2 and 3-2.4
7.1 For single-hull oil tanker conversion into double-hull oil tanker, SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-2 as adopted by resolution MSC.216(82) should apply to dedicated water ballast tanks if constructed with all structural members being entirely new. If converting existing spaces into water ballast tanks with part of the existing structural members remaining in place, revised SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-2 (MSC.216(82)) need not be applied. However, dedicated seawater ballast tanks should have an efficient corrosion prevention system such as hard protective coatings or equivalent and be of light colour.
7.2 For single-hull oil tanker conversion into bulk carrier, SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-2 as adopted by resolution MSC.216(82) should apply to dedicated water ballast tanks and double-side skin spaces of bulk carriers if constructed with all structural members being entirely new. If converting existing spaces into dedicated water ballast tanks or double-side skin space of bulk carriers with part of the existing structural members remaining in place, revised SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-2 (MSC.216(82)) need not be applied. However, dedicated seawater ballast tanks should have an efficient corrosion prevention system such as hard protective coatings or equivalent and be of light colour.
8 New installation of materials containing asbestos (Source:
MSC.1/Circ.1426/Rev.1)
Reg. 3-5
Administrations or recognized organizations acting on
their behalf should verify that materials which contain
asbestos, as prohibited under SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-5, are not installed on
ships by reviewing asbestos-free declarations and supporting
documentation for the structure, machinery, electrical installations
and equipment covered by the SOLAS Convention, which should be provided to the Administration
or recognized organization by shipyards, repair yards and equipment manufacturers, taking into
account appendix 6 of the 2015 Guidelines for the
development of the inventory of hazardous materials (resolution MEPC.269(68)).
9 Access to and within spaces in, and forward of, the cargo area of oil tankers and bulk carriers
(Source: MSC-MEPC.2/Circ.1O)
Reg. 3-6
9.1
For single-hull oil tanker conversion into double-hull oil tanker
9.1.1
Permanent means of access contained
in table 1 of the Technical provisions for means of access for
inspections (resolution MSC.158(78)) need not
apply. However, if, in the course of conversion, substantial new structures are
added, these new structures should comply with the regulation.
9.1.2
The term “substantial new structures”
means hull structures that are entirely renewed or augmented by new double
bottom and/or double-side construction (e.g. replacing the entire structure
within cargo area or adding a new double bottom and/or double-side section to
the existing cargo area).
9.1.3
Additionally, an approved Ship
Structure Access Manual should be provided.
9.2
For single-hull oil tanker conversion into bulk carrier
9.2.1
Permanent means of access contained
in table 2 of the Technical provisions for means of access for
inspections (resolution MSC.158(78)) need not
apply. However, if, in the course of conversion, substantial new structures are
added, these new structures should comply with the regulation.
9.2.2
The term “substantial new structures”
means hull structures that are entirely renewed or augmented by new double
bottom and/or double-side skin construction (e.g. replacing the entire
structure within cargo area or adding a new double bottom and/or double-side
section to the existing cargo area).
9.2.3
Additionally, an approved Ship
Structure Access Manual should be provided.
Reg. 3-6.1
(Source:
MSC. 1/Circ. 1572/Rev. 2)
0/7 tankers
10.1 This regulation is only applicable to oil tankers having integral tanks for carriage of oil in bulk, which is contained in the definition of oil in Annex I of MARPOL. Independent oil tanks can be excluded. Regulation 11-1/3-6 should not normally be applied to an FPSO* or FSU* unless the Administration decides otherwise.
Technical background
10.2 Means of access specified in the Technical provisions contained in resolution MSC.158(78) are not specific with respect to the application to integral cargo oil tanks or also to independent cargo oil tanks. Enhanced survey programme (ESP) requirements of oil tankers have been established assuming the target cargo oil tanks are integral tanks. The means of access regulated under regulation 11-1/3-6 is for overall and close-up inspections as defined in regulation IX/1. Therefore it is assumed that the target cargo oil tanks are those of ESP, i.e. integral cargo tanks. Regulation 11-1/3-6 is applicable to new, purpose- built FPSOs or FSUs if they are subject to the scope of the 2011 ESP Code (resolution A.1049(27), as amended). Considering that the principles of the Technical provisions for means of access for inspections (resolution MSC.158(78)) recognize that permanent means of access should be considered and provided for at the design stage so that, to the maximum extent possible, they can be made an integral part of the designed structural arrangement, regulation 11-1/3-6 is not considered applicable to an FPSO/FSU that is converted from an existing tanker.
Reference
10.3 SOLAS regulation IX/1 and the 2011 ESP Code, as amended.
11 Means of access to cargo and other spaces
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ. 1572/Rev.2)
Reg. 3-6.2.1
Each space for which close-up inspection is not required such as fuel oil tanks and void spaces forward of cargo area, may be provided with a means of access necessary for overall survey intended to report on the overall conditions of the hull structure.
12 Means of access to cargo and other spaces
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ. 1572/Rev. 2)
Reg. 3-6.2.2
12.1 Some possible alternative means of access are listed under paragraph 3.9 of the Technical provisions for means of access for inspections. Always subject to acceptance as equivalent by the Administration, alternative means such as an unmanned robot arm, ROVs' and dirigibles with the necessary equipment of the permanent means of access for overall and close-up inspections and thickness measurements of the deck head structure such as deck transverses and deck longitudinals of cargo oil tanks and ballast tanks, should be capable of:
.1
.2
safe operation in ullage space in a gas-free environment; and introduction into the place directly from a deck access.
Technical background
12.2 Innovative approaches, in particular the development of robots in place of elevated passageways, are encouraged and it is considered worthwhile to provide the functional requirement for the innovative approach.
13 Means of access to cargo and other spaces
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ. 1572/Rev.2)
Reg. 3-6.2.3
Inspection
1. The means of access
arrangements, including portable equipment and attachments, should be annually
inspected by the crew or competent inspectors and the inspections should be
recorded in Part 2 of the Ship Structure Access Manual. In addition, prior to any
space examinations that utilized the permanent means of access, an inspection
to confirm the condition of the permanent means of access should be recorded
for each space.
Procedures
2. Any Company-authorized person using the means of access should assume the role of inspector and check for obvious damage prior to using the access arrangements. Whilst using the means of access, the inspector should verify the condition of the sections used by close-up examination of those sections and note any deterioration in the provisions. Should any damage or deterioration be found, the effect of such deterioration including loss of coating and wastage should be assessed as to whether the damage or deterioration affects the safety for continued use of the access. Deterioration found that is considered to affect safe use should be determined as “substantial damage” and measures should be put in place to ensure that the affected section(s) are not to be further used prior to effective repair. Substantial damage should be reported in Part 2 of the Ship Structure Access Manual.
3. Statutory survey of any space that contains means of access should include verification of the continued effectiveness of the means of access in that space. Survey of the means of access should not be expected to exceed the scope and extent of the survey being undertaken. If the means of access is found deficient the scope of survey should be extended if this is considered appropriate.
4. Records of all inspections should be established based on the requirements detailed in the ship’s Safety Management System. The records should be readily available to persons using the means of access and a copy attached to the Ship Structure Access Manual. The latest record for the portion of the means of access inspected should include as a minimum the date of the inspection, the name and title of the inspector, a confirmation signature, the sections of means of access inspected, verification of continued serviceable condition or details of any deterioration or substantial damage found and repairs carried out. A file of permits issued should be maintained for verification. Inspection records of permanent means of access should be made available to classification society surveyors prior to survey.
Technical background
5. It is recognized that means of access may be subject to deterioration in the long term due to the corrosive environment and external forces from ship motions and sloshing of liquid contained in the tank, and mechanical damage in the cargo hold. Means of access therefore should be inspected at every opportunity of tank/space entry, but at a minimum annually. The above interpretation should be contained in a section of the Ship Structure Access Manual.
14 Safe access to cargo holds, cargo tanks, ballast tanks and other spaces
Reg. 3-6.3.1
1.
Access to a double-side skin space of
bulk carriers may be either from a topside tank or doublebottom tank or
from both.
2. The wording “not intended for the carriage of oil or hazardous cargoes" applies only to “similar compartments”, i.e. safe access can be through a pump-room, deep cofferdam, pipe tunnel, cargo hold or double-hull space.
Technical background
3. Unless used for other purposes, the double-side skin space should be designed as a part of a large U-shaped ballast tank and such space should be accessed through the adjacent part of the tank, i.e. topside tank or double-bottom/bilge hopper tank. Access to the double-side skin space from the adjacent part rather than direct from the open deck is justified. Any such arrangement should provide a directly routed, logical and safe access that facilitates easy evacuation of the space.
15. Safe access to cargo holds, cargo tanks, ballast tanks and other spaces
1.
A cargo oil tank of less than 35 m length without a
swash bulkhead requires only one access hatch.
2. Where rafting is
indicated in the Ship Structures Access Manual as the means to gain ready
access
to the under-deck structure, the term “similar obstructions” referred to
in the regulation includes internal structures (e.g. webs > 1.5 m deep)
which restrict the ability to raft (at the maximum water level needed for
rafting of under-deck structure) directly to the nearest access ladder and
hatchway to the deck. When rafts or boats alone, as an alternative means of
access, are allowed under the conditions specified in the 2011 ESP Code,
permanent means of access are to be provided to allow safe entry and exit. This
means:
1. access direct from the deck via a vertical ladder and small platform fitted approximately 2 m below the deck in each bay; or
2. access to the deck from a longitudinal permanent platform having ladders to the deck in each end of the tank. The platform should, for the full length of the tank, be arranged in level with, or above, the maximum water level needed for rafting of the under-deck structure. For this purpose, the ullage corresponding to the maximum water level should not be assumed to be more than 3 m from the deck plate measured at the midspan of deck transverses and in the middle length of the tank (see figure below). A permanent means of access from the I longitudinal permanent platform to the water level indicated above should be fitted in each I bay (e.g. permanent rungs on one of the deck webs inboard of the longitudinal permanent " platform).
16 Ship Structure Access Manual
Reg. 3-6.4.1
16.1 The access
manual should address spaces listed in paragraph 3 of regulation
11-1/3-6. As a minimum
the English version should be provided. The Ship Structure Access Manual should
contain at least
the following two parts:
Part
1: Plans, instructions and
inventory required by paragraphs 4.1.1 to 4.1.7 of regulation
11-1/3-6. This part
should be approved by the Administration or the organization recognized by the Administration.
Part
2: Form of record of
inspections and maintenance, and change of inventory of portable
equipment due
to additions or replacement after construction. This part should be approved
for its form only at new building.
The following
matters should be addressed in the Ship Structure Access Manual:
16.2 The following matters should be addressed in
the Ship Structure Access Manual:
.1
the access manual should clearly cover the scope as specified in the
regulations for use by crews, surveyors and port State control officers;
.2
approval/re-approval procedure for the manual , i.e. any changes of the
permanent, portable, movable or alternative means of access within the scope of
the regulation and the Technical provisions, are subject to review and approval
by the Administration or by the organization recognized by the Administration;
.3
verification of means of access should be part of the safety construction
survey for continued effectiveness of the means of access in that space which
is subject to the statutory survey;
.4
inspection of means of access by the crew and/or a competent inspector of the
Company as a part of regular inspection and maintenance (see interpretation 13
of regulation 11-1/3-6);
.5
actions to be taken if means of access is found unsafe to use; and
.6
in case of use of portable equipment plans showing the means of access within
each space indicating from where and how each area in the space can be
inspected.
17 Ship Structure Access Manual
Reg. 3-6.4.2
17.1 Critical structural areas
should be identified by advanced calculation techniques for structural strength
and fatigue performance, if available, and feedback from the service history
and design development of similar or sister ships.
17.2 Reference should be made to
the following publications for critical structural areas, where applicable:
1.
Oil tankers: Guidance Manual for Tanker Structures
by TSCF;
2.
Bulk
Carriers - Guidelines for Surveys, Assessment and Repair of Hull Structures
by IACS; and
3.
Oil tankers and
bulk carriers: the 2011
ESP Code (resolution A.1049(27), as
amended).
II-1
Technical
background
17.3 These documents contain the
relevant information for the present ship types. However, identification of
critical areas for new double-hull tankers and double-side skin bulk carriers
of improved structural design should be made by structural analysis at the
design stage and this information should be taken into account to ensure
appropriate access to all identified critical areas.
18 General technical
specifications
(Source: MSC.
1/Circ. 1572/Rev.2)
Reg. 3-6.5.1
18.1 The minimum clear opening of
600 mm x 600 mm may have corner radii up to 100 mm maximum. The clear opening
is specified in MSC/Circ.686/Rev.1 to keep the opening fit for passage of
personnel wearing a breathing apparatus. In such a case where, as a consequence
of structural analysis of a given design the stress should be reduced around
the opening, it is considered appropriate to take measures to reduce the stress
such as making the opening larger with increased radii, e.g. 600 x 800 with 300
mm radii, in which a clear opening of 600 x 600 mm with corner radii up to 100
mm maximum fits.
Technical
background
18.2 The interpretation is based
upon the established Guidelines in MSC/Circ.686/Rev.1.
Reference
18.3
Paragraph 9 of the annex to
MSC/Circ.686/Rev.1.
General
technical specifications
(Source: MSC.
1/Circ.1572/Rev.2)
Reg. 3-6.5.2
The minimum clear opening of not less than 600 mm x 800 mm may also include an opening with corner radii of 300 mm. An opening of 600 mm in height x 800 mm in width may be accepted
as an access opening
in vertical structures where it is not desirable to make large openings in the structural strength aspects, i.e. girders and floors in double-bottom tanks.
19.2
Subject
to verification of easy evacuation of an injured person on a stretcher, the vertical opening 850 mm x
620 mm with wider upper half than 600 mm,
while the lower half may be less than 600
mm with the overall
height not less than 850 mm is considered an acceptable alternative to the
traditional opening of 600 mm x 800
mm with corner radii of 300 mm.
19.3
If a vertical
opening is at a height of more than 600 mm steps then handgrips should be
provided. In such arrangements it should be demonstrated that an injured person
can be easily evacuated.
Technical background
19.4
The
interpretation is based upon the established Guidelines in MSC/Circ.686/Rev.1
and an innovative design is considered for easy access by humans through the
opening.
Reference
19.5
Paragraph 11 of the annex to MSC/Circ.686/Rev.1.
20 Towing and mooring equipment
(Source:
MSC.1/Circ.1362/Rev.2)
Reg. 3-8
1. The
expression “all ships” in SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-8.9 means ships constructed
before, on or after 1 January 2009 in accordance with SOLAS regulation
11-1/1.1.3.2.
2.
Irrespective of the scope of review
by the Administration or a recognized organization (RO), as clarified below,
for ships covered by the application provisions described in SOLAS regulations
11-1/3-8.1 and 11-1/3-8.2, as amended by resolution MSC.474(102), owners and
designers should comply with the:
1. .1 Revised guidance on
shipboard towing and mooring equipment (MSC.1/0irc.1175/Rev.1);
2. Guidelines on the design of mooring arrangements and the selection of appropriate mooring equipment and fittings for safe mooring (MSC.1/Circ.1619); and
3. Guidelines for inspection and maintenance of mooring equipment including lines (MSC.1/Circ.162O),
footnoted in SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-8, in its entirety, and ensure that appropriate measures are taken to mitigate any occupational risks arising from deviations.
20.3 While applying the requirements of SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-8.4 to regulation 11-1/3-8.6 and SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-8.8, for ships of less than 3,000 gross tonnage, the following is recommended:
1. the “Towing and mooring arrangements plan” should be provided for information, where the winch brake holding capacities should be included in addition to the information provided in section 5 (Towing and mooring arrangements plan) of the annex to MSC.1/Circ.1175/Rev.1. A technical specification document of the mooring lines supplied with the ship should be provided for information. The manufacturers’ recommended minimum diameter D of each fitting in contact with the mooring lines and the line design break force (LDBF) of the mooring lines should be included in the document;
2. for confirmation of the appropriate selection of mooring line, the properties of mooring lines related to LDBF and bend radius (D/d ratio) should be submitted to the Administration or the RO. A warning should be provided that the wear rate of lines may be higher for lower diameter (paragraph 5.6 of MSC.1/Circ.162O); and
3. at delivery of the ship, the Administration or the RO should confirm that the Towing and mooring arrangements plan is provided on board.
20.4 While applying the requirements of
SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-8.4 to regulation 11-1/3-8.6 and the SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-8.7, for ships of 3,000 gross
tonnage and above, the following is recommended in addition to those specified under paragraph 3 of this
interpretation:
1.
a document should be
provided by the designer for information and as a
supplement to the towing and mooring
arrangements plan, confirming that MSC.1/Circ.1619 has
been considered. The document should
explicitly state that the deviations, if any, were unavoidable;
2.
deviations should be
recorded (paragraph 6.1 of MSC.1/Circ.1619), and justification
and suitable safety measures should
be provided (paragraph 6.2 of MSC.1/Circ.1619) in the
supplement to the towing and mooring
arrangements plan. A reference to the supplement should
be included in the towing and
mooring arrangements plan (paragraph 6.3 of MSC.1/Circ.1619);
3.
if deviations are not
found necessary, and the supplement is not needed, then
this should be mentioned explicitly in
the towing and mooring arrangements plan;
4.
the mooring winches’
brake holding capacities should be less than 100% of
the ship design minimum breaking load
(MBLS0) (paragraphs 5.2.3.3 and 5.2.4 of MSC.1/Circ.1619).
The winches should be fitted with brakes that
allow for the reliable setting of the brake rendering load; and
5.
at delivery of the
ship, the Administration or the RO should confirm that
the towing and mooring arrangements
plan and the supplement describing deviations and
suitable safety measures are provided on board.
20.5 While
applying the requirements of SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-8.9, the following should
be complied with, and compliance should be confirmed by the surveyor at the
initial survey for new ships or at the first annual survey for the issuance of
the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate or renewal survey for the
issuance of the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate after 1 January 2024 for
existing ships:
1.
procedures
for mooring operations, inspection and maintenance of mooring equipment,
including mooring lines, should be established and available on board
(paragraph 3.1 of MSC.1/Circ.1620), taking into account industry practices
(section 7 of MSC.1/Circ.162O);
2. procedures to allow the identification and control of
mooring lines, tails and associated attachments should be established and
available on board (paragraph 3.3 of MSC.1/Circ.1620);
3.
the
periodic inspection of mooring lines, mooring line tails and associated
attachments should be included in the onboard maintenance plan or equivalent
maintenance management system (paragraph 4.1.1 of MSC.1/Circ.1620);
4. manufacturers’ criteria for replacement of mooring lines
should be available (paragraph 4.3.1 of MSC.1/Circ.1620);
5.
records of the original design concept,
equipment, arrangements and specifications should be available on board
(paragraph 4.4.4 of MSC.1/Circ.1620). For ships the keels of which were laid
before 1 January 2007 and without appropriate documentation, owners may
establish the MBLso for mooring based on the safe working load of mooring
equipment provided on board. If no safe working load is specified, then owners
are advised to check the strength
6. records of the original design concept, equipment,
arrangements and specifications should be available on board (paragraph 4.4.4
of MSC.1/Circ.1620). For ships the keels of which were laid before 1 January
2007 and without appropriate documentation, owners may establish the MBLsd for mooring based on the safe working load of mooring
equipment provided on board. If no safe working load is specified, then owners
are advised to check the streng
of mooring equipment and their supporting hull structure
based on MSC.1/Circ.1175/Rev.1 and determine MBLSD based on actual
capacity of the equipment and their supporting hull structure on board.
Manufacturers’ test certificates for mooring lines, joining shackles and
synthetic tails should be kept on board and properly linked back to the
equipment, if available (paragraph 6.2 of MSC.1/Circ.162O); and
6.
a
document should be provided on board for gathering the information above and
describe how the information listed above is filed and collected.
20.6 While applying the
requirements of SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-8.9, the following should be complied
with, and the compliance should be confirmed by the surveyor at the periodical
survey for endorsement/ issue of the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate
or the renewal survey for the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate after 1 January
2024 for existing ships:
1.
the records of
inspection and maintenance of mooring equipment and inspection and replacement
of mooring lines, since the last periodical survey, should be kept updated and
available on board (paragraphs 4.4.3 and 6.1 of MSC.1/Circ.1620).
21 Goal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers
(Source: MSC.1/Circ.1637)
Reg. 3-10
21.1 For the purpose of defining the category
of a ship under SOLAS regulation 11-1/3-10, a ship for which the
building contract (or keel laying) occurred, and scheduled delivery date was,
before the dates specified in this regulation, but where
the delivery has been subject to delay beyond the specific date due to unforeseen
circumstances beyond the control of the builder and the owner, may be accepted by the Administration
as a ship delivered before the date of delivery specified in this regulation. The treatment of such
ships should be considered by the Administration on a case-by-case basis,
bearing in mind the particular circumstances.
21.2 It is important that ships accepted by
the Administration under the provisions of paragraph 21.1 above should
also be accepted as such by port States. In order to ensure this, the following
practice
is recommended to Administrations when considering an application
for such a ship:
.1
the Administration should thoroughly consider applications
on a case-by-case basis, bearing in mind the particular
circumstances. In doing so in the case of a ship built in a foreign country,
the Administration may require a formal report from the authorities of the country in which
the ship was built, stating that the delay was due to unforeseen circumstances beyond the
control of the builder and the owner;
.2
when a ship is accepted by the Administration under the
provisions of paragraph 21.1 above, the delivery date
annotated on the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate or Cargo
Ship Safety Certificate should be footnoted to indicate that the ship is accepted by the Administration
under the unforeseen delay in delivery provisions of this interpretation; and
.3
the Administration should report to the Organization the identity of the
ship and the grounds on which the ship has been accepted under the unforeseen
delay in delivery provisions of this interpretation.
22.1
For single-hull oil tanker conversion
into double-hull oil tanker
Oil tankers complying with damage
stability requirements contained in Annex I to MARPOL 73/78 (except for
combination carriers with type B freeboards) may be excluded from the damage
stability requirements contained in SOLAS chapter 11-1, part B-1.
22.2
For single-hull oil tanker conversion
into bulk carrier
22.2.1
A bulk carrier which is assigned a B
reduced freeboard complying with damage stability requirements contained in
regulation 27 of the 1966 Load Line Convention, and resolutions A.320(IX) and
A.514(13); or regulation 27 of the 1988 Load Line Protocol, may be excluded
from the damage stability requirements contained in SOLAS chapter 11-1, part
B-1.
22.2.2
For a bulk carrier which is assigned
a B freeboard, SOLAS chapter 11-1, parts B and B-1 should be applied.
(Source: MSC.
1/Circ.1362/Rev.2)
Regs. 5.4 Definition of
lightweight calculation
And
23.1 For
the purposes of this interpretation, the term “lightweight calculation” means a
detailed calculation of weights on and weights off a ship, resulting from all
alterations to the ship since the date of the last approved inclining test, to
determine the adjusted lightship properties. Lightship properties include
weights and the centre of gravity. The documented weights and their centres of
gravity should be verified on board/on-site by the attending class surveyor.
23.2 When
weights are added, removed or relocated, the final cumulative change is to be
compared with the last approved inclining test.
23.3 “Lightweight
survey" is defined in the International Code
on Intact Stability 2008, paragraph 2.24.
Definition of stability information
23.4 “Stability
information” includes any document (whether on
paper or electronic) or electronic means of calculation of stability which
includes lightship properties. This could include, but is not limited to, the
approved stability book, computer software for onboard calculation of
stability, the approved strength book and the loading instrument.
Amendment of stability information in
conjunction with alterations of lightship properties
23.5 If the lightweight calculation, regardless of keel laying
date, shows a deviation in lightweight mass, or the longitudinal or vertical position of the centre of
gravity:
23.6 A summary of paragraph 23.5 of this interpretation is
provided in the following table. Where stability information is to be updated, it should be approved and
provided to the master with the instruction that it should now be used for all stability calculations.
LCG: longitudinal centre of gravity; VCG: vertical centre of gravity.
In applying 0V, openings
which cannot be or are incapable of being closed weathertight include
ventilators (complying with regulation 19(4) of the International
Convention on Load Lines, 1966) that for operational
reasons have to remain open to supply air to the engine-room, emergency
generator room or closed ro-ro and vehicle spaces (if the same is considered
buoyant in the stability calculation or protecting openings leading below) for
the effective operation of the ship. Where it is not technically feasible to
treat some closed ro-ro and vehicle space ventilators as unprotected openings,
Administrations may allow an alternative arrangement that provides an
equivalent level of safety.
26
Subdivision, watertight and weathertight integrity - (Source:
MSC.1/Circ.1572/Rev.2) Stability management
Regs. 13, 26.1
Doors in watertight bulkheads of passenger ships and cargo ships
17'1
’ This interpretation
pertains to doors[********]
located in way of the internal watertight subdivision boundaries and
17-1 and 22 the externa| watertight boundaries
necessary to ensure compliance with the relevant subdivision and damage
stability regulations.
This interpretation does not apply to
doors located in external boundaries above equilibrium or intermediate
waterplanes.
The design and testing requirements
for watertight doors vary according to their location relative to the 1)
equilibrium waterplane or intermediate waterplane at any stage of assumed
flooding, and/or 2) bulkhead deck or freeboard deck.
26.1.1
Definitions
For the purpose of this
interpretation the following definitions apply:
26.1.1.1 Watertight:
Capable of preventing the passage of water in any direction under a design
head. The design head for any part of a structure should be determined by
reference to its location relative to the bulkhead deck or freeboard deck, as
applicable, or to the most unfavourable equilibrium/intermediate waterplane, in
accordance with the applicable subdivision and damage stability regulations,
whichever is the greater. A watertight door is thus one that will maintain the
watertight integrity of the subdivision bulkhead in
which it is located.
26.1.1.2 Equilibrium
waterplane: The waterplane in
still water when, taking account of flooding due to an assumed damage, the weight and buoyancy forces acting on a
ship are in balance. This relates to the final condition when no further flooding takes place or
after cross-flooding is completed.
26.1.1.3 Intermediate
waterplane: The waterplane in
still water, which represents the instantaneous floating position of a ship at some intermediate stage
between commencement and completion of flooding when, taking account of the assumed instantaneous
state of flooding, the weight and buoyancy forces acting on a ship are in balance.
26.1.1.4 Sliding
door or rolling door: A door having a
horizontal or vertical motion generally parallel to the plane of the door.
26.1.1.5 Hinged
door: A door having a pivoting motion about
one vertical or horizontal edge.
26.2 Structural
design
Doors and their frames
should be of approved design and substantial construction in
accordance with the requirements of the
Administration and should preserve the strength of the subdivision
bulkheads in which they are fitted.
26.3 Operation
mode, location and outfitting
Doors should be fitted
in accordance with all requirements regarding their operation mode,
location and outfitting, i.e.
provision of controls, means of indication, etc., as shown in table 1 below. This
table should be read in conjunction
with paragraphs 26.3.1 to 26.5.4 below.
26.3.1
Frequency of use while at sea
26.3.1.1 Normally closed:
Kept closed at sea but may be used if authorized. To be closed again after use.
26.3.1.2 Permanently closed: The
time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves
port should be entered in the logbook. Should such doors be accessible during
the voyage, they should be fitted with a device to prevent unauthorized
opening.
26.3.1.3 Used:
Kept closed but may be opened during navigation when authorized by the
Administration to permit the passage of passengers or crew, or when work in the
immediate vicinity of the door necessitates it being opened. The door should be
immediately closed after use.
26.3.2
Type
Power operated, sliding or rolling^
Poweroperated, hinged
Sliding or rolling
Hinged
26.3.3
Control
26.3.3.1
Local
26.3.3.1.1 All
doors, except those which should be permanently closed at sea, should be
capable of being opened and closed by hand (and by power, where applicable)
locally,[††††††††]
from both sides of the doors, with the ship listed to either side.
26.3.3.1.2 For
passenger ships, the angle of list at which operation by hand should be
possible is 15°.
26.3.3.1.3 For
cargo ships, the angle of list at which operation by hand should be possible is
30°.
26.3.3.2
Remote
Where indicated in table 1, doors
should be capable of being remotely closed by power from the bridge* for all
ships, and also by hand from a position above the bulkhead deck for passenger
ships, as required by regulation 11-1/13.7.1.4.* Where it is necessary to start
the power unit for operation of the watertight door, means to start the power
unit should also be provided at remote control stations. The operation of such
remote control should be in accordance with regulations 11-1/13.8.1 to
11-1/13.8.3.* For tankers, where there is a permanent access from a pipe tunnel
to the main pump room, in accordance with regulation II-2/4.5.2.4 the
watertight door should be capable of being manually closed from outside the
main pump-room entrance in addition to the requirements above.
26.3.4
Indication*
26.3.4.1 Where shown in table 1, position indicators should be provided at all remote
operating positions for all ships and provided locally on both sides of the internal
doors for cargo ships, to show whether the doors are open or closed and, if applicable, with all dogs/cleats
fully and properly engaged.
26.3.4.2 The door position indicating system should be of
self-monitoring type and the means for testing of the indicating system should be provided at the position where
the indicators are fitted.
26.3.4.3 A diagram showing the location of the door and an indication
to show its position should be provided at the central operating console located at the navigation
bridge. A red light should indicate the door is in the open position and a green light should indicate
the door is in the closed position. When the door is closed from this remote position, the red light should
flash when the door is in an intermediate position. This applies to passenger ships and cargo ships.
26.3.4.4 Special care should be taken in order to avoid potential
danger when passing through the door. Signboard/instructions should be placed in way of the door
advising how to act when the door is in “doors closed” mode.
26.3.5
Alarms*
26.3.5.1 For passenger ships, failure of the normal power supply of
the required alarms should be indicated by an audible and visual alarm at the central
operating console at the navigation bridge. For cargo ships, failure of the normal power supply of the required
alarms should be indicated by an audible and visual alarm at the navigation bridge.
26.3.5.2 All
door types, including power-operated sliding watertight doors, which are
capable of being remotely closed should be provided with an audible alarm,
distinct from any other alarm in the area, which will sound whenever such a
door is remotely closed. For passenger ships the alarm should sound for at
least 5 seconds but not more than 10 seconds before the door begins to move and
should continue sounding until the door is completely closed. In the case of
remote closure by hand operation, an alarm should sound only while the door is
actually moving.
26.3.5.3 In
passenger areas and areas of high ambient noise, the audible alarms should be
supplemented by visual signals at both sides of the doors.
26.3.5.4 All
watertight doors, including sliding doors, operated by hydraulic door
actuators, either a central hydraulic unit or an independent hydraulic unit for
each door should be provided with a low fluid level alarm or low gas pressure
alarm, as applicable, or some other means of monitoring loss of stored
energy in the hydraulic accumulators. For passenger ships, this alarm should be
both audible and visible and should be located at the central operating console
at the navigation bridge. For cargo ships, this alarm should be both audible
and visible and should be located at the navigation bridge.
26.3.6
Notices
As shown in table 1, doors which are
normally closed at sea, but are not provided with means of remote closure,
should have notices fixed to both sides of the doors stating: “To be kept
closed at sea”. Doors which should be permanently closed at sea should have
notices fixed to both sides stating: “Not to be opened at sea”.
26.3.7
Location
For passenger ships the watertight
doors and their controls should be located in compliance with regulations
11-1/13.5.3 and 11-1/13.7.1.2.2.[‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡]
26.4
Fire doors
Watertight doors may also serve as fire doors but need not
be fire-tested if fitted on cargo
ships
or if fitted below the bulkhead deck on passenger ships. However, such doors
fitted above the bulkhead deck on passenger ships should be tested to the Fire
Test Procedures (FTP) Code in accordance with the fire rating of the division
they are fitted in. These doors should also comply with the means of escape
provisions of regulation 11-2/13. If it is not practicable to ensure
self-closing, means of indication on the
bridge showing whether these doors are open or closed and a notice stating “To
be kept closed at sea" can be an
alternative to self-closing.
26.4.2 Where a
watertight door is located adjacent to a fire door, both doors should
be capable of independent operation,
remotely if required by regulations 11-1/13.8.1 to 11-1/13.8.3' and
from both sides of each door.
26.5
Testing
Doors which become immersed by an equilibrium
or intermediate waterplane or are below
the freeboard or bulkhead deck should be subjected to a
hydrostatic pressure test.
26.5.1
For large doors
intended for use in the watertight subdivision boundaries of
cargo spaces, structural analysis may
be accepted in lieu of pressure testing. Where such doors
utilize gasket seals, a prototype
pressure test to confirm that the compression of the gasket material
is capable of accommodating any
deflection revealed by the structural analysis should be carried out.
26.5.2
Doors above freeboard
or bulkhead deck, which are not immersed by an
equilibrium or intermediate waterplane
but become intermittently immersed at angles of heel in the required
range of positive stability beyond the
equilibrium position, should be hose tested.
26.5.3
Pressure testing
26.5.3.1 The head of water used for the pressure test should
correspond at least to the head measured from the lower edge of the door opening, at the location in
which the door should be fitted in the ship, to the bulkhead deck or freeboard deck, as applicable, or to
the most unfavourable damage waterplane, if that be
greater. Testing may be carried out at the factory or other shore-based testing
facility prior to installation in the ship.
26.5.3.2
Leakage criteria
26.5.3.2.1 The
following acceptable leakage criteria should apply:
26.5.3.2.2 Limited
leakage may be accepted for pressure tests on large doors located in cargo
spaces employing gasket seals or guillotine doors located in conveyor tunnels,
in accordance with the following:'
. . . .. . . . (P + 4.572)h3
Leakage rate (L/min) = ------- 6568
—
where P = perimeter of door opening (metres)
h = test head of water (metres)
26.5.3.2.3 However,
in the case of doors where the water head taken for the determination of the
scantling does not exceed 6.1 m, the leakage rate may be taken as equal to
0.375 L/min if this value is greater than that calculated by the
above-mentioned formula.
26.5.3.3 For
doors of passenger ships which are used at sea and which become submerged by
the equilibrium or intermediate waterplane, a prototype test should be
conducted, on each side of the door, to check the satisfactory closing of the
door against a force equivalent to a water height of at least 1 m above the
sill on the centre line of the door.*
26.5.4
Hose testing after installation
All watertight doors should be
subject to a hose test after installation in a ship. Hose testing should be
carried out from each side of a door unless, for a specific application,
exposure to floodwater is anticipated only from one side. Where a hose test is
not practicable because of possible damage to machinery, electrical equipment
insulation or outfitting items, it may be replaced by means such as an
ultrasonic leak test or an equivalent test.
|
o r- > CT n O z co o |
|
Table 1 - Doors in internal
watertight bulkheads and external watertight boundaries in passenger ships
and cargo ships |
|
A. Doors in internal
watertight bulkheads |
|
Position relative to |
|
1 SOLAS Regulation |
|
2 |
|
3 |
|
4 |
|
5 |
|
6 |
|
7 |
|
8 |
|
I. Passenger ships |
|
m □ m □ o Io o Io 4^ |
|
A. Below |
|
11-1/10, 13.4*, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 13.7.1, 13.8.1, 13.8.2, 16.2, 22.1, 22.3 and 22.4 |
|
11-1/10, 13.9.1, 13.9.2,
14.2, 16.2, 22.2 and 22.5 |
|
11-1/10,
16.2,17.1 and 22.3 |
|
Used |
|
POS |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
For
doors that are used, see 11-1/22.3 and MSC.1/Circ.1564 |
|
B. At or above |
|
11-1/17-1.1.1,
17-1.1.2, 17-1.1.3,
23.6 and 23.8 |
|
11-1/17-1.1.1,
17-1.1.2, 17-1.1.3,22.7 and 23.3 to 23.5 |
|
Permanently
closed |
|
Used |
|
Permanently closed |
|
S,
H |
|
POS,
POH |
|
S, H |
|
S,
H |
|
S,
H |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
See
Notes 2 + 3 + 4 |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
See
Note 5 |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
See
Note 1 |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Doors giving access to
below the ro-ro deck |
|
See
Notes 1+2 + 3 |
|
CD |
|
D 5 s o'
o & 5* n ZT cu "O ro |
|
* Applicable from 1 January 2020 to 1 January 2024; SOLAS regulation 11-1/13 was amended by resolution MSC.474(102), applicable from 1 January 2024. |
|
Z -I m 70 Z m — >■ m do O z cn |
|
io |
|
Position relative to |
|
1 SOLAS Regulation |
|
2 |
|
3 |
|
4 |
|
5 |
|
6 |
|
7 |
|
8 |
|
II. Cargo ships |
|
11-1/10, 13-1.2, 16.2 and 22.3 |
|
Used |
|
POS |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
A. Below |
|
11-1/10, 13-1.3, 16.2, 22.3 and 24.4 |
|
Normally closed |
|
S, H |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
See Note 1 |
|
B. At or above |
|
11-1/10, 13-1.4, 16.2, 24.3 and 24.4 |
|
11-1/10, 13-1.4, 13-1.5, 16.2, 22.2, 24.3 and 24.4 |
|
11-1/10, 13-1.2, 16.2 and 22.3 |
|
11-1/10, 13-1.3, 16.2, 22.3 and 24.4 |
|
11-1/10, 13-1.4,13-1.5, 16.2, 24.3 and 24.4 |
|
Permanently closed |
|
Used |
|
Normally closed |
|
Permanently closed |
|
S, H |
|
POS |
|
S, H |
|
S, H |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
See Notes 2 + 3 |
|
c Cl. S' ft ft ft 1 S' aj ft |
|
Z m 77 Z m “ —I — >■
m de O z co |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
See Note 1 |
|
No |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
See Notes 2 + 3 |
Notes:
If hinged, this door should be of quick acting or single action type.
The time of opening such doors in port and closing them before a voyage commences should be entered in the logbook, in case of doors in watertight bulkheads subdividing cargo spaces.
Doors should be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized opening.
Passenger ships which have to comply with regulation 11-1/14.2 require an indicator on the navigation bridge to show automatically when each door is closed and all door fastenings are secured.
Refer to the explanatory note to regulation 11-1/17.1 regarding sliding watertight doors with a reduced pressure head and sliding semi-watertight doors.
|
o r- > CT n O z co o |
|
B. Doors in external
watertight boundaries below equilibrium or intermediate waterplane |
|
Position relative to |
|
1 SOLAS Regulation |
|
2 |
|
3 |
|
4 |
|
5 |
|
6 |
|
7 |
|
8 |
|
I. Passenger ships |
|
A. Below |
|
m □ m □ Io o Io 4^ |
|
B.
At or above |
|
II. Cargo ships |
|
A. Below |
|
B. At or above |
|
Notes: |
|
11-1/15.9, 22.6 and 22.12 |
|
11-1/17.1
and 22.3 MSC.Circ.541 |
|
11-1/17-1.1.1,
17-1.1.2, 17-1.3,
23.6 and 23.8 |
|
11-1/17-1.1.1,
17-1.2, 17-1.3,
23.3 and 23.5 |
|
11-1/15.9,
15-1.2, 15-1.3, 15-1.4, 22.6, 22.12 and 24.1 |
|
11-1/15-1.2 |
|
11-1/15-1.2
and 15-1.4 |
|
Permanently closed |
|
Normally
closed |
|
Permanently
closed |
|
Permanently
closed |
|
Normally
closed |
|
Permanently closed |
|
If hinged, this door should be of quick acting or single action type. |
|
S, H |
|
S,
H |
|
S,
H |
|
S,
H |
|
S,
H |
|
S,
H |
|
S,
H |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
See Notes 2 + 3 |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
Yes |
|
See
Note 1 |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
No |
|
No |
|
No |
|
The time of opening such doors in port and closing them before a voyage commences should be entered in the logbook. |
|
Doors should be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized opening. |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Yes |
|
Doors
giving access to below ro-ro deck |
|
See
Notes 2 + 3 |
|
See
Notes 2 + 3 |
|
See
Note 1 |
|
See
Notes 2 + 3 |
|
CD |
|
D 5 s o' O in o' |
|
n or cu "O ro |
|
Z -I m 20 Z m — >■ m do O z Ln |
|
II-1 |
|
27 Openings in watertight boundaries
below the |
|
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ.1362/Rev.2) |
|
Reg. 13.2.3 |
|
bulkhead
deck in passenger ships 27.1
Any penetration used for the
passage of heat-sensitive piping systems through a watertight bulkhead or
deck on a passenger ship under SOLAS regulation 11-1/13.2.3 should be tested
with the heat-sensitive piping and should be type-approved for watertight
integrity as per paragraphs 4 and 5 of the explanatory notes to regulation
11-1/13.2.3 contained in the annex of resolutions MSC.429(98)/Rev.1 and
Rev.2, as applicable, after the fire test. 27.2
SOLAS regulation
11-1/13.2.3 should be applicable to heat-sensitive piping systems and should
not be applied to cable penetrations in watertight bulkheads and decks. |
|
28 Integrity of the hull and
superstructure, |
|
(Source: MSC.1/Circ.1571) |
|
Reg. 17-1.1.1 |
|
ro-ro
passenger ships 28.1 Stern,
bow and side doors of large dimensions, when manual devices would not be
readily accessible, should be normally secured by means of power systems. 28.2 Alternative
means of securing should also be provided for emergency use in case of
failure of the power systems. 28.3 In
ro-ro passenger ships constructed before 1 July 1997, all access doors or
hatchways to spaces below the ro-ro
deck, which may be used at sea, should have sills or coamings not less than 380
mm in height above the ro-ro deck,
and should be provided with doors or covers considered weathertight
in relation to their position;
refer to SOLAS regulation 11-1/20-2/ 28.4 For ro-ro passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July
1997 but before 1 January 2009, refer to SOLAS regulation 11-1/20-2.’ 28.5 The ro-ro deck, referred to in paragraph 28.3 above, is
the deck above which the stern, bow or side doors are fitted, or the first deck above the load waterline. |
|
29
Flooding detection systems for passenger ships carrying 36 or more persons |
|
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ.1539/Rev. 1) |
|
Reg. 22-1 |
|
For passenger ships carrying 36 or more persons and subject to
SOLAS regulation 11-1/8-1, the Safe Return To Port (SRTP) requirements of SOLAS regulation 11-2/21.4
apply to both: |
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
the flooding
detection systems in the spaces as defined in paragraph 6 of MSC.1/Circ.1291;
and the liquid level
monitoring systems, which are used as, or replace, the flooding detection
systems, as specified in paragraph 7 of
MSC.1/Circ.1291. |
|
Therefore, for
systems noted in sub-paragraph .2 above, the phrase “excluded from these requirements”
in paragraph 7 of MSC.1/Circ.1291 is not
an exclusion from the general provision in SOLAS regulation 11-2/21.4.13 (remain operational in the event
of fire). This exclusion pertains only to the
detailed provisions in
MSC.1/Circ.1291.f |
|
30
Fuel pump arrangement required for ships to maintain normal operation of
propulsion machinery |
|
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ. 1467) |
|
Reg. 26.3.4 |
|
when
operating in emission control areas and
non-restricted areas 30.1
For ships intending to use heavy fuel oil (HFO) or marine diesel oil (MDO) in
non-restricted areas and marine fuels with a sulphur content not exceeding
0.1 per cent/m/m and minimum viscosity of 2 cSt in emission control areas,
the following arrangements should be considered to be in compliance with
SOLAS regulation II-I/26.3.4: |
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
in
non-restricted areas, ships provided with two fuel oil pumps that can each
supply the fuel primarily used by the ship (i.e. HFO or MDO) in the required
capacity for normal operation of the propulsion machinery; and in
emission control areas one of the following configurations: .1
fuel oil pumps as in .1, provided these are each suitable for marine fuels
with a sulphur content not exceeding 0.1 per cent/m/m and minimum viscosity
of 2 cSt operation at the required capacity for normal operation of
propulsion machinery; |
|
* SOLAS chapter 11-1 has been comprehensively revised and this regulation been replaced. t The unified interpretation of regulation 11-1/22-1 on the safe return to port requirement flooding detection system should only be applied to ships contracted for construction on or after 1 July 2019. |
when the fuel oil pumps in
.1 are suitable to operate on marine fuels with a sulphur I content not
exceeding 0.1 per cent/m/m and minimum viscosity of 2 cSt but one pump alone is
not capable of delivering marine fuels with a sulphur content not exceeding I
0.1 per cent/m/m and minimum viscosity of 2 cSt at the required capacity, then
both " pumps may operate in parallel to achieve the required capacity for
normal operation of propulsion machinery. In this case, one additional (third)
fuel oil pump should be provided. The additional pump should, when operating in
parallel with one of the pumps in .1, be suitable for and capable of delivering
marine fuels with a sulphur content not exceeding 0.1 per cent/m/m and minimum
viscosity of 2 cSt at the required capacity for normal operation of the
propulsion machinery; and
in
addition to .1, two separate fuel oil pumps should be provided, each capable of
and suitable for supplying marine fuels with a sulphur content not exceeding
0.1 per cent/m/m and minimum viscosity of 2 cSt at the required capacity for
normal operation of propulsion machinery.
Notes:
For the purpose of this
interpretation, if a marine distillate grade fuel with a different maximum
sulphur content is specified by regulation for the area of operation of the
ship (e.g. EGA, specific ports or local areas, etc.) then that maximum should be
applied.
IACS
UR35.4.1 (automatic start of standby pumps) applies independent of the pump
arrangement for
ships holding the class notation for unattended machinery spaces.
Where electrical power
is required for the operation of propulsion machinery, the
requirements should also be
applicable for machinery for power generation when such machinery is
supplied by common fuel supply
pumps.
Dead ship condition for the purpose of regulation 11-1/26.4
should be understood to mean a condition
under which
the main propulsion plant, boilers and auxiliaries are not in operation and
in restoring the propulsion, no stored
energy for starting and operating the propulsion plant, the main source
of electrical power and other
essential auxiliaries is assumed to be available.
31.2 Where the emergency source of power is an emergency
generator which complies with regulation 11-1/44, IACS SC185 and IACS SC124, this
generator may be used for restoring operation of the main propulsion plant, boilers and auxiliaries where any
power supplies necessary for engine operation are also protected to a similar level as the starting
arrangements.
31.3 Where there is no emergency generator installed or an
emergency generator does not comply with regulation 11-1/44, the arrangements for bringing main and
auxiliary machinery into operation should be such that the initial charge of starting air or initial
electrical power and any power supplies for engine operation can be developed on board ships without external
aid. If for this purpose an emergency air compressor or an electric generator is required, these units
should be powered by a hand-starting oil engine or a hand-operated compressor. The arrangements for
bringing main and auxiliary machinery into operation
should have capacity such that the starting energy and any power supplies for
engine operation are available within 30 min of a dead ship condition.
32 Machinery
installations - General
Reg.
26.11 32.1 Arrangements complying
with this regulation and acceptable “equivalent arrangements” for the
most commonly utilized
fuel systems are shown in appendix 1.
32.2
A service tank is a fuel oil tank
which contains only fuel of a quality ready for use, i.e. fuel of a grade and
quality that meets the specification required by the equipment manufacturer. A
service tank should be declared as such and not be used for any other purpose.
32.3
Use of a setting tank with or without
purifiers, or purifiers alone, and one service tank is not acceptable as an
“equivalent arrangement” to two service tanks.
The stopping times, ship
headings and distances recorded on trials, together with the results of trials
to determine the ability of ships having multiple propulsion/steering
arrangements to navigate and manoeuvre with one or more of these devices
inoperative, should be available on board for the use of the master or
designated personnel.
(Source:
MSC.1/Circ.1398)
34.1.1
Two independent steering gear control
systems should be provided and should be so arranged that a mechanical or
electrical failure in one of them will not render the other one inoperative.
34.1.2
The term “steering gear control
system” as defined in SOLAS chapter 11-1, part A, regulation 3.1, should be
understood as “steering control system” covering “the equipment required to
control the steering gear power actuating system”.
34.2
Separation of control systems and
components
34.2.1
General
Wires, terminals and the components for duplicated steering gear
control systems installed in units, control boxes, switchboards or bridge consoles should be separated
as far as practicable. Where physical separation is not practicable, separation may be achieved by
means of a fire-retardant plate.
34.2.2
Steering wheel or steering lever
All electric components of the steering gear
control systems should be duplicated. This does not require duplication of the steering wheel or steering lever.
34.2.3
Steering mode selector switch
If a joint steering mode selector switch (uniaxial switch) is
employed for both steering gear control systems, the connections for the circuits of the control systems should
be divided accordingly and separated from each other by an isolating plate or by an air gap.
34.2.4
Follow-up amplifier
In the case of double follow-up control (see appendix 2, example
2), the amplifiers should be designed and fed so as to be electrically and mechanically separated. In
the case of non-follow-up control and follow-up control, it should be ensured that the follow-up amplifiers are
protected selectively (see appendix 2, example 3).
34.2.5
Additional control systems
Control circuits for
additional control systems, e.g. steering lever or autopilot, should be
designed for all-pole disconnection (see appendix 2, examples 1, 2 and 3).
34.2.6
Feedback units and limit switches
The feedback units and limit
switches, if any, for the steering gear control systems should be separated
electrically and mechanically connected to the rudder stock or actuator
separately.
34.2.7
Hydraulic control components
34.2.7.1 Hydraulic
system components in the power actuating or hydraulic servo systems controlling
the power systems of the steering gear (e.g. solenoid valves, magnetic valves)
should be considered as part of the steering gear control system and should be
duplicated and separated.
34.2.7.2 Hydraulic
system components in the steering gear control system that are part of a power
unit may be regarded as being duplicated and separated when there are two or
more separate power units provided and the piping to each power unit can be
isolated.
* The SOLAS requirements for steering gears have been established for ships having a traditional propulsion system and one rudder. For ships fitted with alternative propulsion and steering arrangements, such as but not limited to, azimuthing propulsors or waterjet propulsion systems, SOLAS regulations 11-1/28.2, 28.3, 29.1, 29.2.1, 29.3, 29.4, 29.6.1, 29.14 and 30.2 should be interpreted as follows, except 29.14, which is limited to the steering systems having a certain steering capability due to ship speed, also in case propulsion power has failed.
34.3
Failure detection and response of
control systems
34.3.1 Failure detection
34.3.1.1
The most probable failures that may
cause reduced or erroneous system performance should be detected, and should
consider at least the following:
34.3.1.2 All
failures detected should initiate an audible and visual alarm on the navigation
bridge. Hydraulic locking should always be warned individually unless system
design makes manual action unnecessary.
Note: “Hydraulic locking” includes
all situations where two hydraulic systems (usually identical) oppose each
other in such a way that it may lead to loss of steering. It can either be
caused by pressure in the two hydraulic systems working against each other or
by hydraulic “by pass”, meaning that the systems puncture each other and cause
pressure drop on both sides or make it impossible to build up pressure.
34.3.1.3 Alternatively to 34.3.1.1.2 and 34.3.1.1.3, depending on the
rudder characteristic, critical deviations between rudder order and response should be
indicated visually and audibly as a steering failure alarm on the navigating bridge.
34.3.1.4 The following parameters should be monitored:
Direction: Actual rudder position follows the set value.
Delay:
Rudder's actual position reaches set position within acceptable time limits.
Accuracy: The
end actual position should correspond to the set value within the design offset tolerances.
34.3.2 System response upon failure
The most probable failures, e.g. loss of power or loop failure, should
result in the least critical of any new possible conditions.
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ. 1416/Rev. 1)
35.1
For a ship fitted with
multiple steering-propulsion units, such as, but not limited
to, azimuthing propulsors or water jet
propulsion systems, each of the steering-propulsion units should
be provided with a main steering
gear and an auxiliary steering gear or with two or more identical steering
actuating systems in compliance
with interpretation of SOLAS regulation 11-1/29.6.1 (see interpretation
40). The main steering gear and the auxiliary steering gear should be so
arranged that the failure of one of them will not render the other one
inoperative.
35.2
For a ship fitted with a single
steering-propulsion unit, the requirement in SOLAS regulation 11-1/29.6.1 is
considered satisfied if the steering gear is provided with two or more steering
actuating systems and is in compliance with the interpretation of SOLAS
regulation 11-1/29.6.1 (see interpretation 40). A detailed risk assessment
should be submitted in order to demonstrate that in the case of any single
failure in the steering gear, control system and power supply the ship steering
is maintained.
(Source: MSC.1/Circ.1416/Rev.1)
Reg.
29.2.1 All components used in steering arrangements for ship directional
control should be of sound reliable construction to the satisfaction of the
Administration or recognized organizations acting on its behalf. Special
consideration should be given to the suitability of any essential component
which is not duplicated. Any such essential component should, where
appropriate, utilize anti-friction bearings such as ball bearings, roller
bearings or sleeve bearings which should be permanently lubricated or provided
with lubrication fittings.
* The SOLAS requirements for steering gears have been established for ships having a traditional propulsion system and one rudder. For ships fitted with alternative propulsion and steering arrangements, such as but not limited to, azimuthing propulsors or water jet propulsion systems, SOLAS regulations 11-1/28.2, 28.3, 29.1, 29.2.1, 29.3, 29.4, 29.6.1, 29.14 and 30.2 should be interpreted as follows, except 29.14, which is limited to the steering systems having a certain steering capability due to ship speed also in case propulsion power has failed.
|
II-1 |
|
37 Steering gear |
|
(Source: MSC.1/Circ.1536) |
|
Regs. 29.3, 37.1 In order for ships to comply with
the performance requirements stated in regulations 11-1/29.3.2 and 29.4 29.4.2, they are to have
steering gear capable of meeting these performance requirements when at their deepest seagoing draught. |
|
37.2 In order to
demonstrate this ability, the trials may be conducted in accordance with
section 6.1.5.1 of the standard ISO 19019:2005 (Sea-going vessels
and marine technology - Instructions for planning, carrying out and reporting
sea trials). |
|
37.3 On all occasions when trials
are conducted with the vessel not at the deepest seagoing draught, the
loading condition can be accepted on the conditions that either: |
|
.1 |
|
the rudder is fully submerged (at
zero speed waterline) and the vessel is in an acceptable trim condition. |
|
.2 |
|
the
rudder torque at the trial loading condition has been reliably predicted
(based on the system pressure measurement) and extrapolated to the maximum
seagoing draught condition using the following method to predict the
equivalent torque and actuator pressure at the deepest seagoing draught: |
|
Qf — Qt® O = 1.25| ' At l> \/T I |
|
where: |
|
o is the extrapolation factor. QF is the rudder stock moment (torque in the
rudder stock) for the deepest service draught and maximum service speed condition. Qt is the rudder stock moment (torque in the
rudder stock) for the trial condition. AF is the total immersed projected area of the movable part of the
rudder in the deepest seagoing condition. At is the total immersed projected area of the
movable part of the rudder in the
trial condition. VF is the contractual design speed of the vessel
corresponding to the maximum continuous revolutions of the main engine at the deepest
seagoing draught. VT is the measured speed of the vessel (considering current) in the
trial condition. |
|
Where the rudder actuator system pressure is shown to have a linear
relationship to the rudder stock torque the above equation can
be taken as: |
|
Pf = P^ |
|
where: |
|
PF is the estimated
steering actuator hydraulic pressure in the deepest seagoing draught
condition. PT is the maximum measured
actuator hydraulic pressure in the trial condition. |
|
Where
constant volume fixed displacement pumps are utilized then the regulations
can be deemed satisfied if the estimated steering actuator hydraulic pressure
at the deepest draught is less than the specified maximum working pressure of
the rudder actuator. Where a variable delivery pump is utilized pump data
should be supplied and interpreted to estimate the delivered flow rate
corresponds to the deepest seagoing draught in order to calculate the
steering time and allow it to be compared with the required time. |
|
Where AT
is greater than 0.95AF there is no need for extrapolation methods
to be applied. |
|
.3 |
|
Alternatively,
the designer or builder may use computational fluid dynamic (CFD) studies or
experimental investigations to predict the rudder stock moment at the full
seagoing draught condition and service speed. These calculations or
experimental investigations should be to the satisfaction of the
Administration. |
|
37.4 In any case for the main
steering gear trial, the speed of the ship corresponding to the number of
maximum continuous revolutions of the main engine and maximum design pitch
applies. |
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ.
1416/Rev. 1)
38.1
The main steering arrangements for
ship directional control should be:
.3
is arranged so that after a single failure in its piping system or in one of
the power units, steering capability can be maintained or speedily regained.
40.2
For a ship fitted with multiple
steering-propulsion units, where each main steering system comprises two or
more identical steering actuating systems, an auxiliary steering gear need not
be fitted provided that each steering gear:
40.3
Primary Essential Services
“Primary Essential
Services” are those services which need to be in continuous operation to
maintain propulsion and steering. Examples of equipment for “Primary Essential
Services” are as follows:
-
steering gears;
-
pumps for controllable pitch
propellers;
-
scavenging air blower, fuel oil
supply pumps, fuel valve cooling pumps, lubricating oil pumps and cooling water
pumps for main and auxiliary engines and turbines necessary for propulsion;
-
forced draught fans, feed water
pumps, water circulating pumps, vacuum pumps and condensate pumps for steam
plants on steam turbine ships, and also for auxiliary boilers on ships where
steam is used for equipment supplying Primary Essential Services;
-
oil burning installations for steam
plants on steam turbine ships and for auxiliary boilers where steam is used for
equipment supplying primary essential services;
-
azimuth thrusters, which are the sole
means for propulsion/steering with lubricating oil pumps and cooling water
pumps;
-
electrical equipment for electric
propulsion plant with lubricating oil pumps and cooling water pumps;
-
electric generators and associated
power sources supplying the above equipment;
-
hydraulic pumps
supplying the above equipment;
-
viscosity control
equipment for heavy fuel oil;
-
control, monitoring,
and safety devices/systems for equipment to Primary Essential
Services;
-
fire pumps and other
fire extinguishing medium pumps;
-
navigation lights, aids
and signals;
-
internal safety
communication equipment; and
-
lighting system.
40.4
Secondary Essential Services
Secondary
Essential Services are those services which need not necessarily be in continuous
operation to maintain propulsion
and steering but which are necessary for maintaining the vessel’s safety.
Examples of equipment for Secondary Essential
Services are as follows:
-
windlass;
-
fuel oil transfer pumps
and fuel oil treatment equipment;
-
lubrication oil
transfer pumps and lubrication oil treatment equipment;
-
pre-heaters for heavy
fuel oil;
-
starting air and
control air compressors;
-
bilge, ballast and heeling pumps;
-
ventilating fans for engine and
boiler rooms;
-
services considered necessary to
maintain dangerous spaces in a safe condition;
-
fire detection and alarm system;
-
electrical equipment for watertight
closing appliances;
-
electric generators and associated
power sources supplying the above equipment;
-
hydraulic pumps supplying the above
equipment;
-
control, monitoring, and safety
systems for cargo containment systems; and
-
control, monitoring, and safety
devices/systems for equipment to Secondary Essential Services.
40.5
Services for habitability
Services for habitability
are those services which need to be in operation for maintaining the ship’s
minimum comfort conditions for the crew and passengers. Examples of equipment
for maintaining conditions of habitability are as follows:
-
cooking;
-
heating;
-
domestic refrigeration;
mechanical ventilation;
sanitary and fresh water; and
electrical generators and associated power sources
supplying the above equipment.
40.6
Regulations 11-1/40.1.1 and 11-1/41.1.1 -
For the purposes of these regulations, the services as included in paragraphs
44.2 to 44.4 should be considered.
40.7
Regulation 11-1/40.1.2-For
the purposes of this regulation, the services as included in paragraphs 44.2
and 44.3 and the services in regulations 11-1/42 or 11-1/43, as applicable,
should be considered.
40.8
Regulation 11-1/41.1.2-Forthe
purposes of this regulation, the services as included in paragraphs 44.2 to
44.4, except for those also listed in interpretation 45, should be considered.
40.9
Regulation 11-1/41.1.5
-For the purposes of this regulation, the services as included in paragraphs
44.2,
44.3
and 44.4 should be considered.*
44.9
Regulation 11-1/41.5.1.2 -
For the purposes of this regulation, the following interpretations are
applicable:
45 Main source of
electrical power and lighting systems
Reg.
41.1.2 Those services
necessary to provide normal operational conditions of propulsion and safety do not include services such as:
46
Main source of electrical power and lighting systems
Reg. 41.1.3 Generators and generator
systems, having the ship’s main propulsion machinery as their prime mover, may
be accepted as part of the ship’s main source of electrical power, provided
that:
See also IACS UI SC83.
47
Main source of electrical power and lighting systems
Reg.
41.5.1.1 47.1 Where the electrical power is normally supplied by more than one
generator set simultaneously in parallel operation, provision of protection,
including automatic disconnection of sufficient non-essential services and, if
necessary, Secondary Essential Services as defined in the unified
interpretation of SOLAS regulations 11-1/40 and 11-1/41 (see interpretation 44)
and those provided for habitability, should be made to ensure that, in case of
loss of any of these generating sets, the remaining ones are kept in operation
to permit propulsion and steering and to ensure safety.
47.2
Where Administrations permit
electrical power to be normally supplied by one generator, provision should be
made, upon loss of power, for automatic starting and connecting to the main
switchboard of stand-by generator(s) of sufficient capacity with automatic
restarting of the essential auxiliaries, in sequential operation if required.
Starting and connection to the main switchboard of one generator should be as
rapid as possible, preferably within 30 seconds after loss of power. Where
prime movers with longer starting times are used, this starting and connection
time may be exceeded upon approval from the Administration.
48
Main source of electrical power and lighting systems
Reg.
41.5.1.2 48.1 The load shedding should be automatic.
47.3
The non-essential
services, service for habitable conditions, may be shed and, where
necessary, additionally the
Secondary Essential Services, sufficient to ensure the connected generator
set(s) is/are not overloaded.
49
Main source of electrical power and lighting systems
Reg.
41.5.1.3 49.1 Other approved means can be
achieved by:
.1 circuit breaker
without tripping mechanism; or
.2 disconnecting link
or switch by which busbars can be split easily and safely.
47.4
Bolted links, for
example bolted busbar sections, should not be accepted.
50
Emergency source of electrical power in passenger and cargo ships
Regs.
42, 43 50.1 "Blackout” as used in
regulations 11-1/42.3.4 and 11-1/43.3.4 should be understood to
mean a “dead ship"
condition-initiating event.
47.5
“Dead ship” condition,
for the purpose of regulations 11-1/42.3.4 and 11-1/43.3.4,
should be understood to mean a
condition under which the main propulsion plant, boilers and auxiliaries
are not in operation and in restoring the propulsion, no stored energy for
starting the propulsion plant, the main source of electrical power and other
essential auxiliaries should be assumed available. It is assumed that means are
available to start the emergency generator at all times.
47.6
Emergency generator stored starting
energy is not to be directly used for starting the propulsion plant, the main
source of electrical power and/or other essential auxiliaries (emergency
generator excluded).
47.7
For steam ships, the 30-min time
limit given in SOLAS can be interpreted as time from blackout defined above to
light-off of the first boiler.
47.8
“Exceptionally” is understood to mean
conditions such as:
blackout
situation;
dead
ship situation;
routine
use for testing;
short-term
parallel operation with the main source of electrical power for the purpose of
load transfer; and
use
of the emergency generator during lay time in port for the supply of the ship’s
main switchboard, provided the requirements of 50.6 (Suitable measures for the
exceptional use of the emergency generator for power supply of non-emergency
circuits in port) are achieved and unless instructed otherwise by the
Administration.
47.9
Suitable measures for the exceptional
use of the emergency generator for power supply of non-emergency circuits in
port:
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
.3 |
|
.5 |
|
.6 |
|
.7 |
|
.8 |
|
To prevent the generator
or its prime mover from becoming overloaded when used in port, arrangements
should be provided to shed sufficient non-emergency loads to ensure its
continued safe operation. The prime mover should
be arranged with fuel oil filters and lubrication oil filters, monitoring
equipment and protection devices as required for the prime mover for main
power generation and for unattended operation. The fuel oil supply tank
to the prime mover should be provided with a low-level alarm, arranged at a
level ensuring sufficient fuel oil capacity for the emergency services for
the period of time as required by SOLAS. The prime mover should
be designed and built for continuous operation and should be subjected to a
planned maintenance scheme ensuring that it is always available and capable
of fulfilling its role in the event of an emergency at sea. Fire detectors should be
installed in the location where the emergency generator set and emergency
switchboard are installed. Means should be provided
to readily change over to emergency operation. Control, monitoring and
supply circuits for the purpose of the use of the emergency generator in port should be so arranged and protected that any
electrical fault will not influence the operation of the main and emergency services. When
necessary for safe operation, the emergency switchboard should be fitted
with switches to isolate the circuits. |
|
.9 |
|
Instructions should
be provided on board to ensure that when the ship is under
way all control devices (e.g.
valves, switches) are in a correct position for the independent emergency
operation of the emergency generator set and
emergency switchboard. |
|
51
Starting arrangements for emergency generating sets |
|
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ. 1572/Rev.2) |
|
Reg. 44.1 |
|
Emergency generating sets should be capable of being
readily started in their cold condition at a temperature of 0°C. If this is impracticable, or if
lower temperatures are likely to be
encountered, heating should be provided to ensure ready starting of the generating
sets. |
|
52 Starting
arrangements for emergency generating sets |
|
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ.1572/Rev.2) |
|
Reg. 44.2 |
|
Each
emergency generating set arranged to be
automatically started should be equipped with starting devices with a stored energy capability of at least three
consecutive starts. A second source of energy should be
provided for an additional three starts within 30 min unless manual starting
can be demonstrated to be effective. |
|
53 Hazardous area
classification |
|
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ.1557/Rev. 1) |
|
Reg. 45.11 |
|
Where
the prescriptive requirements within SOLAS and related Codes (IBC and IGC
Codes) and the standards published by the International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC), such as, but not limited to, IEC 60092-502:1999, are not
aligned, the prescriptive requirements in SOLAS and other relevant IMO
instruments should take precedence and be applied. The differences between
the above-mentioned documents are listed in appendix 3, as provided by IACS. |
|
54 Protection
against flooding |
|
(Source: MSC.1/Circ.1424) |
|
Reg. 48.3 |
|
54.1
“Bilge injection system” is the same as “direct suction” referred to in SOLAS
regulation 11-1/35-1.3.7.1 and 3.7.2 and is understood to mean “emergency
bilge suction”, which is used to discharge overboard large quantities of
seawater accumulated in engine room bilges using the main circulating pump or
another suitable pump as permitted by SOLAS regulation 11-1/35-1.3.7.2. |
|
54.2 The requirements for the
controls of the “valves serving a sea inlet, a discharge below the waterline
or a bilge injection system” should not be applied to valves serving an
emergency bilge system, provided: .1
the emergency bilge valve is normally maintained in a closed position; |
|
.2 |
|
.3 |
|
a non-return device is installed in
the emergency bilge piping; and Note: A normally closed non-return
valve with positive means of closing is considered to satisfy both .1 and .2
above. the emergency bilge suction piping
is located inboard of a shell valve that is fitted with the control
arrangements required by SOLAS regulation 11-1/48.3. |
|
II-1 |
unified interpretations for chapter 11-1
Appendix 1
Examples of application for the most common systems
Example 1
1.1
Requirement according to SOLAS - Main
and auxiliary engines and boiler(s) operating with heavy fuel oil (HFO) (one
fuel ship)
HFO
Serv. TK
Capacity for at least 8 h
Main Eng. +
Aux. Eng. +
Aux. Boiler
HFO
Serv. TK
Capacity for at least 8 h
Main Eng. +
Aux. Eng. +
Aux. Boiler
MDO
TK
For initial cold starting
or repair work
Engines/Boiler
1.2
Equivalent arrangement
This
interpretation only applies where main and auxiliary engines can operate with HFO under all load conditions and, in the case of main engines, during manoeuvring.
For pilot burners of auxiliary boilers
if provided, an additional marine diesel oil (MDO) tank
for 8 hours may be necessary.
Example 2
2.1
Requirement according
to SOLAS - Main
engine(s) and auxiliary boiler(s) operating with HFO and auxiliary engine operating with MDO
2.2
Equivalent arrangement
The arrangements in paragraphs 1.2
and 2.2 apply, provided the propulsion and vital systems which use two types of
fuel support rapid fuel changeover and are capable of operating in all normal
operating conditions at sea with both types of fuel (MDO and HFO).
Appendices to unified interpretations for chapter 11-1
Appendix 2
Principle scheme for double non-follow-up control " and
autopilot or other additional control
Reference should be made to the following examples 1,
2 and 3, which can be regarded as basic design.
|
;----- |
|
i I |
|
i , I I 73 i o if |
|
i S , 0) I “ I CD : e |
|
w — CD |
|
> CD |
|
<D .E |
|
IB E </> |
|
I |
|
I is 1^ if * (/) ! I |
|
I ______ i |
|
* loiidojne dn-MO||o.j-uou |
|
I +->°L ■ i L___ «____ r |
|
4- |
|
05 O CD O CD CT O ’= E o o to |
|
co
o < |
|
O r- > CT n O z co o |
|
m □ m □ o Io o Io 4^ |
|
magnetic valves steering gear 2 |
|
magnetic valves steering gear 1 |
|
motor for steering gear 1 |
|
motor for steering gear 2 |
|
* ~]feed backf M 7^11 unit 2 \2. |
|
I starter j box |
|
Id □ |
|
n Q C Z |
|
CD |
|
Ln |
|
IACS |
|
Principle scheme for double
follow-up control |
|
Example 2 |
|
D 57 o' Z in O n z- CD "O |
|
z -I m 70 Z m — >■ m do 0 z co |
|
co O i— > co n O z co o |
|
steering gear 1 |
|
magnetic valves steering
gear 1 |
|
magnetic valves steering gear 2 |
|
motor for steering gear 2 |
|
~Q A o c 2 S' CI. S' ft ft ft o' a Si) to ft |
|
z m 73 Z m
“ >■ m de O z on |
|
m □ m □ to o lo |
|
IACS |
|
Principle scheme for double
non-follow-up control, |
|
Example 3 |
|
o r- > CT n O z cn o |
|
Appendix 3 Summary of
discrepancies on the hazardous area classification issues among the
SOLAS Convention, the IBC and IGC Codes and standard IEC 60092-502:1999 |
|
(Source: MSC. 1/Circ.1557/Rev. 1) |
|
No. |
|
Title |
|
SOLAS |
|
IBC |
|
IGC |
|
IEC 60092-502:1999 |
|
Explanatory
Notes |
|
m □ m □ c hJ o 4^ |
|
Hazardous area and
classification on open deck from the cargo tank ventilation outlet for small
flow by thermal variations |
|
Within 5 m radius;
SOLAS regulation 11-2/11.6.2.2. Reference is made to UI SC70. |
|
Within 4.5 m radius; IEC
60092-502:1999, 4.2.2.7 and 4.2.3.1. Zone 1: open areas on
deck within a 3 m radius. Zone 2: additional 1.5 m
beyond Zone 1; IEC 60092-502:1999,
4.2.2.7 and 4.2.3.1. |
|
Per UI SC70 and
MSC.1/Circ.112O: Areas on open deck, or
semi-enclosed spaces on open deck, within 3 m of cargo tank ventilation
outlets which permit the flow of small volumes of vapour or gas mixtures
caused by thermal variation are defined as Zone 1. Areas within 2 m beyond
the zone specified above are to be considered Zone 2. |
|
"q |
|
n CD yi C cd' |
|
D 57 o’ D in □ n zr CD "O |
|
z -I m /□Z m — >■ m do O z cn |
|
to |
|
No. |
|
Title |
|
SOLAS |
|
IBC |
|
IGC |
|
IEC 60092-502:1999 |
|
Explanatory Notes |
|
The separation distance of the
nearest air intakes for non-hazardous spaces from the tank ventilation outlet
for small flow by thermal variations. |
|
At least 10 m; the openings shall
be arranged in accordance with SOLAS regulation 11-2/4.5.3.4.1 referred to in
SOLAS regulation 11-2/11.6.2. |
|
At least 10 m; IBC Code, paragraph
8.3.4.2. At least 15 m; IBC Code, paragraph
15.12.1.3 (although toxicity not flammability). |
|
At least 10 m; IGC Code, paragraph
8.2.11.2. Cargo tank PRV vent exits: at least
equal to B or 25 m, whichever is less. For ships less than 90 m in length,
smaller distances may be permitted; IGC Code, paragraph 8.2.11.1. |
|
At least 6 m; IEC 60092-502:1999, 4.2.2.7,
4.2.3.1 and 8.2.5. |
|
For oil tankers, and chemical and
gas carriers, the requirements of SOLAS, IBC Code and IGC Code are to be met,
as applicable. |
|
Hazardous zone in way of P/V
breaker |
|
SOLAS regulation 11-2/11.6.2.2: at least
10 m. |
|
co o I— > co n
O z co o |
|
10 m from a cargo gas outlet
intended for the passage of large volumes of gas or vapour mixture during
cargo loading; IEC 60092-502:1999, 4.2.2.S and 4.2.3.2 based on UI SC140,
otherwise 4.5 m from a P/V breaker which does not release large volumes of
gas or vapour locally; IEC 60092-502:1999, 4.2.2.7 and 4.2.3.1. |
|
Fortankers, a minimum distance of
10 m applies. |
|
~Q n> 3 & ? o c 3 S' Q, S' ft ft O' a Si) ~Q ft |
|
z m 73 Z m “ —I — >■ m de O z co |
|
m □ m □ o to o lo |
|
o r— > CT n O z cn o |
|
The separation distance
of the nearest air intakes for non-hazardous spaces from the tank vent
outlets for cargo loading, discharging and ballasting |
|
At least 10 m; SOLAS regulation
11-2/4.5.3.4.1.3. At least 10 m; SOLAS regulation 11-2/11.6.2.2 referring
back to SOLAS regulation 11-2/4.5.3.4.1. |
|
At least 10 m; IBC Code,
paragraph 12.1.5. At least 15 m; IBC Code,
paragraph 15.12.1. 3 (although toxicity not
flammability). |
|
m □ m □ c hJ o io 4^ |
|
The separation distance
of the nearest air intakes for non-hazardous areas from the ventilation
exhaust outlet for hazardous areas (i.e. cargo compressor room, cargo pumproom,
etc.) |
|
MSC.1/Circ.1321,
part IV, chapter 3, paragraph 1.2: the position of the cargo pump-room vent
outlet should be arranged at a distance of at least 3 m measured horizontally
from any ignition source and from the nearest opening to accommodation,
service or machinery spaces. |
|
At
least 10 m; IBC Code, paragraph 12.1.5. |
|
At least 10 m; IGC Code,
paragraph 12.1.6. Cargo tank PRV vent
exits: at least equal to B or 25 m, whichever is less. For ships less than 90 m
in length, smaller distances may be permitted; IGC Code, paragraph
8.2.11.1. All other vent outlets
connected to the cargo containment system: at least 10 m; IGC Code, paragraph
8.2.11.2. At least 10 m; IGC Code,
paragraph 12.1.6. Ventilation ducts, air
intakes and exhaust outlets serving artificial ventilation systems shall be
positioned in accordance with recognized standards;1' IGC Code,
paragraph 12.1.5. |
|
At least 11.5 m; IEC 60092-502:1999,
4.2.2.8, 4.2.3.2 and 8.2.5. |
|
At least 6 m; IEC 60092-502:1999,
4.2.2.7, 4.2.3.1 and 8.2.5. |
|
t IEC60092-502:1999 |
|
For oil tankers, and
chemical and gas carriers, the requirements of SOLAS, IBC Code and IGC Code
are to be met, as applicable. Any other requirement on
the location of air intakes and openings such as in SOLAS regulation
II-2/4.5.2, IBC Code 3.2, IGC Code 3.2 is to be also complied with. |
|
For
oil tankers, the minimum distance of MSC.1/Circ.1321 to be met. For
chemical tankers, IBC Code 12.1.5 applies. For
gas carriers, the minimum distance of 6 m per IEC standard 60092-502:1999
applies. |
|
"q |
|
n CD yi C cd' |
|
z -I m 70 Z m — >■ m do O z co |
|
Hazardous area and
classification on open deck from the cargo shore connection or spillage
coaming |
|
Within the coaming
required by 3.7.7 or within a 3 m radius beyond the coaming; IBC Code,
paragraph 3.7.8. It should be noted that
paragraph 3.7.8 only applies to stern or bow loading arrangements. |
|
Within 3 m beyond the
spillage coming up to a height of 2.4 m above the deck; IGC Code, paragraph
1.2.24.15. |
|
Opening
to main cargo control stations and service spaces not giving access to
accommodations, control stations and similar spaces containing sources of
ignition |
|
co o I— > co n O z co o |
|
Openings
to accommodation spaces, service spaces, control stations and machinery
spaces facing the cargo area |
|
Subject
to Administration; SOLAS
regulation II-2/4.5.2.2. Note:
SOLAS regulation II-2/4.5.2.2 does not categorize the space as hazardous or
non-hazardous. Not less than 4% of L, but not less than 3 m from the end of the superstructure
or deckhouse. (This distance need not exceed 5 m); SOLAS regulation
II-2/4.5.2. |
|
IBC Code, paragraph
3.2.3. |
|
Not
less than 4% of L, but not less than 3 m
from the end of the superstructure or deckhouse. (This distance need not
exceed 5 m); IBC Code, paragraph 3.2.3. |
|
Not
less than 4% of L, but not less than 3 m
from the end of the superstructure or deckhouse. (This
distance need not exceed 5 m); IGC Code, paragraph 3.2.4.1. |
|
m □ m □ o to o lo |
|
Within 4.5 m radius; IEC
60092-502:1999, 4.2.2.10 and 4.2.3.1. Zone 1: open areas on
deck within a 3 m radius, up to a height of 2.4 m above the deck. Zone 2: additional 1.5 m
beyond Zone 1; IEC 60092-502:1999,
4.2.2.10 and 4.2.3.1. The intent of a minimum
distance of 1.5 m from the boundaries of any hazardous area is to be
followed; IEC 60092-502:1999,
8.2.5. |
|
At
least 1.5 m from the boundaries of any hazardous area; IEC
60092-502:1999, 8.2.5. |
|
For bow and stern
loading/unloading arrangements on oil tankers reference is made to IACS UR
F16. |
|
~Q n> 3 o c 3 S' Q, S' ft ft O' a Si) to ft |
|
z m 73 Z m
“ —I — >■ m de O z co |
|
o r- > CT n O z cn o |
|
Access doors to
forecastle spaces containing source of ignition facing the cargo area |
|
m □ m □ o Io o Io 4^ |
|
Ventilation
of cargo pump-rooms (cargo handling spaces on chemical and gas carriers) |
|
Access doors to
forecastle spaces containing source of ignition shall not face the cargo
area; SOLAS regulation
11-2/4.5.2.1. Access doors to
forecastle spaces containing source of ignition shall not face the cargo area
and are to be at not less than 3 m from the end of the superstructure or
deckhouse. (This distance need not
exceed 5 m); SOLAS regulation 11-2/4.5.2.1. Reference is made to UI
SC120. 20 air changes/hour; SOLAS regulation 11-2/4.5.4.1
and MSC.1/Circ.1321, part IV, chapter 3, paragraph 1.1. |
|
Access doors to
forecastle spaces containing source of ignition shall not face the cargo
area; IBC Code, paragraph
3.2.3. Reference is made to UI
SC120. |
|
Access doors to
forecastle spaces containing source of ignition shall not face the cargo
area; IGC Code, paragraph
3.2.4.1. Accesses to forecastle
spaces containing sources of ignition may be permitted through a single door
facing the cargo area, provided the doors are located outside hazardous areas
as defined in chapter 10; IGC Code, paragraph 3.2.4.4. Reference is made to
UISC120. |
|
The forecastle spaces
installed the access doors facing the cargo area shall be designated as the
hazardous area of Zone 2; IEC 60092-502:1999, 4.2. See also IEC 60092-502:1999,
4.2.3.6 as commented in item 18 below. |
|
(-H |
|
30
air changes/hour; IBC Code, paragraph 12.1.3. 45
air changes/hour; IBC Code, paragraph 15.17 (toxic). |
|
30
air changes/hour; IGC Code, paragraph 12.1.3. |
|
Spaces
containing sources of release: 30 air changes/hour; IEC 60092-502:1999,
8.1.3. |
|
Note:
The IEC standard refers to spaces “containing sources of release”, while the
IBC and IGC Codes refer to spaces for “cargo handling operations”. |
|
For
oil tankers, SOLAS regulation 11-2/4.5.4.1 applies. (Reference is also made
to IACS UR F21.) For
chemical tankers, the IBC Code requirements apply. For gas carriers,
the IGC Code requirements apply. Note:
The IEC standard refers to spaces “containing sources of release”, while the
IBC and IGC Codes refer to spaces for “cargo handling operations”. Further,
IEC does not consider the threat of toxicity. |
|
"q |
|
r> rt> yi C S' |
|
D 5 57 o’ D in □ n zr CD "O |
|
z -I m 20 Z m — >■ m do O z cn |
|
10 |
|
Ventilation of hazardous
spaces not containing source of release |
|
11 |
|
Concentration
of gas implying that space is non-hazardous (alarm limits) |
|
co o I— > co n O z co o |
|
12 |
|
Fan
monitoring (air lock) |
|
m □ m □ o to o lo |
|
10% LFL (lower flammable limit) for cargo pump-rooms in
tankers; SOLAS regulation 11-2/4.5.10.1.3. 30% LFL for all ballast tanks and void spaces of double-hull
and double-bottom spaces adjacent to the cargo tanks in oil tankers of 20,000
tonnes deadweight and above; SOLAS regulation II-2/4.5.7.3 and the FSS Code,
chapter 16, paragraph 2.2.3.3. |
|
20 air changes/hour;
spaces normally entered IBC Code, paragraph 12.2. 8 air changes/hour;
spaces not normally entered; IBC Code, paragraph 12.3 (16 air changes/hour if
portable). 10%
LFL for cargo pump-room; IBC Code, paragraph 11.1.1.7
(resolution MSC.219(82)), clarifying that SOLAS regulation 11-2/4.5.10
applies, in which case “hydrocarbon gases” are replaced by “flammable
vapours”. |
|
Alarms
shall be activated for flammable products when the vapour concentration
reaches 30% of the lower flammable limit, for the spaces of paragraph 13.6.2
of the IGC Code; IGC Code, paragraph 13.6.15. |
|
Where
spaces are protected by pressurization, the ventilation shall be designed and
installed in accordance with recognized standards;* IGC Code, paragraph
3.6.2. |
|
Spaces not containing
sources of release: 6 air changes/hour; IEC 60092-502:1999, 8.1.3. |
|
30%
LFL; IEC 60092502:1999, 8.4.2. Note:
The requirement of the standard applies to spaces protected by over-pressure. |
|
Motor
running or rotating fan monitoring device is not accepted; IEC
60092-502:1999, 8.4.3. |
|
IEC 60092-502:1999. As per the Note to 8.4.3 of the standard, a fan motor or a fan rotation monitoring device will not satisfy this requirement. |
|
The IBC Code
categorization differs from that of IEC (spaces not normally entered not
containing cargo handling equipment vs spaces not containing sources of
release). |
|
IEC
60092-502:1999, 8.4.2 applies to spaces protected by overpressure. This is
not considered equivalent to a cargo pump-room. |
|
Monitoring
of current or power supply is not as reliable as a differential pressure or
flow monitoring device. |
|
~Q n> 3 & ? o c 3 S' Q, S' ft ft O' a Si) ~Q ft |
|
z m 73 Z m
“ —I — >■ m de O z co |
|
o r- > CT n O z cn o |
|
13 |
|
Tanks for heated cargo |
|
m □ m □ c hJ o io 4^ |
|
14 |
|
Classification of cargo
pump-room |
|
Tanker requirements
apply to tankers carrying cargo with a flashpoint (FP) below 60°C; SOLAS regulation
11-2/1.6.1. For petroleum cargoes
with FP of 60°C and above only deck foam requirements apply; SOLAS regulation
11-2/1.6.4. Hazardous zone
classification and electrical installation shall be complied with; IEC
60092-502:1999; SOLAS regulation 11-1/45.11. Hazardous zone
classification and electrical installation shall be complied with; IEC 60092-
502:1999; SOLAS regulation 11-1/45.11. |
|
Follows SOLAS principle
related to flashpoint. However, the IBC Code
considers non-flammable products and products with a flashpoint of 60°C and
above in a different way (paragraphs 11.1.2 and 11.1.3); in the case of a
heated cargo, carriage conditions might need to be established and the
requirements for cargoes having a flashpoint not exceeding 60°C applied; IBC
Code, paragraph 10.1.6. |
|
IGC
Code, paragraph 1.3.17.7; IGC
Code, paragraph 1.2.24.6. |
|
When carrying cargoes
heated to temperature within 15°C of their flash point, hazardous zone
classification for tankers carrying cargoes with FP not exceeding 60°C
applies; IEC 60092502:1999, 4.3.2 referring back to 4.2. |
|
IEC 60092-502:1999,
4.1.4.1 table 1 and 4.2.2.4 may indicate that cargo pump-rooms are Zone 1.
However, as ventilation is only running during cargo handling, the
requirements may be interpreted that it is Zone 0 (flag Administration
position may be required). |
|
IEC 60092-502:1999,
4.3.2 and the IBC Code, paragraph 10.1.6 are in agreement. SOLAS cites do not
specifically address heated cargo. |
|
If hazardous area
classification is dependent on ventilation, then ventilation is not expected
to be discontinued. |
|
"q |
|
n CD C cd' |
|
z -I m 70 Z m — >■ m do O z cn |
|
co |
|
15 |
|
Discontinuation of
ventilation for long periods |
|
Spare parts shall be
carried for each type of ventilation fan required on board; IBC Code,
paragraph 12.1.9. |
|
16 |
|
Gas carrier ballast
tanks |
|
Where fans are required,
full required ventilation capacity for each space shall be available after
failure of any single fan, or spare parts shall be provided comprising a
motor, starter spares and complete rotating element, including bearings of
each type; IGC Code, paragraph 12.1.8. Ballast tanks may be
connected to pumps in machinery spaces; IGC Code, paragraph
3.7.5. |
|
IEC 60092-502:1999,
8.3.1 includes an assumption that ventilation shall not be discontinued for
long periods. |
|
17 |
|
Gas
carrier hold space |
|
co o I— > co n O z co o |
|
18 |
|
Access to forward spaces
below level of main deck |
|
m □ m □ o to o lo |
|
Access
openings to service spaces, control stations and machinery spaces are not to
face the cargo area; SOLAS regulation II-2/4.5.2. Reference
is made to UI SC120. |
|
Reference
is made to UI SC120. |
|
Reference
is made to UI SC120. |
|
Ballast
tanks on gas carriers, separated from a hold space, where cargo is carried in
a cargo tank requiring a secondary barrier, by a single gastight boundary,
are hazardous areas Zone 1. Hold
spaces of gas carriers (except those with type C tanks), where a secondary
barrier is required, are considered hazardous areas Zone 0; IEC
60092-502:1999, 4.4.1 and annex D. It
is implied that as long as the sill height is above 0.5 m then it is exempted
from SOLAS and can face the cargo area; IEC
60092-502:1999, 4.2.3.6. |
|
1. SOLAS regulations
11-2/4.5.2.1 and 4.5.2.2, etc. restrict the installation of openings (e.g.
doors) facing cargo areas. 2. IEC60092-502:1999 4.2.3.6 addresses
classification of hazardous areas. |
|
~Q n> 3 & ? o c 3 S' Q, S' ft ft O' a Si) to ft |
|
z m 73 Z m
“ —I — >■ m de O z co |
|
o r— > CT n O z cn o |
|
19 |
|
Hazardous zone
classification on main deck of tankers with deck girders |
|
m □ m □ Io o 4^ |
|
20 |
|
Location
of fan motors for cargo pump-room and compressor room |
|
To
be located outside ducts; IBC Code, paragraph 12.1.8. |
|
To
be located outside ducts; IGC Code, paragraph 12.1.7. |
|
The entire deck area up
to 2.4 m is considered as Zone 1 if structures are provided as they are
considered to restrict natural ventilation; IEC 60092-502:1999,
4.2.2.11. |
|
IEC
60092-502:1999; follows zone classification, i.e. if Zone 0, outside
ventilation duct (based on 6.5.2). If Zone 1, inside OK, provided certified
for Zone 1. |
|
IACS considers that a
more reasonable criterion might be that the zone from deck level up to the
top of the structures should be Zone 1 and the remaining zone up to 2.4 m
should be considered Zone 2. |
|
Id □ |
|
r> o C Z |
|
CD |
|
D 5 57 o' Z on O n z- CD "O |
|
z -I m 70 Z m — >■ m do O z cn |
|
No. |
|
Title |
|
SOLAS |
|
IBC |
|
IGC |
|
IEC 60092-502:1999 |
|
Explanatory Notes |
|
21 |
|
Openings to accommodation spaces, service spaces, control
stations and machinery spaces facing the cargo area |
|
Shall not face the cargo area. Can be located at the
transverse bulkhead not facing the cargo area, at a distance of at least 4%
of the length of the ship but not less than 3 m from the end of the
superstructure or deckhouse facing the cargo area. This distance need not
exceed 5 m; SOLAS regulation 11-2/4.5.2.1. Refer to SOLAS regulation II- 2/4.5.2.2 for permitted
access doors to main cargo control stations and service spaces and to
wheelhouse doors and windows. |
|
Shall not face the cargo area. They shall be located on
the end bulkhead not facing the cargo area and/or on the outboard side of the
superstructure or deckhouse at a distance of at least 4% of the length (L)
of the ship but not less than 3 m from the end of the superstructure or
deckhouse facing the cargo area. |
|
This distance, however, need not exceed 5 m. Refer to same
paragraph for permitted access doors to spaces not having access to
accommodation and service spaces and control stations, and wheelhouse doors
and windows; IBC Code, paragraph 3.2.3. |
|
Shall not face the cargo area. They shall be located on
the end bulkhead not facing the cargo area or on the outboard side of the
superstructure or deckhouse or on both at a distance of at least 4% of the
length (L) of the ship but not less than 3 m from the end of the
superstructure or deckhouse facing the cargo area. This distance, however,
need not exceed 5 m. Refer to same paragraph for wheelhouse doors and
windows; IGC Code, paragraph 3.2.4. |
|
co o I— > co n
O z co o |
|
Access
doors or other openings shall not be provided between an area intended to be
considered as non-hazardous and a hazardous area, or between a space intended
to be considered as Zone 2 and a Zone 1 space except where required for
operational reasons. Where access doors or other openings are provided for
operational reasons, 4.1.5.2, 4.1.5.3, 4.1.5.4 or 4.1.5.5 apply; IEC
60092-502:1999, 4.1.5. Where a
space has an opening into an adjacent, more hazardous space or area, it may
be made into a less hazardous space or non-hazardous space by pressurization
designed and operated in accordance with the requirements given in 8.2 and
8.4; IEC
60092-502:1999, 8.1.4. Note:
SOLAS and Codes refer to permitted openings of spaces, while the IEC standard
defines hazardous areas. |
|
~Q n> 3 o c 3 S' Q, S' ft ft O' a Si) ~Q |
|
z m 73 Z m “ —I — >■ m de O z co |
|
m □ m □ o to o lo |
|
cz> o r— >
CT n O z cn o |
|
22 |
|
Air locks |
|
IGC Code, paragraph
3.6. |
|
IEC 60092-502:1999, 4.1.5.3. |
|
m □ m □ c hJ o io 4^ |
|
23 |
|
Earthed
distribution systems and hull return systems |
|
Earthed
distribution systems shall not be used in a tanker. The Administration may
exceptionally permit in a tanker the earthing of the neutral for alternating
current power networks of 3,000 V (line to line) and over, provided that any
possible resulting current does not flow directly through any of the
dangerous spaces; SOLAS regulation 11-1/45.4.1. The
hull return system of distribution shall not be used for any purpose in a
tanker; SOLAS regulation 11-1/45.3.1. The
above regulation does not preclude under conditions approved by the
Administration the use of: -
impressed current cathodic protective systems; |
|
Distribution
systems: Distribution systems shall comply with the provisions of IEC
60092-201:2019. Both
insulated and earthed distribution systems are permitted; systems with a hull
or structure return, other than those noted under 5.2.2, are not permitted;
IEC 60092-502:1999, 5.2.1. The
following systems are permitted to be of hull or structure return type: - limited
and locally earthed systems outside any hazardous area; - intrinsically-safe
systems; - impressed
current cathodic protective systems; IEC
60092-502:1999, 5.2.2. |
|
The IGC Code is more
specific for air locks installed between the hazardous area on the open
weather deck and non-hazardous spaces, also attention is to be paid to the
audible and visual alarm on both sides of air lock. |
|
"q |
|
n CD C cd' |
|
D 57 o’ D in □ n zr CD "O |
|
z -I m 70 Z m — >■ m do O z cn |
|
24 |
|
Hazardous zone classification on
main deck of tankers |
|
- limited and locally earthed
systems; or - insulation level monitoring
devices provided the circulation current does not exceed 30 mA under the most
unfavourable conditions. SOLAS regulation 11-1/45.3.2. Hazardous zone classification and
electrical installation shall be complied with; IEC 60092-502:1999; SOLAS
regulation 11-1/45.11. |
|
IBC Code, chapter 10: IEC 60092-502:1999. |
|
IGC
Code, paragraph 1.2.24.9. |
|
co o I— > co n O z co o |
|
m □ m □ o to o lo |
|
The neutral and any conductor
required for protection against electric shock shall not be connected
together or combined in a single conductor in a hazardous area; IEC 60092-502:1999, 5.2.3. |
|
The cargo tanks, including all
ballast tanks with cargo tank area; IEC 60092-502:1999, 4.2.2.11 and 4.2.3.5
(areas on open deck over cargo tanks as per the above IEC paragraphs do not
coincide with the definition of the cargo area in SOLAS or the Codes). |
|
~Q n> 3 o c 3 S' Q, S' ft ft O' a Si) ~Q |
|
z m 73 Z m
“ —I — >■ m de O z co |
Chapter 11-2
Construction - Fire
protection, fire detection and fire extinction
|
Part A Regulation 1 Regulation 2 Regulation 3 |
|
General Application...................................................................... Fire safety objectives and functional requirements Definitions....................................................................... |
|
177 180 181 |
|
Part B Regulation 4 Regulation 5 Regulation 6 |
|
Prevention of fire and explosion Probability of ignition.................................. Fire growth potential................................... Smoke generation potential and toxicity |
|
187 198 201 |
|
Part C Regulation 7 Regulation 8 Regulation 9 Regulation 10 Regulation 11 |
|
Suppression of fire Detection and alarm . . . Control of smoke spread Containment of fire . ... Fire fighting............................... Structural integrity............ |
|
202 205 |
|
206 |
|
234 |
|
248 |
|
Part D Regulation 12 Regulation 13 |
|
Escape Notification of crew and passengers Means of escape................................. |
|
251 251 |
|
Part E Regulation 14 Regulation 15 Regulation 16 |
|
Operational requirements Operational readiness and maintenance. Instructions, on-board training and drills Operations...................................................... |
|
260 261 263 |
|
Part F Regulation 17 |
|
Alternative design and arrangements Alternative design and arrangements............. |
|
266 |
|
Part G Regulation 18 Regulation 19 Regulation 20 |
|
Special requirements Helicopter facilities.................................................................. Carriage of dangerous goods................................................ Protection of vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces |
|
268 271 |
|
278 |
|
Chapter 11-2: Construction - Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction Contents |
|
Regulation 20-1 |
|
Regulation 21 Regulation 22 Regulation 23 |
|
Requirements for vehicle carriers carrying motor vehicles with compressed hydrogen or natural gas in their tanks for their own propulsion as cargo.......................................................................................... Casualty threshold, safe return to port and safe areas............................... Design criteria for systems to remain operational after a fire casualty Safety centre on passenger ships................................................................. |
|
283 284 286 287 |
|
289 |
|
1.1 |
|
Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to ships constructed on or after 1 July 2012. |
|
1.2 For the purpose of this chapter: |
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
the expression ships constructed means ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction; the expression all ships means ships, irrespective of type, constructed before, on or after 1 July 2012; and |
|
.3 |
|
a cargo ship, whenever built, which is converted to a passenger ship shall be treated as a passenger ship constructed on the date on which such a conversion commences. |
|
1.3 For the purpose of this chapter, the expression a similar stage of construction means the stage at which: |
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is less. |
|
2.1 |
|
Applicable requirements to existing ships Unless expressly provided otherwise, for ships constructed before 1 July 2012, the Administration shall |
|
ensure that the requirements which are applicable under chapter II-2 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended by resolutions MSC.I(XLV), MSC.6(48), MSC.13(57), MSC.22(59), MSC.24(60), MSC.27(61), MSC.31 (63), MSC.57(67), MSC.99(73), MSC.134(76), MSC.194(80), MSC.201(81), MSC.216(82), MSC.256(84), MSC.269(85) and MSC.291 (87) are complied with. |
|
2.2 Ships constructed before 1 July 2002 shall also comply with: |
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
.3 |
|
.4 |
|
paragraphs 3, 6.5 and 6.7 as appropriate; regulations 13.3.4.2 to 13.3.4.5, 13.4.3 and part E, except regulations 16.3.2.2 and 16.3.2.3 thereof, as appropriate, not later than the date of the first survey^ after 1 July 2002; regulations 10.4.1.3 and 10.6.4 for new installations only; regulation 10.5.6 not later than 1 October 2005 for passenger ships of 2,000 gross tonnage and above; |
regulations 5.3.1.3.2 and 5.3.4 to passenger ships not later than the date of the first survey after 1 July 2008; and
regulation 4.5.7.1.
2.3 Ships constructed on or after 1 July 2002 and before 1 July 2010 shall comply with paragraphs 7.1.1, 7.4.4.2, 7.4.4.3 and 7.5.2.1.2 of regulation 9, as adopted by resolution MSC.99(73).
2.4 The following ships, with cargo spaces intended for the carriage of packaged dangerous goods, shall comply with regulation 19.3, except when carrying dangerous goods specified as classes 6.2 and 7 and dangerous goods in limited quantities[§§§§§§§§] and excepted quantities’ in accordance with tables 19.1 and 19.3, not later than the date of the first renewal survey on or after 1 January 2011:
.1 cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger ships constructed on or after 1 September 1984 but before 1 January 2011; and
.2 cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage constructed on or after 1 February 1992 but before 1 January 2011,
and notwithstanding these provisions;
2.5 Ships constructed before 1 July 2012 shall also comply with regulation 10.10.1.2, as adopted by resolution MSC.338(91).
2.6 Vehicle carriers constructed before 1 January 2016, including those constructed before 1 July 2012, shall comply with paragraph 2.2 of regulation 20-1, as adopted by resolution MSC.365(93).
2.7 Tankers constructed before 1 January 2016, including those constructed before 1 July 2012, shall comply with regulation 16.3.3 except 16.3.3.3.
2.8 Regulations 4.5.5.1.1 and 4.5.5.1.3 apply to ships constructed on or after 1 July 2002 but before 1 January 2016, and regulation 4.5.5.2.1 applies to all ships constructed before 1 January 2016.
2.9
Regulation
10.5.1.2.2, as amended by resolution MSC.409(97), applies to ships constructed
before 1 January 2020, including those constructed before 1 July 2012.
3 Repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting
SEE
INTERPRETATION 1
3.1 All ships which undergo repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to these ships. Such ships, if constructed before 1 July 2012, shall, as a rule, comply with the requirements for ships constructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as they did before undergoing such repairs, alterations, modifications or outfitting.
3.2 Repairs, alterations and modifications which substantially alter the dimensions of a ship or the passenger accommodation spaces, or substantially increase a ship's service life and outfitting related thereto, shall meet the requirements for ships constructed on or after 1 July 2012 in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.
4.1 The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt[*********] from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships entitled to fly the flag of its State, provided that such ships, in the course of their voyage, do not sail at distances of more than 20 miles from the nearest land.
4.2 In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this chapter, may exempt such ships from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:
the rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971; and
the rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.
5 Applicable requirements depending on ship type
Unless expressly provided otherwise:
requirements not referring to a specific ship type shall apply to ships of all types; and
requirements referring to "tankers" shall apply to tankers subject to the requirements specified in paragraph 6 below.
6 Application of requirements for tankers
6.1 Requirements for tankers in this chapter shall apply to tankers carrying crude oil or petroleum products having a flashpoint not exceeding 60°C (closed-cup test), as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus, and a Reid vapour pressure which is below the atmospheric pressure or other liquid products having a similar fire hazard.
6.2 Where liquid cargoes other than those referred to in paragraph 6.1 or liquefied gases which introduce additional fire hazards are intended to be carried, additional safety measures shall be required, having due regard to the provisions of the International Bulk Chemical Code, as defined in regulation VII/8.1, the Bulk Chemical Code, the International Gas Carrier Code, as defined in regulation VII/11.1, and the Gas Carrier Code, as appropriate.
6.2.1 A liquid cargo with a flashpoint of less than 60°C for which a regular foam fire-fighting system complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code is not effective, is considered to be a cargo introducing additional fire hazards in this context. The following additional measures are required:
.1 the foam
shall be of alcohol-resistant type;
the type of foam concentrates for use in chemical tankers shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration, taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization; and
the capacity and application rates of the foam extinguishing system shall comply with chapter 11 of the International Bulk Chemical Code, except that lower application rates may be accepted based
on performance tests. For tankers fitted with inert gas systems, a quantity of foam concentrate sufficient for 20 min of foam generation may be accepted.[†††††††††]
6.2.2 For the purpose of this regulation, a liquid cargo with a vapour pressure greater than 1.013 bar absolute at 37.8°C is considered to be a cargo introducing additional fire hazards. Ships carrying such substances shall comply with paragraph 15.14 of the International Bulk Chemical Code. When ships operate in restricted areas and at restricted times, the Administration concerned may agree to waive the requirements for refrigeration systems in accordance with paragraph 15.14.3 of the International Bulk Chemical Code.
6.3 Liquid cargoes with a flashpoint exceeding 60°C other than oil products or liquid cargoes subject to the requirements of the International Bulk Chemical Code are considered to constitute a low fire risk, not requiring the protection of a fixed foam extinguishing system.
6.4 Tankers carrying petroleum products with a flashpoint exceeding 60°C (closed-cup test), as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus, shall comply with the requirements provided in regulations 10.2.1.4.4 and 10.10.2.3 and the requirements for cargo ships other than tankers, except that, in lieu of the fixed fireextinguishing system required in regulation 10.7, they shall be fitted with a fixed deck foam system which shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.
6.5 Combination carriers constructed before, on or after 1 July 2002 shall not carry cargoes other than oil unless all cargo spaces are empty of oil and gas-freed or unless the arrangements provided in each case have been approved by the Administration taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.*
6.6 Chemical tankers and gas carriers shall comply with the requirements for tankers, except where alternative and supplementary arrangements are provided to the satisfaction of the Administration, having due regard to the provisions of the International Bulk Chemical Code and the International Gas Carrier Code, as appropriate.
6.7 The requirements of regulations 4.5.10.1.1 and 4.5.10.1.4 and a system for continuous monitoring of the concentration of hydrocarbon gases shall be fitted on all tankers constructed before 1 July 2002 by the date of the first scheduled dry-docking after 1 July 2002, but not later than 1 July 2005. Sampling points or detector heads shall be located in suitable positions in order that potentially dangerous leakages are readily detected. When the hydrocarbon gas concentration reaches a pre-set level which shall not be higher than 10% of the lower flammable limit, a continuous audible and visual alarm signal shall be automatically effected in the pump-room and cargo control room to alert personnel to the potential hazard. However, existing monitoring systems already fitted having a pre-set level not greater than 30% of the lower flammable limit may be accepted.
Fire safety objectives and functional requirements
1.1 The fire safety objectives of this chapter are to:
prevent the occurrence of fire and explosion;
reduce the risk to life caused by fire;
reduce the risk of damage caused by fire to the ship, its cargo and the environment; contain, control and suppress fire and explosion in the compartment of origin; and provide adequate and readily accessible means of escape for passengers and crew.
In order to achieve the fire safety objectives set out in paragraph 1, the following functional requirements are embodied in the regulations of this chapter as appropriate: division of the ship into main vertical and horizontal zones by thermal and structural boundaries; separation of accommodation spaces from the remainder of the ship by thermal and structural boundaries;
restricted use of combustible materials;
detection of any fire in the zone of origin;
containment and extinction of any fire in the space of origin;
protection of means of escape and access for fire fighting;
ready availability of fire-extinguishing appliances; and
minimization of possibility of ignition of flammable cargo vapour.
3 Achievement of the fire safety objectives
The fire safety objectives set out in paragraph 1 shall be achieved by ensuring compliance with the prescriptive requirements specified in parts B, C, D, E or C, or by alternative design and arrangements which comply with part F. A ship shall be considered to meet the functional requirements set out in paragraph 2 and to achieve the fire safety objectives set out in paragraph 1 when either:
For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise, the following definitions shall apply:
1 Accommodation spaces are those spaces used for public spaces, corridors, lavatories, cabins, offices, hospitals, cinemas, game and hobby rooms, barber shops, pantries containing no cooking appliances and similar spaces.
2 "A" class divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks which comply with the following they are constructed of steel or other equivalent material;
they are suitably stiffened;
they are insulated with approved non-combustible materials such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not rise more than 140°C above the original temperature, nor will the temperature, at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 180°C above the original temperature, within the time listed below:
class "A-60" class "A-30" class "A-15" class "A-0"
SEE INTERPRETATION 2
10 "C" class divisions are divisions constructed of approved non-combustible materials. They need meet
neither requirements relative to the passage of smoke and flame nor limitations relative to the temperature rise. Combustible veneers are permitted provided they meet the requirements of this chapter.
11 Chemical tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid product of a flammable nature listed in chapter 17 of the International Bulk Chemical Code, as defined in regulation Vll/8.1.
Closed ro-ro spaces are ro-ro spaces which are neither open ro-ro spaces nor weather decks.
Closed vehicle spaces are vehicle spaces which are neither open vehicle spaces nor weather decks.
Combination carrier is a cargo ship designed to carry both oil and solid cargoes in bulk.
Combustible material is any material other than a non-combustible material.
Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are those "B" class ceilings or linings which terminate at an "A"
or "B" class division.
17 Continuously manned central control station is a central control station which is continuously manned by a responsible member of the crew.
18 Control stations are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized. Spaces where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized are also considered to be a fire control station.
19 Crude oil is any oil occurring naturally in the earth, whether or not treated to render it suitable for transportation, and includes crude oil where certain distillate fractions may have been removed from or added to.
20 Dangerous goods are those goods referred to in the IMDG Code, as defined in regulation VI 1/1.1.
21 Deadweight is the difference in tonnes between the displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity of 1.025 at the load waterline corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight of the ship.
SEE INTERPRETATION 3
22 Fire Safety Systems Code means the International Code for Fire Safety Systems as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.98(73), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter 1 thereof.
23 Fire Fest Procedures Code means the International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (2010 FTP Code) as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.307(88), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.* 24 Flashpoint is the temperature in degrees Celsius (closed-cup test) at which a product will give off enough flammable vapour to be ignited, as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus.
25 Cas carrier is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquefied gas or other products of a flammable nature listed in chapter 19 of the International Gas Carrier Code, as defined in regulation VI1/11.1.
26 Helideck is a purpose-built helicopter landing area located on a ship including all structure, fire-fighting appliances and other equipment necessary for the safe operation of helicopters.
27 Helicopter facility is a helideck including any refuelling and hangar facilities.
’ The list of laboratories recognized by Administrations which are able to conduct fire tests in accordance with the provisions of the 2010 FTP Code are circulated through the Global Integrated Shipping Information System (GISIS) (see resolutions A.1074(28) and A.1139(31)), under the module called "Test Laboratories and Halon Facilities".
28 Lightweight is the displacement of a ship in tonnes without cargo, fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, and passengers and crew and their effects.
29 Low flame-spread means that the surface thus described will adequately restrict the spread of flame, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
V boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such spaces.
31 Machinery spaces of category A are those spaces and trunks to such spaces which contain either:
32 Main vertical zones are those sections into which the hull, superstructure and deckhouses are divided by "A" class divisions, the mean length and width of which on any deck does not in general exceed 40 m.
33 Non-combustible material is a material which neither burns nor gives off flammable vapours in sufficient quantity for self-ignition when heated to approximately 750°C, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
34 Oil fuel unit is the equipment used for the preparation of oil fuel for delivery to an oil-fired boiler, or equipment used for the preparation for delivery of heated oil to an internal combustion engine, and includes any oil pressure pumps, filters and heaters dealing with oil at a pressure of more than 0.18 N/mm2.
35 Open ro-ro spaces are those ro-ro spaces which are either open at both ends or have an opening at one end, and are provided with adequate natural ventilation effective over their entire length through permanent openings distributed in the side plating or deckhead or from above, having a total area of at least 10% of the total area of the space sides.
36 Open vehicle spaces are those vehicle spaces which are either open at both ends or have an opening at one end and are provided with adequate natural ventilation effective over their entire length through permanent openings distributed in the side plating or deckhead or from above, having a total area of at least 10% of the total area of the space sides.
37 Passenger ship is a ship as defined in regulation I/2(f).
38 Prescriptive requirements means the construction characteristics, limiting dimensions, or fire safety systems specified in parts B, C, D, E or G.
39 Public spaces are those portions of the accommodation which are used for halls, dining rooms, lounges and similar permanently enclosed spaces.
40 Rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk, for the purpose of regulation 9, are those rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk (whether cabins, public spaces, offices or other types of accommodation) in which:
case furniture such as desks, wardrobes, dressing tables, bureaux, or dressers are constructed entirely of approved non-combustible materials, except that a combustible veneer not exceeding 2 mm may be used on the working surface of such articles;
free-standing furniture such as chairs, sofas,
or tables are constructed with frames of non-combustible materials;
upholstered furniture has qualities of resistance to the ignition and propagation of flame, this being ■ determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code; and
bedding components have qualities of resistance to the ignition and propagation of flame, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
41 Ro-ro spaces are spaces not normally subdivided in any way and normally extending to either a substantial length or the entire length of the ship in which motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion and/or goods (packaged or in bulk, in or on rail or road cars, vehicles (including road or rail tankers), trailers, containers, pallets, demountable tanks or in or on similar stowage units or other receptacles) can be loaded and unloaded normally in a horizontal direction.
42 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro spaces or special category spaces.
43 Steel or other equivalent material means any non-combustible material which, by itself or due to insulation provided, has structural and integrity properties equivalent to steel at the end of the applicable exposure to the standard fire test (e.g. aluminium alloy with appropriate insulation).
44 Sauna is a hot room with temperatures normally varying between 80°C and 120°C where the heat is provided by a hot surface (e.g. by an electrically heated oven). The hot room may also include the space where the oven is located and adjacent bathrooms.
45 Service spaces are those spaces used for galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, lockers, mail and specie rooms, store-rooms, workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces, and similar spaces and trunks to such spaces.
46 Special category spaces are those enclosed vehicle spaces above and below the bulkhead deck, into and from which vehicles can be driven and to which passengers have access. Special category spaces may be accommodated on more than one deck provided that the total overall clear height for vehicles does not exceed 10 m.
47 A standard fire test is a test in which specimens of the relevant bulkheads or decks are exposed in a test furnace to temperatures corresponding approximately to the standard time-temperature curve in accordance with the test method specified in the Fire Test Procedures Code.
48 Tanker is a ship as defined in regulation l/2(h).
49 Vehicle spaces are cargo spaces intended for carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion.
50 Weather deck is a deck which is completely exposed to the weather from above and from at least two sides.
51 Safe area in the context of a casualty is, from the perspective of habitability, any area(s) which is not flooded or which is outside the main vertical zone(s) in which a fire has occurred such that it can safely accommodate all persons on board to protect them from hazards to life or health and provide them with basic services.
52 Safety centre is a control station dedicated to the management of emergency situations. Safety systems' operation, control and/or monitoring are an integral part of the safety centre.
53 Cabin balcony is an open deck space
which is provided for the exclusive use of the occupants of a single cabin and
has direct access from such a cabin.
54 Fire damper is, for the purpose of implementing regulation 9.7 adopted by resolution MSC.365(93), as may be amended, a device installed in a ventilation duct, which under normal conditions remains open allowing flow in the duct, and is closed during a fire, preventing the flow in the duct to restrict the passage of fire. In using the above definition the following terms may be associated:
55 Smoke damper is, for the purpose of implementing regulation 9.7 adopted by resolution MSC.365(93), as may be amended, a device installed in a ventilation duct, which under normal conditions remains open allowing flow in the duct, and is closed during a fire, preventing the flow in the duct to restrict the passage of smoke and hot gases. A smoke damper is not expected to contribute to the integrity of a fire rated division penetrated by a ventilation duct. In using the above definition the following terms may be associated:
SEE INTERPRETATION 4
57 Helicopter landing area is an area on a ship designated for occasional or emergency landing of helicopters but not designed for routine helicopter operations.
58 Winching area is a pick-up area provided for the transfer by helicopter of personnel or stores to or from the ship, while the helicopter hovers above the deck
|
SEE INTERPRETATION 5 |
|
The purpose of this regulation is to prevent the ignition of combustible materials or flammable liquids. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met: |
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
.3 .4 |
|
.5 |
|
.6 |
|
means shall be provided to control leaks of flammable liquids; means shall be provided to limit the accumulation of flammable vapours; the ignitability of combustible materials shall be restricted; ignition sources shall be restricted; ignition sources shall be separated from combustible materials and flammable liquids; and the atmosphere in cargo tanks shall be maintained out of the explosive range. |
|
2.1 Limitations in the use of oils as fuel |
|
The following limitations shall apply to the use of oil as fuel: |
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
.3 |
|
except as otherwise permitted by this paragraph, no oil fuel with a flashpoint of less than 60°C shall be used/ in emergency generators, oil fuel with a flashpoint of not less than 43°C may be used; the use of oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60°C but not less than 43°C may be permitted (e.g. for feeding the emergency fire pump's engines and the auxiliary machines which are not located in the machinery spaces of category A) subject to the following: |
|
.1 |
|
.2 |
|
.3 |
|
.4 |
|
fuel oil tanks except those arranged in double-bottom compartments shall be located outside of machinery spaces of category A; provisions for the measurement of oil temperature are provided on the suction pipe of the oil fuel pump; stop valves and/or cocks are provided on the inlet side and outlet side of the oil fuel strainers; and pipe joints of welded construction or of circular cone type or spherical type union joint are applied as much as possible; |
|
’ Refer to Guidelines for measures to prevent fires in engine-rooms and cargo pump-rooms (MSC.1/Circ.1321). ' Refer to Recommended procedures to prevent the illegal or accidental use of low flashpoint cargo oil as fuel (resolution A.565(14)). |
|
.4 |
|
.5 |
|
in cargo ships, to which part G of chapter 11-1 is not applicable, the use of oil fuel having a lower flashpoint than otherwise specified in paragraph 2.1.1, for example crude oil, may be permitted provided that such fuel is not stored in any machinery space and subject to the approval by the Administration of the complete installation; and in ships, to which part G of chapter 11-1 is applicable, the use of oil fuel having a lower flashpoint than otherwise specified in paragraph 2.1.1 is permitted. |
2.2
Arrangements for oil fuel
In a ship in which oil fuel is used, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of the oil fuel shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board and shall at least comply with the following provisions.
2.2.1 Location of oil fuel systems
As far as practicable, parts of the oil fuel system containing heated oil under pressure exceeding 0.18 N/mm2 shall not be placed in a concealed position such that defects and leakage cannot readily be observed. The machinery spaces in way of such parts of the oil fuel system shall be adequately illuminated.
2.2.2 Ventilation of machinery spaces
The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under normal conditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.
2.2.3 Oil fuel tanks
2.2.3.1 Fuel oil, lubrication oil and other flammable oils shall not be carried in forepeak tanks.
2.2.3.2 As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks shall be part of the ship's structure and shall be located outside machinery spaces of category A. Where oil fuel tanks, other than double-bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to or within machinery spaces of category A, at least one of their vertical sides shall be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries, and shall preferably have a common boundary with the double-bottom tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery spaces shall be kept to a minimum.[‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡] Where such tanks are situated within the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A they shall not contain oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60°C. In general, the use of free-standing oil fuel tanks shall be avoided. When such tanks are employed their use shall be prohibited in category A machinery spaces on passenger ships. Where permitted, they shall be placed in an oil-tight spill tray of ample size having a suitable drain pipe leading to a suitably sized spill oil tank.
2.2.3.3 No oil fuel tank shall be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a fire or explosion hazard by falling on heated surfaces.
2.2.3.4 Oil fuel pipes, which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank having a capacity of 500 L and above situated above the double bottom, shall be fitted with a cock or valve directly on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire occurring in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tank shall be fitted, but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or similar space. If such an additional valve is fitted in the machinery space, it shall be operated from a position outside this space. The controls for remote operation of the valve for the emergency generator fuel tank shall be in a separate location from the controls for remote operation of other valves for tanks located in machinery spaces.
2.2.3.5
Safe
and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil
fuel tank shall be provided.
2.2.3.5.1 Where sounding pipes are used, they shall not terminate in any space where the risk of ignition of spillage from the sounding pipe might arise. In particular, they shall not terminate in passenger or crew spaces. As a general rule, they shall not terminate in machinery spaces. However, where the Administration considers that these latter requirements are impracticable, it may permit termination of sounding pipes in machinery spaces on condition that all of the following requirements are met:
an oil-level gauge is provided meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3.5.2;
the sounding pipes terminate in locations remote from ignition hazards unless precautions are taken, such as the fitting of effective screens, to prevent the oil fuel in the case of spillage through the terminations of the sounding pipes from coming into contact with a source of ignition; and
the terminations of sounding pipes are fitted with self-closing blanking devices and with a small-
diameter self-closing control cock located below the blanking device for the purpose of ascertaining before the blanking device is opened that oil fuel is not present. Provisions shall be made so as to ensure that any spillage of oil fuel through the control cock involves no ignition hazard.
2.2.3.5.2 Other oil-level gauges may be used in place of sounding pipes subject to the following conditions:
in passenger ships, such gauges shall not require penetration below the top of the tank and their failure or overfilling of the tanks shall not permit release of fuel; and
in cargo ships, the failure of such gauges or overfilling of the tank shall not permit release of fuel into the space. The use of cylindrical gauge glasses is prohibited. The Administration may permit the use of oil-level gauges with flat glasses and self-closing valves between the gauges and fuel tanks.
2.2.3.5.3 The means prescribed in paragraph 2.2.3.5.2 which are acceptable to the Administration shall be maintained in the proper condition to ensure their continued accurate functioning in service.
2.2.4 Prevention of overpressure
Provisions shall be made to prevent overpressure in any oil tank or in any part of the oil fuel system, including the filling pipes served by pumps on board. Air and overflow pipes and relief valves shall discharge to a position where there is no risk of fire or explosion from the emergence of oils and vapour and shall not lead into crew spaces, passenger spaces nor into special category spaces, closed ro-ro spaces, machinery spaces or similar spaces.
2.2.5 Oil fuel piping
2.2.5.1 Oil fuel pipes and their valves and fittings shall be of steel or other approved material, except that restricted use of flexible pipes shall be permissible in positions where the Administration is satisfied that they are necessary.* Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approved fire-resisting materials of adequate strength and shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Administration. For valves fitted to oil fuel tanks and under static pressure, steel or spheroidal-graphite cast iron may be accepted. However, ordinary cast iron valves may be used in piping systems where the design pressure is lower than 7 bar and the design temperature is below 60°C.
2.2.5.2 External high-pressure fuel delivery lines between the high-pressure fuel pumps and fuel injectors shall be protected with a jacketed piping system capable of containing fuel from a high-pressure line failure. A jacketed pipe incorporates an outer pipe into which the high-pressure fuel pipe is placed, forming a permanent assembly. The jacketed piping system shall include a means for collection of leakages and arrangements shall be provided with an alarm in case of a fuel line failure.
2.2.5.3 Oil fuel lines shall not be located immediately above or near units of high temperature, including boilers, steam pipelines, exhaust manifolds, silencers or other equipment required to be insulated by paragraph 2.2.6. As far as practicable, oil fuel lines shall be arranged far apart from hot surfaces, electrical
’ Refer to
recommendations published by the International Organization for
Standardization, in particular publications ISO 15540:1999, Ships and marine technology - Fire resistance of hose assemblies -
Test methods and ISO 15541:1999, Ships
and marine technology - Fire resistance of hose assemblies - Requirements for
the test bench.
installations or other sources of ignition and shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid oil spray or oil leakage onto the sources of ignition. The number of joints in such piping systems shall be kept to a minimum.
2.2.5.4 Components of a diesel engine fuel system shall be designed considering the maximum peak pressure which will be experienced in service, including any high-pressure pulses which are generated and transmitted back into the fuel supply and spill lines by the action of fuel injection pumps. Connections within
B the fuel supply and spill lines shall be constructed having regard to their ability to prevent pressurized oil fuel leaks while in service and after maintenance.
2.2.5.5 In multi-engine installations which are supplied from the same fuel source, means of isolating the fuel supply and spill piping to individual engines shall be provided. The means of isolation shall not affect the operation of the other engines and shall be operable from a position not rendered inaccessible by a fire on any of the engines.
2.2.5.6 Where the Administration may permit the conveying of oil and combustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces, the pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the fire risk.
2.2.6 Protection of high-temperature surfaces
2.2.6.1 Surfaces with temperatures above 220°C which may be impinged as a result of a fuel system failure shall be properly insulated.
2.2.6.2 Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape under pressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact with heated surfaces.
2.3
Arrangements for lubricating oil
2.3.1 The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of oil used in pressure lubrication systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. The arrangements made in machinery spaces of category A, and whenever practicable in other machinery spaces, shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.1, 2.2.3.3, 2.2.3.4, 2.2.3.5, 2.2.4, 2.2.5.1, 2.2.5.3 and 2.2.6, except that:
this does not preclude the use of sight-flow glasses in lubricating systems provided that they are shown by testing to have a suitable degree of fire resistance; and
sounding pipes may be authorized in machinery spaces; however, the requirements of paragraphs 2.2.3.5.1.1 and 2.2.3.5.1.3 need not be applied on condition that the sounding pipes are fitted with appropriate means of closure.
2.3.2 The provisions of paragraph 2.2.3.4 shall also apply to lubricating oil tanks except those having a capacity less than 500 L, storage tanks on which valves are closed during the normal operation mode of the ship, or where it is determined that an unintended operation of a quick-closing valve on the oil lubricating tank would endanger the safe operation of the main propulsion and essential auxiliary machinery.
2.4
Arrangements for other flammable oils
The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of other flammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems, control and activating systems and heating systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. Suitable oil collecting arrangements for leaks shall be fitted below hydraulic valves and cylinders. In locations where means of ignition are present, such arrangements shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.3.3, 2.2.3.5, 2.2.5.3 and 2.2.6 and with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5.1 in respect of strength and construction.
2.5
Arrangements for oil fuel in
periodically unattended machinery spaces
In addition to the requirements of paragraphs 2.1 to 2.4, the oil fuel and lubricating oil systems in a periodically unattended machinery space shall comply with the following:
.1 where daily service oil fuel tanks are filled automatically, or by remote control, means shall be provided to prevent overflow spillages. Other equipment which treats flammable liquids automatically
(e.g. oil fuel purifiers) which, whenever practicable, shall be installed in a special space reserved for purifiers and their heaters, shall have arrangements to prevent overflow spillages; and
.2 where daily service oil fuel tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements, a high temperature alarm shall be provided if the flashpoint of the oil fuel can be exceeded. f
3 Arrangements for gaseous fuel for domestic purposes
Gaseous fuel systems used for domestic purposes shall be approved by the Administration. Storage of gas " bottles shall be located on the open deck or in a well-ventilated space which opens only to the open deck.
SEE INTERPRETATION 6
4 Miscellaneous items of ignition sources and ignitability
4.1
Electric radiators
Electric radiators, if used, shall be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiators shall be fitted with an element so exposed that clothing, curtains, or other similar materials can be scorched or set on fire by heat from the element.
4.2 Waste receptacles
Waste receptacles shall be constructed of non-combustible materials with no openings in the sides or bottom.
4.3
Insulation surfaces protected against
oil penetration
In spaces where penetration of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation shall be impervious to oil or oil vapours.
4.4
Primary deck coverings
Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, or if applied on cabin balconies of passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2008, shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
5.1
Separation of cargo oil tanks
5.1.1 Cargo pump-rooms, cargo tanks, slop tanks and cofferdams shall be positioned forward of machinery spaces. However, oil fuel bunker tanks need not be forward of machinery spaces. Cargo tanks and slop tanks shall be isolated from machinery spaces by cofferdams, cargo pump-rooms, oil bunker tanks or ballast tanks. Pump-rooms containing pumps and their accessories for ballasting those spaces situated adjacent to cargo tanks and slop tanks and pumps for oil fuel transfer shall be considered as equivalent to a cargo pump-room within the context of this regulation provided that such pump-rooms have the same safety standard as that required for cargo pump-rooms. Pump-rooms intended solely for ballast or oil fuel transfer, however, need not comply with the requirements of regulation 10.9. The lower portion of the pump-room may be recessed into machinery spaces of category A to accommodate pumps, provided that the deck head of the recess is in general not more than one third of the moulded depth above the keel, except that in the case of ships of not more than 25,000 tonnes deadweight, where it can be demonstrated that for reasons of access and satisfactory piping arrangements this is impracticable, the Administration may permit a recess in excess of such height, but not exceeding one half of the moulded depth above the keel.
5.1.2 Main cargo control stations, control stations, accommodation and service spaces (excluding isolated cargo handling gear lockers) shall be positioned aft of cargo tanks, slop tanks, and spaces which isolate cargo or slop tanks from machinery spaces, but not necessarily aft of the oil fuel bunker tanks and ballast tanks, and shall be arranged in such a way that a single failure of a deck or bulkhead shall not permit the entry of
gas or fumes from the cargo tanks into main cargo control stations, control stations, or accommodation and service spaces. A recess provided in accordance with paragraph 5.1.1 need not be taken into account when the position of these spaces is being determined.
5.1.3 However, where deemed necessary, the Administration may permit main cargo control stations, control stations, accommodation and service spaces forward of the cargo tanks, slop tanks and spaces which isolate cargo and slop tanks from machinery spaces, but not necessarily forward of oil fuel bunker tanks or ballast tanks. Machinery spaces, other than those of category A, may be permitted forward of the cargo tanks and slop tanks provided they are isolated from the cargo tanks and slop tanks by cofferdams, cargo pump-rooms, oil fuel bunker tanks or ballast tanks, and have at least one portable fire extinguisher. In cases where they contain internal combustion machinery, one approved foam-type extinguisher of at least 45 L capacity or equivalent shall be arranged in addition to portable fire extinguishers. If operation of a semi-portable fire extinguisher is impracticable, this fire extinguisher may be replaced by two additional portable fire extinguishers. Main cargo control stations, control stations and accommodation and service spaces shall be arranged in such a way that a single failure of a deck or bulkhead shall not permit the entry of gas or fumes from the cargo tanks into such spaces. In addition, where deemed necessary for the safety or navigation of the ship, the Administration may permit machinery spaces containing internal combustion machinery not being main propulsion machinery having an output greater than 375 kW to be located forward of the cargo area provided the arrangements are in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
5.1.4 In combination carriers only:
The slop tanks shall be surrounded by cofferdams except where the boundaries of the slop tanks are part of the hull, main cargo deck, cargo pump-room bulkhead or oil fuel bunker tank. These cofferdams shall not be open to a double bottom, pipe tunnel, pump-room or other enclosed space, nor shall they be used for cargo or ballast and shall not be connected to piping systems serving oil cargo or ballast. Means shall be provided for filling the cofferdams with water and for draining them. Where the boundary of a slop tank is part of the cargo pump-room bulkhead, the pump-room shall not be open to the double bottom, pipe tunnel or other enclosed space; however, openings provided with gastight bolted covers may be permitted;
Means shall be provided for isolating the piping connecting the pump-room with the slop tanks referred to in paragraph 5.1.4.1. The means of isolation shall consist of a valve followed by a spectacle flange or a spool piece with appropriate blank flanges. This arrangement shall be located adjacent to the slop tanks, but where this is unreasonable or impracticable, it may be located within the pump-room directly after the piping penetrates the bulkhead. A separate permanently installed pumping and piping arrangement incorporating a manifold, provided with a shut-off valve and a blank flange, shall be provided for discharging the contents of the slop tanks directly to the open deck for disposal to shore reception facilities when the ship is in the dry cargo mode. When the transfer system is used for slop transfer in the dry cargo mode, it shall have no connection to other systems. Separation from other systems by means of removal of spool pieces may be accepted;
Hatches and tank cleaning openings to slop tanks shall only be permitted on the open deck and shall be fitted with closing arrangements. Except where they consist of bolted plates with bolts at watertight spacing, these closing arrangements shall be provided with locking arrangements under the control of the responsible ship's officer; and
Where cargo wing tanks are provided, cargo oil lines below deck shall be installed inside these tanks. However, the Administration may permit cargo oil lines to be placed in special ducts provided these are capable of being adequately cleaned and ventilated to the satisfaction of the Administration. Where cargo wing tanks are not provided, cargo oil lines below deck shall be placed in special ducts.
5.1.5 Where the fitting of a navigation position above the cargo area is shown to be necessary, it shall be for navigation purposes only and it shall be separated from the cargo tank deck by means of an open space with a height of at least 2 m. The fire protection requirements for such a navigation position shall be those required for control stations, as specified in regulation 9.2.4.2 and other provisions for tankers, as applicable.
5.1.6 Means shall be provided to keep deck spills away from the accommodation and service areas. This may be accomplished by provision of a permanent continuous coaming of a height of at least 300 mm, extending from side to side. Special consideration shall be given to the arrangements associated with stern loading.
5.2
Restriction on boundary openings
5.2.1 Except as permitted in paragraph 5.2.2, access doors, air inlets and openings to accommodation spaces, service spaces, control stations and machinery spaces shall not face the cargo area. They shall be located on the transverse bulkhead not facing the cargo area or on the outboard side of the superstructure or deckhouse at a distance of at least 4% of the length of the ship, but not less than 3 m from the end of the superstructure or deckhouse facing the cargo area. This distance need not exceed 5 m.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 7
5.2.2 The Administration may permit access doors in boundary bulkheads facing the cargo area or within the 5 m limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1, to main cargo control stations and to such service spaces used as provision rooms, store-rooms and lockers, provided they do not give access directly or indirectly to any other space containing or providing for accommodation, control stations or service spaces such as galleys, pantries or workshops, or similar spaces containing sources of vapour ignition. The boundary of such a space shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard, with the exception of the boundary facing the cargo area. Bolted plates for the removal of machinery may be fitted within the limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1. Wheelhouse doors and windows may be located within the limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1 so long as they are designed to ensure that the wheelhouse can be made rapidly and efficiently gastight and vapourtight.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 7
5.2.3 Windows and sidescuttles facing the cargo area and on the sides of the superstructures and deckhouses within the limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1 shall be of the fixed (non-opening) type. Such windows and sidescuttles, except wheelhouse windows, shall be constructed to "A-60" class standard except that "A-0" class standard is acceptable for windows and sidescuttles outside the limit specified in regulation 9.2.4.2.5.
5.2.4 Where there is permanent access from a pipe tunnel to the main pump-room, a watertight door shall be fitted complying with the requirements of regulation 11-1/13-1.2 and, in addition, with the following:
in addition to the bridge operation, the watertight door shall be capable of being manually closed from outside the main pump-room entrance; and
the watertight door shall be kept closed during normal operations of the ship except when access to the pipe tunnel is required.
5.2.5 Permanent approved gastight lighting enclosures for illuminating cargo pump-rooms may be permitted in bulkheads and decks separating cargo pump-rooms and other spaces provided they are of adequate strength and the integrity and gastightness of the bulkhead or deck is maintained.
5.2.6 The arrangement of ventilation inlets and outlets and other deckhouse and superstructure boundary space openings shall be such as to complement the provisions of paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.6. Such vents, especially for machinery spaces, shall be situated as far aft as practicable. Due consideration in this regard shall be given when the ship is equipped to load or discharge at the stern. Sources of ignition such as electrical equipment shall be so arranged as to avoid an explosion hazard.
5.3
Cargo tank venting
5.3.1 General requirements
The venting systems of cargo tanks shall be
entirely distinct from the air pipes of the other compartments of the ship. The
arrangements and position of openings in the cargo tank deck from which
emission of flammable vapours can occur shall be such as to minimize the
possibility of flammable vapours being admitted to enclosed spaces containing a
source of ignition, or collecting in the vicinity of deck machinery and
equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard. In accordance with this
general principle, the criteria in paragraphs 5.3.2 to 5.3.5 and regulation
11.6 will apply.
B locking arrangements which shall be under the control of the responsible ship's officer. There shall be a clear visual indication of the operational status of the valves or other acceptable means. Where tanks have been isolated, it shall be ensured that relevant isolating valves are opened before cargo loading or ballasting or discharging of those tanks is commenced. Any isolation must continue to permit the flow caused by thermal variations in a cargo tank in accordance with regulation 11.6.1.1. Fortankers constructed on or after 1 January 2017, any isolation shall also continue to permit the passage of large volumes of vapour, air or inert gas mixtures during cargo loading and ballasting, or during discharging in accordance with regulation 11.6.1.2.
5.3.2.3 If cargo loading and ballasting or discharging of a cargo tank or cargo tank group which is isolated from a common venting system is intended, that cargo tank or cargo tank group shall be fitted with a means for over-pressure or under-pressure protection as required in regulation 11.6.3.2.
5.3.2.4 The venting arrangements shall be connected to the top of each cargo tank and shall be self-draining to the cargo tanks under all normal conditions of trim and list of the ship. Where it may not be possible to provide self-draining lines, permanent arrangements shall be provided to drain the vent lines to a cargo tank.
5.3.3 Safety devices in venting systems
The venting system shall be provided with devices to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks. The design, testing and locating of these devices shall comply with the requirements established by the Administration based on the guidelines developed by the Organization/ Ullage openings shall not be used for pressure equalization. They shall be provided with self-closing and tightly sealing covers. Flame arresters and screens are not permitted in these openings.
5.3.4 Vent outlets for cargo handling and ballasting
5.3.4.1 Vent outlets for cargo loading, discharging and ballasting required by regulation 11.6.1.2 shall:
.1.1 permit the free flow of vapour mixtures; or
.1.2 permit the throttling of the discharge of the vapour mixtures to achieve a velocity of not less than 30 m/s;
SEE INTERPRETATION 7
be so arranged that the vapour mixture is discharged vertically upwards;
where the method is by free flow of vapour mixtures, be such that the outlet shall be not less than 6 m above the cargo tank deck or fore and aft gangway if situated within 4 m of the gangway and located not less than 10 m measured horizontally from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery, which may include anchor windlass and chain locker openings, and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard; and
where the method is by high-velocity discharge, be located at a height not less than 2 m above the cargo tank deck and not less than 10 m measured horizontally from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery, which may include anchor windlass and chain locker openings, and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard. These outlets shall be provided with high-velocity devices of an approved type.
* Refer to Revised standards for the design, testing and locating of devices to prevent the passage of flame into cargo tanks in tankers (MSC/Circ.677, as amended) and Revised factors to be taken into consideration when designing cargo tank venting and gas-freeing arrangements (MSC/Circ.731).
5.3.4.2 The arrangements for the venting of vapours displaced from the cargo tanks during loading and ballasting shall comply with paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.6 and shall consist of either one or more mast risers, or a number of high-velocity vents. The inert gas supply main may be used for such venting.
5.3.5 Isolation of slop tanks in combination carriers
In combination carriers, the arrangements for isolating slop tanks containing oil or oil residues from other cargo tanks shall consist of blank flanges which will remain in position at all times when cargoes other than liquid cargoes referred to in regulation 1.6.1 are carried.
5.4
Ventilation
5.4.1 Ventilation systems in cargo pump-rooms
Cargo pump-rooms shall be mechanically ventilated and discharges from the exhaust fans shall be led to a safe place on the open deck. The ventilation of these rooms shall have sufficient capacity to minimize the possibility of accumulation of flammable vapours. The number of air changes shall be at least 20 per hour, based upon the gross volume of the space. The air ducts shall be arranged so that all of the space is effectively ventilated. The ventilation shall be of the suction type using fans of the non-sparking type.
5.4.2 Ventilation systems in combination carriers
In combination carriers, cargo spaces and any enclosed spaces adjacent to cargo spaces shall be capable of being mechanically ventilated. The mechanical ventilation may be provided by portable fans. An approved fixed gas warning system capable of monitoring flammable vapours shall be provided in cargo pump-rooms, pipe ducts and cofferdams, as referred to in paragraph 5.1.4, adjacent to slop tanks. Suitable arrangements shall be made to facilitate measurement of flammable vapours in all other spaces within the cargo area. Such measurements shall be made possible from the open deck or easily accessible positions.
5.5.1 Application
SEE
INTERPRETATION 8
5.5.1.1 For tankers of 20,000 tonnes deadweight and upwards constructed on or after 1 July 2002 but before 1 January 2016, the protection of the cargo tanks shall be achieved by a fixed inert gas system in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code, as adopted by resolution MSC.98J73), except that the Administration may accept other equivalent systems or arrangements, as described in paragraph 5.5.4.
5.5.1.2 For tankers of 8,000 tonnes deadweight and upwards constructed on or after 1 January 2016 when carrying cargoes described in regulation 1.6.1 or 1.6.2, the protection of the cargo tanks shall be achieved by a fixed inert gas system in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code, except that the Administration may accept other equivalent systems or arrangements, as described in paragraph 5.5.4.
5.5.1.3 Tankers operating with a cargo tank cleaning procedure using crude oil washing shall be fitted with an inert gas system complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code and with fixed tank washing machines. However, inert gas systems fitted on tankers constructed on or after 1 July 2002 but before 1 January 2016 shall comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code, as adopted by resolution MSC.98(73).
.3 where such spaces are not permanently connected to an inert gas distribution system, appropriate means shall be provided to allow connection to the inert gas main.
5.5.2 Inert gas systems of chemical tankers and gas carriers
5.5.2.1 The requirements for inert gas systems contained in the Fire Safety Systems Code need not be applied to chemical tankers constructed before 1 January 2016, including those constructed before 1 July 2012, and all gas carriers:
when carrying cargoes described in regulation 1.6.1, provided that they comply with the requirements for inert gas systems on chemical tankers established by the Administration, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization;[§§§§§§§§§] or
when carrying flammable cargoes other than crude oil or petroleum products such as cargoes listed in chapters 17 and 18 of the International Bulk Chemical Code, provided that the capacity of tanks used for their carriage does not exceed 3,000 m3 and the individual nozzle capacities of tank washing machines do not exceed 17.5 m3/h and the total combined throughput from the number of machines in use in a cargo tank at any one time does not exceed 110 m3/h.
5.5.3 General requirements for inert gas systems
5.5.3.1 The inert gas system shall be capable of inerting, purging and gas-freeing empty tanks and maintaining the atmosphere in cargo tanks with the required oxygen content.
5.5.3.2 Tankers fitted with a fixed inert gas system shall be provided with a closed ullage system.
5.5.4 Requirements for equivalent systems
5.5.4.1 The Administration may, after having given consideration to the ship's arrangement and equipment, accept other fixed installations, in accordance with regulation I/5 and paragraph 5.5.4.3.
5.5.4.2 For tankers of 8,000 tonnes deadweight and upwards but less than 20,000 tonnes deadweight constructed on or after 1 January 2016, in lieu of fixed installations as required by paragraph 5.5.4.1, the Administration may accept other equivalent arrangements or means of protection in accordance with regulation I/5 and paragraph 5.5.4.3.
5.5.4.3 Equivalent systems or arrangements shall:
be capable of preventing dangerous accumulations of explosive mixtures in intact cargo tanks during normal service throughout the ballast voyage and necessary in-tank operations; and
be so designed as to minimize the risk of ignition from the generation of static electricity by the system itself.
5.6 Inerting, purging and gas-freeing
5.6.1 Arrangements for purging and/or gas-freeing shall be such as to minimize the hazards due to dispersal of flammable vapours in the atmosphere and to flammable mixtures in a cargo tank.
5.6.2 The procedure for cargo tank purging and/or gas-freeing shall be carried out in accordance with regulation 16.3.2.
5.6.3 The arrangements for inerting, purging or gas-freeing of empty tanks as required in paragraph 5.5.3.1 shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and shall be such that the accumulation of hydrocarbon vapours in pockets formed by the internal structural members in a tank is minimized and that:
.1 on individual cargo tanks, the gas outlet pipe, if fitted, shall be positioned as far as practicable from the inert gas/air inlet and in accordance with paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.6. The inlet of such
outlet pipes may be located either at deck level or at not more than 1 m above the bottom of the tank;
the cross-sectional area of such gas outlet pipe referred to in paragraph 5.6.3.1 shall be such that an exit velocity of at least 20 m/s can be maintained when any three tanks are being simultaneously supplied with inert gas. Their outlets shall extend not less than 2 m above deck level; and
each gas outlet referred to in paragraph 5.6.3.2 shall be fitted with suitable blanking arrangements.
5.7
Gas measurement and detection
5.7.1 Portable instrument
Tankers shall be equipped with at least one portable instrument for measuring oxygen and one for measuring flammable vapour concentrations, together with a sufficient set of spares. Suitable means shall be provided for the calibration of such instruments.
SEE
INTERPRETATIONS 9 AND 10
5.7.2 Arrangements for gas measurement in double-hull spaces and double-bottom spaces
5.7.2.1 Suitable portable instruments for measuring oxygen and flammable vapour concentrations in doublehull spaces and double-bottom spaces shall be provided. In selecting these instruments, due attention shall be given to their use in combination with the fixed gas sampling line systems referred to in paragraph 5.7.2.2.
5.7.2.2 Where the atmosphere in double-hull spaces cannot be reliably measured using flexible gas sampling hoses, such spaces shall be fitted with permanent gas sampling lines. The configuration of gas sampling lines shall be adapted to the design of such spaces.
5.7.2.3 The materials of construction and dimensions of gas sampling lines shall be such as to prevent restriction. Where plastic materials are used, they shall be electrically conductive.
5.7.3 Arrangements for fixed hydrocarbon gas detection systems in double-hull and double-bottom spaces of oil tankers
5.7.3.1 In addition to the requirements in paragraphs 5.7.1 and 5.7.2, oil tankers of 20,000 tonnes deadweight and above, constructed on or after 1 January 2012, shall be provided with a fixed hydrocarbon gas detection system complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code for measuring hydrocarbon gas concentrations in all ballast tanks and void spaces of double-hull and double-bottom spaces adjacent to the cargo tanks, including the forepeak tank and any other tanks and spaces under the bulkhead deck adjacent to cargo tanks.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 11
5.7.3.2 Oil tankers provided with constant operative inerting systems for such spaces need not be equipped with fixed hydrocarbon gas detection equipment.
5.7.3.3 Notwithstanding the above, cargo pump-rooms subject to the provisions of paragraph 5.10 need not comply with the requirements of this paragraph.
5.8
Air supply to double-hull spaces and double-bottom
spaces
Double-hull spaces and double-bottom spaces shall be fitted with suitable connections for the supply of air.
5.9
Protection of cargo area
Drip pans for collecting cargo residues in cargo lines and hoses shall be provided in the area of pipe and hose connections under the manifold area. Cargo hoses and tank washing hoses shall have electrical continuity over their entire lengths, including couplings and flanges (except shore connections), and shall be earthed for removal of electrostatic charges.
5.10 Protection of
cargo pump-rooms
The purpose of this regulation is to limit the fire growth potential in every space of the ship. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:
2 Control of air supply and flammable liquid to the space
2.1
Closing appliances and stopping
devices of ventilation
2.1.1 The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems shall be capable of being closed from outside the spaces being ventilated. The means of closing shall be easily accessible as well as prominently and permanently marked and shall indicate whether the shut-off is open or closed.
SEE INTERPRETATION 12
2.1.2 Power ventilation of accommodation spaces, service spaces, cargo spaces, control stations and machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the space being served. This position shall not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spaces served.
SEE INTERPRETATION 13
2.1.3 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, power ventilation, except machinery space and cargo space ventilation and any alternative system which may be required under regulation 8.2, shall be fitted with controls so grouped that all fans may be stopped from either of two separate positions which shall be situated as far apart as practicable. Fans serving power ventilation systems to cargo spaces shall be capable of being stopped from a safe position outside such spaces.
SEE INTERPRETATION 13
2.2
Means of control in machinery spaces
2.2.1 Means of control shall be provided for opening and closure of skylights, closure of openings in funnels which normally allow exhaust ventilation and closure of ventilator dampers.
2.2.2 Means of control shall be provided for stopping ventilating fans. Controls provided for the power ventilation serving machinery spaces shall be grouped so as to be operable from two positions, one of which shall be outside such spaces. The means provided for stopping the power ventilation of the machinery spaces shall be entirely separate from the means provided for stopping ventilation of other spaces.
2.2.3 Means of control shall be provided for stopping forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps, lubricating oil service pumps, thermal oil circulating pumps and oil separators (purifiers). However, paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5 need not apply to oily water separators.
2.2.4 The controls required in paragraphs 2.2.1 to 2.2.3 and in regulation 4.2.2.3.4 shall be located outside the space concerned so they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve.
2.2.5 In passenger ships, the controls required in paragraphs 2.2.1 to 2.2.4 and in regulations 8.3.3 and 9.5.2.3 and the controls for any required fire-extinguishing system shall be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall have a safe access from the open deck.
2.3
Additional requirements for means of
control in periodically unattended machinery spaces
2.3.1 For periodically unattended machinery spaces, the Administration shall give special consideration to maintaining the fire integrity of the machinery spaces, the location and centralization of the fire-extinguishing system controls, the required shutdown arrangements (e.g. ventilation, fuel pumps, etc.) and that additional fire-extinguishing appliances and other fire-fighting equipment and breathing apparatus may be required.
2.3.2 In passenger ships, these requirements shall be at least equivalent to those of machinery spaces normally attended.
3.1
Use of non-combustible materials
3.1.1 Insulating materials
Insulating materials shall be non-combustible, except in cargo spaces, mail rooms, baggage rooms and refrigerated compartments of service spaces. Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as the insulation of pipe fittings for cold service systems, need not be of non-combustible materials, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics.
3.1.2 Ceilings and linings
3.1.2.1 In passenger ships, except in cargo spaces, all linings, grounds, draught stops and ceilings shall be of non-combustible material except in mail rooms, baggage rooms, saunas or refrigerated compartments of service spaces.
3.1.2.2 In cargo ships, all linings, ceilings, draught stops and their associated grounds shall be of non-combustible materials in the following spaces:
in accommodation and service spaces and control stations for ships where method IC is specified as referred to in regulation 9.2.3.1; and
in corridors and stairway enclosures serving
accommodation and service spaces and control stations for ships where methods
IIC or IIIC are specified as referred to in regulation 9.2.3.1.
3.1.3 Partial bulkheads and decks on passenger ships
3.1.3.1 Partial bulkheads or decks used to subdivide a space for utility or artistic treatment shall be of k non-combustible materials.
3.1.3.2 Linings, ceilings and partial bulkheads or decks used to screen or to separate adjacent cabin balconies shall be of non-combustible materials. Cabin balconies on passenger ships constructed before 1 July 2008 shall comply with the requirements of this paragraph by the first survey after 1 July 2008.
3.2
Use of combustible materials
3.2.1 General
3.2.1.1 In passenger ships, "A", "B" or "C" class divisions in accommodation and service spaces and cabin balconies which are faced with combustible materials, facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs 3.2.2 to 3.2.4 and regulation 6. However, traditional wooden benches and wooden linings on bulkheads and ceilings are permitted in saunas and such materials need not be subject to the calculations prescribed in paragraphs 3.2.2 and 3.2.3. However, the provisions of paragraph 3.2.3 need not be applied to cabin balconies.
3.2.1.2 In cargo ships, non-combustible bulkheads, ceilings and linings fitted in accommodation and service spaces may be faced with combustible materials, facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers provided such spaces are bounded by non-combustible bulkheads, ceilings and linings in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3.2.2 to 3.2.4 and regulation 6.
3.2.2 Maximum calorific value of combustible materials
Combustible materials used on the surfaces and linings specified in paragraph 3.2.1 shall have a calorific value* not exceeding 45 MJ/m2 of the area for the thickness used. The requirements of this paragraph are not applicable to the surfaces of furniture fixed to linings or bulkheads.
3.2.3 Total volume of combustible materials
Where combustible materials are used in accordance with paragraph 3.2.1, they shall comply with the following requirements:
The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers in accommodation and service spaces shall not exceed a volume equivalent to 2.5 mm veneer on the combined area of the walls and ceiling linings. Furniture fixed to linings, bulkheads or decks need not be included in the calculation of the total volume of combustible materials; and
in the case of ships fitted with an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, the above volume may include some combustible material used for erection of "C" class divisions.
3.2.4 Low flame-spread characteristics of exposed surfaces
The following surfaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code:
In cargo ships:
exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures and of ceilings in accommodation and service spaces (except saunas) and control stations; and
surfaces and grounds in concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation and service spaces and control stations.
3.3 Furniture
in stairway enclosures of passenger ships
Furniture in stairway enclosures shall be limited to seating. It shall be fixed, limited to six seats on each deck in each stairway enclosure, be of restricted fire risk determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code, and shall not restrict the passenger escape route. The Administration may permit additional seating in the main reception area within a stairway enclosure if it is fixed, non-combustible and does not restrict the passenger escape route. Furniture shall not be permitted in passenger and crew corridors forming escape routes in cabin areas. In addition to the above, lockers of non-combustible material, providing storage for non-hazardous safety equipment required by these regulations, may be permitted. Drinking water dispensers and ice cube machines may be permitted in corridors provided they are fixed and do not restrict the width of the escape routes. This applies as well to decorative flower or plant arrangements, statues or other objects of art such as paintings and tapestries in corridors and stairways.
3.4 Furniture
and furnishings on cabin balconies of passenger ships
On passenger ships, furniture and furnishings on cabin balconies shall comply with regulations 3.40.1, 3.40.2, 3.40.3, 3.40.6 and 3.40.7 unless such balconies are protected by a fixed pressure water-spraying and fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems complying with regulations 7.10 and 10.6.1.3. Passenger ships constructed before 1 July 2008 shall comply with the requirements of this paragraph by the first survey after 1 July 2008.
Smoke generation potential and toxicity
The purpose of this regulation is to reduce the hazard to life from smoke and toxic products generated during a fire in spaces where persons normally work or live. For this purpose, the quantity of smoke and toxic products released from combustible materials, including surface finishes, during fire shall be limited.
Paints, varnishes and other finishes
Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxic products, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
2.2 On passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2008, paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed surfaces of cabin balconies, excluding natural hard wood decking systems, shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxic products, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not give rise to smoke or toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
2.3 On passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2008, primary deck coverings on cabin balconies shall not give rise to smoke, toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
4 Protection of machinery spaces
4.1
Installation
A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be installed in:
periodically unattended machinery spaces; machinery spaces where:
4.2 Design
The fixed fire detection and fire alarm system required in paragraph 4.1.1 shall be so designed and the detectors so positioned as to detect rapidly the onset of fire in any part of those spaces and under any normal conditions of operation of the machinery and variations of ventilation as required by the possible range of ambient temperatures. Except in spaces of restricted height and where their use is specially appropriate, detection systems using only thermal detectors shall not be permitted. The detection system shall initiate audible and visual alarms distinct in both respects from the alarms of any other system not indicating fire, in sufficient places to ensure that the alarms are heard and observed on the navigation bridge and by a responsible engineer officer. When the navigation bridge is unmanned, the alarm shall sound in a place where a responsible member of the crew is on duty.
5 Protection of accommodation and service spaces and control stations
5.1 Smoke
detectors in accommodation spaces
Smoke detectors shall be installed in all stairways, corridors and escape routes within accommodation spaces as provided in paragraphs 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4. Consideration shall be given to the installation of special purpose smoke detectors within ventilation ducting.
5.2 Requirements for
passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers
A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in service spaces, control stations and accommodation spaces, including corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces. Smoke detectors need not be fitted in private bathrooms and galleys. Spaces having little or no fire risk such as voids, public toilets, carbon dioxide rooms and similar spaces need not be fitted with a fixed fire detection and alarm system. Detectors fitted in cabins, when activated, shall also be capable of emitting, or cause to be emitted, an audible alarm within the space where they are located.
5.3
Requirements for passenger ships carrying not more
than 36 passengers
There shall be installed throughout each separate zone, whether vertical or horizontal, in all accommodation and service spaces and, where it is considered necessary by the Administration, in control stations, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc., either:
.1 a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system so installed and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in such spaces and providing smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces. Detectors fitted in cabins, when activated, shall also be capable of emitting, or cause to be emitted, an audible alarm within the space where they are located; or
.2 an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the relevant requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code and so installed and arranged as to protect such spaces and, in addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system and so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.
5.4 Protection
of atriums in passenger ships
The entire main vertical zone containing the atrium shall be protected throughout with a smoke detection system.
5.5 Cargo ships
SEE
INTERPRETATION 14
Accommodation and service spaces and control stations of cargo ships shall be protected by a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system and/or an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system as follows, depending on a protection method adopted in accordance with regulation 9.2.3.1.
5.5.1 Method IC- A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.
5.5.2 Method UC- An automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the relevant requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be so installed and arranged as to protect accommodation spaces, galleys and other service spaces, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc. In addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.
5.5.3 Method IIIC - A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in all accommodation spaces and service spaces, providing smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc. In addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.
6 Protection of cargo spaces in passenger ships
A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system or a sample extraction smoke detection system shall be provided in any cargo space which, in the opinion of the Administration, is not accessible, except where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply this requirement.
7 Manually operated call points
Manually operated call points complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be installed throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations. One manually operated call point shall be located at each exit. Manually operated call points shall be readily accessible in the corridors of each deck such that no part of the corridor is more than 20 m from a manually operated call point.
8 Fire patrols in passenger ships
8.1 Fire
patrols
For ships carrying more than 36 passengers, an
efficient patrol system shall be maintained so that an outbreak of fire may be
promptly detected. Each member of the fire patrol shall be trained to be
familiar with the arrangements of the ship as well as the location and
operation of any equipment he may be called upon to use.
8.2 Inspection
hatches
The construction of ceilings and bulkheads shall be such that it will be possible, without impairing the efficiency of the fire protection, for the fire patrols to detect any smoke originating in concealed and inaccessible places, except where in the opinion of the Administration there is no risk of fire originating in such places.
8.3 Two-way
portable radiotelephone apparatus
Each member of the fire patrol shall be provided with a two-way portable radiotelephone apparatus.
Fire alarm signalling systems in passenger ships[**********]
Passenger ships shall at all times when at sea, or in port (except when out of service), be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any initial fire alarm is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.
9.2 The control panel of fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems shall be designed on the fail-safe principle (e.g. an open detector circuit shall cause an alarm condition).
9.3 Passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall have the fire detection alarms for the systems required by paragraph 5.2 centralized in a continuously manned central control station. In addition, controls for remote closing of the fire doors and shutting down the ventilation fans shall be centralized in the same location. The ventilation fans shall be capable of reactivation by the crew at the continuously manned control station. The control panels in the central control station shall be capable of indicating open or closed positions of fire doors and closed or off status of the detectors, alarms and fans. The control panel shall be continuously powered and shall have an automatic change-over to standby power supply in case of loss of normal power supply. The control panel shall be powered from the main source of electrical power and the emergency source of electrical power defined by regulation 11-1/42 unless other arrangements are permitted by the regulations, as applicable.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 13
9.4 A special alarm, operated from the navigation bridge or fire control station, shall be fitted to summon the crew. This alarm may be part of the ship’s general alarm system and shall be capable of being sounded independently of the alarm to the passenger spaces.
10 Protection of cabin balconies on passenger ships
A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be installed on cabin balconies of ships to which regulation 5.3.4 applies, when furniture and furnishings on such balconies are not as defined in regulations 3.40.1, 3.40.2, 3.40.3, 3.40.6 and 3.40.7.
The purpose of this regulation is to control the spread of smoke in order to minimize the hazards from smoke. For this purpose, means for controlling smoke in atriums, control stations, machinery spaces and concealed spaces shall be provided.
3.2 Protection of control stations outside machinery spaces
Practicable measures shall be taken for
control stations outside machinery spaces in order to ensure that ventilation,
visibility and freedom from smoke are maintained so that, in the event of fire,
the machinery and equipment contained therein may be supervised and continue to
function effectively. Alternative and separate
means of air supply shall be provided and air inlets of the two sources of supply shall be so disposed that the risk of both inlets drawing in smoke simultaneously is minimized. At the discretion of the Administration, such requirements need not apply to control stations situated on, and opening onto, an open deck or where local closing arrangements would be equally effective. The ventilation system serving safety centres may be derived from the ventilation system serving the navigation bridge, unless located in an adjacent main vertical zone.
Release of smoke from machinery spaces
The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to machinery spaces of category A and, where the
Administration considers it desirable, to other machinery spaces.
3.3 Suitable arrangements shall be made to permit the release of smoke, in the event of fire, from the space to be protected, subject to the provisions of regulation 9.5.2.1. The normal ventilation systems may be acceptable for this purpose.
3.4 Means of control shall be provided for permitting the release of smoke and such controls shall be located outside the space concerned so that they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve.
3.5 In passenger ships, the controls required by paragraph 3.3 shall be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall have a safe access from the open deck.
Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panelling or linings shall be divided by close-fitting draught stops spaced not more than 14 m apart. In the vertical direction, such enclosed air spaces, including those behind linings of stairways, trunks, etc., shall be closed at each deck.
5 Smoke extraction systems in atriums of passenger ships
Atriums shall be equipped with a smoke extraction system. The smoke extraction system shall be activated by the required smoke detection system and be capable of manual control. The fans shall he sized such that the entire volume within the space can be exhausted in 10 min or less.
SEE INTERPRETATION 15
The purpose of this regulation is to contain a fire in the space of origin. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:
the ship shall be subdivided by thermal and structural boundaries;
thermal insulation of boundaries shall have due regard to the fire risk of the space and adjacent spaces; and
the fire integrity of the divisions shall be maintained at openings and penetrations.
2 Thermal and structural boundaries
SEE INTERPRETATION 16
2.1 Thermal and
structural subdivision
Ships of all types shall be subdivided into spaces by thermal and structural divisions having regard to the fire risks of the spaces.
2.2
Passenger ships
2.2.1 Main vertical zones and horizontal zones
2.2.1.1.1 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A-60" class divisions. Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum, but where they are necessary they shall also be "A-60" class divisions. Where a category (5), (9) or (10) space defined in paragraph 2.2.3.2.2 is on one side or where fuel oil tanks are on both sides of the division the standard may be reduced to "A-0".
2.2.1.1.2 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses in way of accommodation and service spaces shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" class divisions. These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with tables in paragraph 2.2.4.
2.2.1.1.3 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck. The length and width of main vertical zones may be extended to a maximum of 48 m in order to bring the ends of main vertical zones to coincide with watertight subdivision bulkheads or in order to accommodate a large public space extending for the whole length of the main vertical zone provided that the total area of the main vertical zone is not greater than 1,600 m2 on any deck. The length or width of a main vertical zone is the maximum distance between the furthermost points of the bulkheads bounding it.
Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.
Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal "A" class divisions into horizontal zones for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between a zone with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers, the divisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and to the shell or exterior boundaries of the ship and shall be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in table 9.4.
2.2.1.5.1 On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries, where the provision of main vertical zone bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent means for controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specifically approved by the Administration. Service spaces and ship stores shall not be located on ro-ro decks unless protected in accordance with the applicable regulations.
2.2.1.5.2 However, in a ship with special category spaces, such spaces shall comply with the applicable provisions of regulation 20 and, where such compliance would be inconsistent with other requirements for passenger ships specified in this chapter, the requirements of regulation 20 shall prevail.
2.2.2 Bulkheads within a main vertical zone
2.2.2.1 For ships carrying more than 36 passengers, bulkheads which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in paragraph 2.2.3.
2.2.2.2 For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in paragraph 2.2.4. In addition, corridor bulkheads, where not required to be "A" class, shall be "B" class divisions which shall extend from deck to deck except:
when continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the portion of the bulkhead behind the continuous ceiling or lining shall be of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions, but which shall be required to meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration; and
in the case of a ship protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, the corridor bulkheads may terminate at a ceiling in the corridor provided such bulkheads and ceilings are of "B" class standard in compliance with paragraph 2.2.4. AH doors and frames in such bulkheads shall be of non-combustible materials and shall have the same fire integrity as the bulkhead in which they are fitted.
2.2.2.3 Bulkheads required to be "B" class divisions, except corridor bulkheads as prescribed in paragraph 2.2.2.2, shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries. However, where a continuous "B" class ceiling or lining is fitted on both sides of a bulkhead which is at least of the same fire resistance as the adjoining bulkhead, the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.
2.2.3 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying more than 36 passengers
2.2.3.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of
F passenger ships, the minimum fire integrity of all bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.1 and 9.2. Where, due to any particular structural arrangements in the ship, difficulty is experienced in determining from the tables the minimum fire integrity value of any divisions, such values shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Administration.
The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:
Table 9.1 shall apply to bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones. Table 9.2 shall apply to decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones.
For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to boundaries between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (14) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 30% communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.1 and 9.2. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
Control stations
Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
Wheelhouse and chartroom.
Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
Fire control stations.
Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the propulsion machinery space.
Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
Spaces containing centralized emergency public address system stations and equipment.
Stairways
Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) for passengers and crew and enclosures thereto.
In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed at only one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
Corridors
Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.
Evacuation stations and external escape routes
Survival craft stowage area.
Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades forming lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations.
Assembly stations, internal and external.
External stairs and open decks used for escape routes.
The
ship's side to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, superstructure
and deckhouse sides situated below and adjacent to the liferaft and evacuation
slide embarkation areas.
(5) Open deck spaces
Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades clear of lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations. To be considered in this category, enclosed promenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishings shall be restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces shall be naturally ventilated by permanent openings.
Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).
(6) Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk
Cabins containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
Offices and dispensaries containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of less than 50 m2.
(7) Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk
Spaces as in category (6) above but containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk.
Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 or more.
Isolated lockers and small store-rooms in accommodation spaces having areas less than 4 m2 (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
Motion picture projection and film stowage rooms. Diet kitchens (containing no open flame). Cleaning gear lockers (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
Pharmacies.
Small drying rooms (having a deck area of 4 m2 or less).
Specie rooms.
Operating rooms.
(8) Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk
Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 or more.
Barber shops and beauty parlours.
Saunas.
Sale shops.
(9) Sanitary and similar spaces
Communal sanitary facilities, showers, baths, water closets, etc.
Small laundry rooms.
Indoor swimming pool area.
Isolated pantries containing no cooking appliances in accommodation spaces.
Private sanitary facilities shall be considered a portion of the space in which they are located.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 17
(10) Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk
Water tanks forming part of the ship's structure.
Voids and cofferdams.
Auxiliary machinery spaces which do not contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system and where storage of combustibles is prohibited, such as:
ventilation and air-conditioning rooms; windlass room; steering gear room; stabilizer equipment room; electrical propulsion motor room; rooms containing section switchboards and purely electrical equipment other than oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA); shaft alleys and pipe tunnels; and spaces for pumps and refrigeration machinery (not handling or using flammable liquids).
Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
Other closed trunks such as pipe and cable trunks.
|
to O |
|
Table 9.1 - Bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones |
|
Spaces Control stations |
|
co o I— > co n
O z co o |
|
Stairways Corridors Evacuation stations and external escape routes Open deck spaces Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk Sanitary and similar spaces Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces of moderate fire risk Machinery spaces and main galleys Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc. Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed |
|
See notes following table 9.2. |
|
m □ m □ to o lo |
|
(D (2) (3) (4) |
|
(5) (6) (7) |
|
(8) |
|
(9) (10) |
|
(11) |
|
(12) (13) (14) |
|
(1) B-0a |
|
(2) A-0 |
|
(3) A-0 |
|
(4) A-0 |
|
(5) A-0 |
|
(6) A-60 |
|
(7) A-60 |
|
(8) A-60 |
|
(9) A-0 |
|
(10) A-0 |
|
(11) A-60 |
|
(12) A-60 |
|
(13) A-60 |
|
(14) A-60 |
|
A-Oa |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-Oc |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-30 |
|
B-15 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 A-0 |
|
B-15 A-60b'd |
|
B-15 A-60b-d |
|
B-15 A-60b'd |
|
B-15 A-0d |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 A-60b |
|
A-30 A-60b |
|
A-0 A-60b |
|
A-30 A-60b |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
B-0 |
|
B-0 |
|
B-0 |
|
B-0 |
|
B-0 |
|
B-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-Oa |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0a |
|
A-30 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-Oa |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0a |
|
A-30 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
73 O co ij- cra Cu £. "O o — £ =3 r-t- 2 o ~i- o' o s o o n er § S S' o o r-'b 6' o Co □ ex o o £+■ o o' o |
|
cz> o r— > CT n O z co o |
|
Spaces below J. Control stations |
|
Table 9.2 - Decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones |
|
Spaces above —► |
|
m □ m □ ra o 4^ |
|
Stairways Corridors Evacuation stations and external escape routes Open deck spaces Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk Sanitary and similar spaces Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces of moderate fire risk Machinery spaces and main galleys Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc. Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed |
|
(D (2) (3) (4) |
|
(5) (6) (7) |
|
(8) |
|
(9) (10) |
|
(11) |
|
(12) (13) (14) |
|
(1) A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
(2) A-30 A-0 |
|
(3) A-15 A-0 |
|
(4) A-0 A-0 |
|
(5) A-0 A-0 |
|
(6) A-0 A-0 |
|
(7) A-15 A-0 |
|
(8) A-30 A-0 |
|
(9) A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-30 A-60 |
|
A-0a |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-15 A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
(10) A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(11) A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(12) A-60 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(13) A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(14) A-60 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 A-0 |
|
A-0 A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0a |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0a |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-30a |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
Notes: To be applied to tables 9.1 and 9.2, as appropriate.
a Where adjacent spaces are in the same numerical category and superscript "a" appears, a bulkhead or deck between such spaces need not be fitted if deemed unnecessary by the Administration. For example, in category (12) a bulkhead need not be required between a galley and its annexed pantries provided the pantry bulkhead and decks maintain the integrity of the galley boundaries. A bulkhead is, however, required between a galley and machinery space even though both spaces are in category (12).
b The ship's side, to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, superstructure and deckhouse sides situated below and adjacent to liferafts and evacuation slides may be reduced to
"A-30".
c Where public toilets are installed completely within the stairway enclosure, the public toilet bulkhead within the stairway enclosure can be of "B" class integrity.
d Where spaces of categories (6), (7), (8) and (9) are located completely within the outer perimeter of the assembly station, the bulkheads of these spaces are allowed to be of "B-0" class
integrity. Control positions for audio, video and light installations may be considered as part of the assembly station.
(11) Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces of moderate fire risk
Cargo oil tanks.
Cargo holds, trunkways and hatchways.
Refrigerated chambers.
Oil fuel tanks (where installed in a separate space with no machinery).
Shaft alleys and pipe tunnels allowing storage of combustibles.
Auxiliary machinery spaces as in category (10) which contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system or where storage of combustibles is permitted.
Oil fuel filling stations.
Spaces containing oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA).
Spaces containing turbine and reciprocating steam engine driven auxiliary generators and small internal combustion engines of power output up to 110 kW driving generators, sprinkler, drencher or fire pumps, bilge pumps, etc.
Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
(12) Machinery spaces and main galleys
Main propulsion machinery rooms (other than electric propulsion motor rooms) and boiler rooms.
Auxiliary machinery spaces other than those in categories (10) and (11) which contain internal combustion machinery or other oil-burning, heating or pumping units.
Main galleys and annexes.
Trunks and casings to the spaces listed above.
(13) Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.
Main pantries not annexed to galleys.
Main laundry.
Large drying rooms (having a deck area of more than 4 m2).
Miscellaneous stores.
Mail and baggage rooms.
Garbage rooms.
Workshops (not part of machinery spaces, galleys, etc.).
Lockers and store-rooms having areas greater than 4 m2, other than those spaces that have provisions for the storage of flammable liquids.
(14) Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed
Paint lockers.
Store-rooms containing flammable liquids (including dyes, medicines, etc.).
Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are stowed).
Where a single value is shown for the fire integrity of a boundary between two spaces, that value shall apply in all cases.
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2, there are no special requirements for material or integrity of boundaries where only a dash appears in the tables.
The Administration shall determine in respect of category (5) spaces whether the insulation values in table 9.1 shall apply to ends of deckhouses and superstructures, and whether the insulation values in table 9.2 shall apply to weather decks. In no case shall the requirements of category (5) of tables 9.1 or 9.2 necessitate enclosure of spaces which in the opinion of the Administration need not be enclosed.
2.2.3.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.
2.2.3.4 Construction and arrangement of saunas
2.2.3.4.1 The perimeter of the sauna shall be of "A" class boundaries and may include changing rooms, showers and toilets. The sauna shall be insulated to "A-60" standard against other spaces except those inside of the perimeter and spaces of categories (5), (9) and (10).
2.2.3.4.2 Bathrooms with direct access to saunas may be considered as part of them. In such cases, the door between sauna and the bathroom need not comply with fire safety requirements.
2.2.3.4.3 The traditional wooden lining on the bulkheads and ceiling are permitted in the sauna. The ceiling above the oven shall be lined with a non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm. The distance from the hot surfaces to combustible materials shall be at least 500 mm or the combustible materials shall be protected (e.g. non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm).
2.2.3.4.4 The traditional wooden benches are permitted to be used in the sauna.
2.2.3.4.5 The sauna door shall open outwards by pushing.
2.2.3.4.6 Electrically heated ovens shall be provided with a timer.
2.2.4 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying not more than 36 passengers
2.2.4.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of passenger ships, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and 9.4.
2.2.4.2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:
Tables 9.3 and 9.4 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces.
For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 30% communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and 9.4. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
Control stations
Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
Wheelhouse and chartroom.
Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
Fire control stations.
Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
Corridors
Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.
(3) Accommodation spaces
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1 excluding corridors.
(4) Stairways
Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
|
to |
|
Table 9.3 - Fire integrity of bulkheads separating adjacent spaces |
|
Spaces Control stations Corridors |
|
(1) (2) |
|
(1) A-0c |
|
(2) A-0 |
|
(3) A-60 |
|
(4) A-0 |
|
(5) A-15 |
|
(6) A-60 |
|
(7) A-15 |
|
(8) A-60 |
|
(9) A-60 |
|
(10) |
|
(11) A-60 |
|
Accommodation spaces |
|
(3) |
|
Stairways |
|
(4) |
|
ce |
|
B-0e |
|
Ce |
|
A-0a B-0e A-0a B-0e |
|
B-0e |
|
B-Oe |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 A-0d |
|
A-15 A-0d |
|
A -3 OS |
|
A-30 A-0d |
|
A-0a B-0e |
|
A-0a B-0e |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 A-0d |
|
A -3 08 |
|
co O i— > co n
O z co o |
|
m □ m □ to o lo |
|
Service spaces (low risk) Machinery spaces of category A Other machinery spaces Cargo spaces Service spaces (high risk) Open decks Special category and ro-ro spaces |
|
See notes following table 9.4. |
|
(5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) |
|
ce |
|
A-60 * |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 A-0b |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 A-0b |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A -3 08 |
|
73 O ro ij- cra Cu £. "O o — £ =3 r-t- 2 o ~i- o' o s o o n § S S' o o r-t- 6' o Co □ ex o o n o' |
|
o r— > CT n O z co o |
|
Table 9.4 - Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces |
|
Spaces below J. Control stations Corridors Accommodation spaces |
|
Spaces above —> (1) (2) (3) |
|
(D A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(2) A-0 * |
|
(3) A-0 * |
|
(4) A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(5) A-0 * |
|
(6) A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
(7) A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(8) A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(9) A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
(10) |
|
(11) A-608 |
|
A-3 08 |
|
A-30 A-0J |
|
m □ m □ re o 4^ |
|
Stairways Service spaces (low risk) Machinery spaces of category A Other machinery spaces Cargo spaces Service spaces (high risk) |
|
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-15 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 * |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-308 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 * |
|
A-0 A-60f |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
Open decks Special category and ro-ro spaces |
|
(10) (11) |
|
A-30 A-0d * |
|
A-30 A-0d * |
|
A-30 A-0d * |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-308 |
|
A-30 A-0d |
|
A-308 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-608 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-308 |
Notes: To be applied to both tables 9.3 and 9.4 as appropriate.
a For clarification as to which applies, see paragraphs 2.2.2 and 2.2.5.
b Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript "b" appears, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose (e.g. in category (9)). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead, but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0" bulkhead.
c Bulkheads separating the wheelhouse and chartroom from each other may have a "B-0" rating. No fire rating is required for those partitions separating the navigation bridge and the safety centre when the latter is within the navigation bridge.
See paragraphs 2.2.4.2.3 and 2.2.4.2.4.
For the application of paragraph 2.2.1.1.2, "B-0" and "C", where appearing in table 9.3, shall be read as "A-0".
Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery space in category (7), in the opinion of the Administration, has little or no fire risk.
Ships constructed before 1 July 2014 shall comply, as a minimum, with the previous requirements applicable at the time the ship was constructed, as specified in regulation 1.2.
* Where an asterisk appears in the tables, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material, but is not required to be of "A" class standard. However, where a deck, except in a category (10) space, is penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes and vent ducts, such penetrations shall be made tight to prevent the passage of flame and smoke. Divisions between control stations (emergency generators) and open decks may have air intake openings without means for closure, unless a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system is fitted. For the application of paragraph 2.2.1.1.2, an asterisk, where appearing in table 9.4, except for categories (8) and (10), shall be read as "A-0".
(5) Service spaces (low risk)
Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries.
(6) Machinery spaces of category A
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.
(7) Other machinery spaces
Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange, air-conditioning duct spaces).
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30 excluding machinery spaces of category A.
(8) Cargo spaces
All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces, other than special category spaces.
(9) Service spaces (high risk)
Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint lockers, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 m2 or more, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids, saunas and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.
(10) Open decks
Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having little or no fire risk. To be considered in this category, enclosed promenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishing shall be restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces shall be naturally ventilated by permanent openings.
Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).
(11) Special category and ro-ro spaces
Spaces as defined in regulations 3.41 and 3.46.
In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or between such zones neither of which is so protected, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply.
In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or between such zones both of which are so protected, the lesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. Where a zone with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers meet within accommodation and service spaces, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.
SEE
INTERPRETATION 18
2.2.4.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.
2.2.4.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries of passenger ships to have "A" class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" class integrity, doors may be constructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.
2.2.4.5 Saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.2.3.4.
2.2.5 Protection of stairways and lifts in accommodation area
2.2.5.1 Stairways shall be within enclosures formed of "A" class divisions, with positive means of closure at all openings, except that:
.1 a stairway
connecting only two decks need not be enclosed, provided the integrity of the
deck is maintained by proper bulkheads or self-closing doors in one 'tween-deck
space. When a stairway
2.2.6 Arrangement of cabin balconies
On passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2008, non-load-bearing partial bulkheads which separate adjacent cabin balconies shall be capable of being opened by the crew from each side for the purpose of fighting fires.
2.2.7 Protection of atriums
2.2.7.1 Atriums shall be within enclosures formed of "A" class divisions having a fire rating determined in accordance with tables 9.2 and 9.4, as applicable.
2.2.7.2 Decks separating spaces within atriums shall have a fire rating determined in accordance with tables 9.2 and 9.4, as applicable.
2.3
Cargo ships except tankers
2.3.1 Methods of protection in accommodation area
2.3.1.1 One of the following methods of protection shall be adopted in accommodation and service spaces and control stations:
Method IC - The construction of internal divisional bulkheads of non-combustible "B" or "C" class divisions generally without the installation of an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system in the accommodation and service spaces, except as required by regulation 7.5.5.1; or Method IIC - The fitting of an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system as required by regulation 7.5.5.2 for the detection and extinction of fire in all spaces in which fire might be expected to originate, generally with no restriction on the type of internal divisional bulkheads; or Method IIIC-The fitting of a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system as required by regulation 7.5.5.3 in spaces in which a fire might be expected to originate, generally with no restriction on the type of internal divisional bulkheads, except that in no case shall the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded by an "A" or "B" class division exceed 50 m2. However, consideration may be
given by the Administration to increasing this area for public spaces.
2.3.1.2 The requirements for the use of non-combustible materials in the construction and insulation of boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces, control stations, service spaces, etc., and the protection of the above stairway enclosures and corridors will be common to all three methods outlined in paragraph 2.3.1.1.
2.3.2 Bulkheads within accommodation area
2.3.2.1 Bulkheads required to be "B" class divisions shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries. However, where a continuous "B" class ceiling or lining is fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.
2.3.2.2 Method IC - Bulkheads not required by this or other regulations for cargo ships to be "A" or "B" class divisions shall be of at least "C" class construction.
2.3.2.3
Method
IIC - There shall be no restriction on the
construction of bulkheads not required by this or other regulations for cargo
ships to be "A" or "B" class divisions except in individual
cases where "C" class bulkheads are required in accordance with table
9.5.
2.3.2.4 Method HiC - There shall be no restriction on the construction of bulkheads not required for cargo ships to be "A" or "B" class divisions except that the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded by a continuous "A" or "B" class division shall in no case exceed 50 m2, except in individual cases where "C" class bulkheads are required in accordance with table 9.5. However, consideration may be given by the Administration to increasing this area for public spaces.
2.3.3 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks
2.3.3.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of cargo ships, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.5 and 9.6.
2.3.3.2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:
Tables 9.5 and 9.6 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces. For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 30% communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.5 and 9.6. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
Control stations
Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
Wheelhouse and chartroom.
Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
Fire control stations.
Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
Corridors
Corridors and lobbies.
(3) Accommodation spaces
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1, excluding corridors.
(4) Stairways
Interior stairway, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
(5) Service spaces (low risk)
Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries.
(6) Machinery spaces of category A
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.
(7) Other machinery spaces
Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange, air-conditioning duct spaces).
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30, excluding machinery spaces of category A.
(8) Cargo spaces
All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces.
|
cz> o r— > CT n O z co o |
|
Spaces Control stations Corridors |
|
Table 9.5 - Fire integrity of bulkheads separating adjacent spaces |
|
(1) (2) |
|
(D A-0e |
|
(2) A-0 |
|
(3) A-60 |
|
(4) A-0 |
|
(5) A-15 |
|
B-0 |
|
B-0 A-0c |
|
B-0 |
|
(6) A-60 A-60 |
|
(7) A-15 |
|
(8) A-60 |
|
(9) A-60 |
|
(10) |
|
(11) A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
Accommodation spaces |
|
(3) |
|
Ca, b |
|
B-0 A-0c |
|
B-0 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
m □ m □ bJ o b_> 4^ |
|
Stairways |
|
(4) |
|
B-0 A-0c |
|
B-0 A-0c |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
b-> so |
|
Service spaces (low risk) Machinery spaces of category A Other machinery spaces Cargo spaces Service spaces (high risk) Open decks Ro-ro and vehicle spaces |
|
See notes following table 9.6. |
|
SEE
INTERPRETATION 19 |
|
(5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) |
|
A-60 * |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 A-0cl |
|
A-08 |
|
A-60 |
|
A-0 A-60f |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 |
|
A-0 A-0cl |
|
A-0 |
|
A-30 |
|
A-0 A-30i |
|
O c1 ■Q ~O £ g cu -3 =r.
o o - so n> |
|
bJ |
|
to |
|
Table 9.6 - Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces |
|
o I— > (/> n O z CD o |
|
m □ m □ o to o Io |
|
Spaces below | Control stations Corridors Accommodation spaces Stairways Service spaces (low risk) Machinery spaces of category A Other machinery spaces Cargo spaces Service spaces (high risk) Open decks Ro-ro and vehicle spaces |
|
Spaces above —> (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) |